WorldWideScience

Sample records for least-diverged x-y pair

  1. WORMHOLE: Novel Least Diverged Ortholog Prediction through Machine Learning.

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    George L Sutphin

    2016-11-01

    Full Text Available The rapid advancement of technology in genomics and targeted genetic manipulation has made comparative biology an increasingly prominent strategy to model human disease processes. Predicting orthology relationships between species is a vital component of comparative biology. Dozens of strategies for predicting orthologs have been developed using combinations of gene and protein sequence, phylogenetic history, and functional interaction with progressively increasing accuracy. A relatively new class of orthology prediction strategies combines aspects of multiple methods into meta-tools, resulting in improved prediction performance. Here we present WORMHOLE, a novel ortholog prediction meta-tool that applies machine learning to integrate 17 distinct ortholog prediction algorithms to identify novel least diverged orthologs (LDOs between 6 eukaryotic species-humans, mice, zebrafish, fruit flies, nematodes, and budding yeast. Machine learning allows WORMHOLE to intelligently incorporate predictions from a wide-spectrum of strategies in order to form aggregate predictions of LDOs with high confidence. In this study we demonstrate the performance of WORMHOLE across each combination of query and target species. We show that WORMHOLE is particularly adept at improving LDO prediction performance between distantly related species, expanding the pool of LDOs while maintaining low evolutionary distance and a high level of functional relatedness between genes in LDO pairs. We present extensive validation, including cross-validated prediction of PANTHER LDOs and evaluation of evolutionary divergence and functional similarity, and discuss future applications of machine learning in ortholog prediction. A WORMHOLE web tool has been developed and is available at http://wormhole.jax.org/.

  2. WORMHOLE: Novel Least Diverged Ortholog Prediction through Machine Learning

    Science.gov (United States)

    Sutphin, George L.; Mahoney, J. Matthew; Sheppard, Keith; Walton, David O.; Korstanje, Ron

    2016-01-01

    The rapid advancement of technology in genomics and targeted genetic manipulation has made comparative biology an increasingly prominent strategy to model human disease processes. Predicting orthology relationships between species is a vital component of comparative biology. Dozens of strategies for predicting orthologs have been developed using combinations of gene and protein sequence, phylogenetic history, and functional interaction with progressively increasing accuracy. A relatively new class of orthology prediction strategies combines aspects of multiple methods into meta-tools, resulting in improved prediction performance. Here we present WORMHOLE, a novel ortholog prediction meta-tool that applies machine learning to integrate 17 distinct ortholog prediction algorithms to identify novel least diverged orthologs (LDOs) between 6 eukaryotic species—humans, mice, zebrafish, fruit flies, nematodes, and budding yeast. Machine learning allows WORMHOLE to intelligently incorporate predictions from a wide-spectrum of strategies in order to form aggregate predictions of LDOs with high confidence. In this study we demonstrate the performance of WORMHOLE across each combination of query and target species. We show that WORMHOLE is particularly adept at improving LDO prediction performance between distantly related species, expanding the pool of LDOs while maintaining low evolutionary distance and a high level of functional relatedness between genes in LDO pairs. We present extensive validation, including cross-validated prediction of PANTHER LDOs and evaluation of evolutionary divergence and functional similarity, and discuss future applications of machine learning in ortholog prediction. A WORMHOLE web tool has been developed and is available at http://wormhole.jax.org/. PMID:27812085

  3. Effect of polarizable lone pair cations on the second-harmonic generation (SHG) properties of noncentrosymmetric (NCS) Bi(2-x)Y(x)TeO₅ (x = 0-0.2).

    Science.gov (United States)

    Jo, Hongil; Kim, Yeong Hun; Lee, Dong Woo; Ok, Kang Min

    2014-08-14

    Y(3+)-doped noncentrosymmetric (NCS) bismuth tellurite materials, Bi(2-x)Y(x)TeO5 (x = 0, 0.1, and 0.2), have been synthesized through standard solid-state reactions and structurally characterized by powder neutron diffraction. The reported NCS materials crystallize in the orthorhombic space group Abm2 (no. 39), and exhibit pseudo-three-dimensional frameworks that are composed of BiO3, BiO5, and TeO3 polyhedra. Detailed diffraction studies show that the cell volume of Bi(2-x)Y(x)TeO5 decreases with an increasing amount of Y(3+)on the Bi(3+) sites. However, no ordering between Bi(3+) and Y(3+) was observed in the Bi(2-x)Y(x)TeO5. Powder second-harmonic generation (SHG) measurements, using 1064 nm radiation, reveal that Bi2TeO5, Bi(1.9)Y(0.1)TeO5, and Bi(1.8)Y(0.2)TeO5 exhibit SHG efficiencies of approximately 300, 200, and 60 times that of α-SiO2, respectively. The reduction in SHG for Y(3+)-doped materials is consistent with the lack of net moment originating from polyhedra with a polarizable Bi(3+) cation.

  4. X-ray induction of autosomal translocations in spermatozoa of Drosophila melanogaster and maternal effects of X.Y-chromosomes

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Leigh, B.

    1979-01-01

    Wild-type ORK Drosophila melanogaster males were given an exposure of 3000 R X-radiation. Mature sperm were then sampled by mating to X.Y/X.Y, X.Y/X, or X/X females that carried markers on the second and third chromosomes for the detection of induced autosomal translocations. Two pairs of maternal stocks were used and heterozygous X.Y/X females were obtained by making both reciprocal crosses. The highest frequencies of induced translocations were obtained with X/X females. In one series these frequencies are higher than those obtained with either X.Y/X or X.Y/X.Y females. In the other series a uniform frequency of translocations was obtained with all types of female, except for one of the two types of heterozygous female, which gave lower frequencies. The experiments have provided data which show that the addition of Y-chromosomes to the maternal genome does not have a specific effect on the recovery of induced paternal autosomal translocations. Maternal Y-chromosomes increased the proportions of fertile F 1 males, this effect being consistent in direction but varying in degree. (Auth.)

  5. Bellman-Krein formula for an integral equation with kernel of the type k(x,y)=k(x - y) x- y sup(-α)

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Youssef, M.Y.A.; El Walik, S.A.

    1976-08-01

    With the aid of the Bellman-Krein formula for the resolvent, it is shown how to solve the integral equation with kernel of the type k(x,y)=k(x - y) x - ysup(-α), 0<α< n, i.e. the kernel with weak singularity

  6. Graphics of (X,Y) spectrum for microcomputer; Graficado de espectro (X,Y) para microcomputadora

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Macias B, L.R

    1991-08-15

    When carrying out diffraction works is frequently required to visualize the spectra of the data obtained in order to analyzing them. The design for the obtaining of data in the neutron diffractometer by means of the microcomputer allows to store them in a file by means of the one which transferring to the CYBER system so that by means of its utilities the mentioned spectrum is observed in a graph. In diffraction works, it is sought to study crystalline materials by means of the execution of the Bragg law by that the mounted sample on the diffractometer is subjected to a scanning of the sample with a radiation of a well-known wavelength and this way varying the angles, the corresponding interplanar distances are determined. The main objective of this work, is starting of a data set generated by the diffractometer, to generate the graph of the corresponding (X,Y) spectra in visual form in the screen of a microcomputer and if it is required, to obtain the graph in printed form by means of the same computer program for microcomputer. (Author)

  7. Development of x-y table for baby electron beam detection using dispose printer

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Leo Kwee Wah; Mohd Rizal Md Chulan; Muhamad Zahidee Taat; Abu Bakar Md Ghazali; Mohamad Nor Atan; Siti A'iasah Hashim

    2005-01-01

    This paper describes the development of X-Y table using the dispose printer. It consists the mechanical part and the control (Interfacing and software/programming) part description. As the result, the x-y table will be used to moves the electron beam detector for the baby electron beam machine. (Author)

  8. Graphics of (X,Y) spectrum for microcomputer

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Macias B, L.R.

    1991-08-01

    When carrying out diffraction works is frequently required to visualize the spectra of the data obtained in order to analyzing them. The design for the obtaining of data in the neutron diffractometer by means of the microcomputer allows to store them in a file by means of the one which transferring to the CYBER system so that by means of its utilities the mentioned spectrum is observed in a graph. In diffraction works, it is sought to study crystalline materials by means of the execution of the Bragg law by that the mounted sample on the diffractometer is subjected to a scanning of the sample with a radiation of a well-known wavelength and this way varying the angles, the corresponding interplanar distances are determined. The main objective of this work, is starting of a data set generated by the diffractometer, to generate the graph of the corresponding (X,Y) spectra in visual form in the screen of a microcomputer and if it is required, to obtain the graph in printed form by means of the same computer program for microcomputer. (Author)

  9. CHOLESK, Diffusion Calculation with 2-D Source in X-Y or R-Z Geometry

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    1988-01-01

    1 - Description of problem or function: Solution of the diffusion equation with source in two-dimensional geometries x-y or r-z. 2 - Method of solution: The finite-element method of Ritz-Galerkin is applied

  10. A closed form expression for the Drinfeld modular polynomial ΦT (X, Y )

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Bassa, Alp; Beelen, Peter

    2012-01-01

    In this paper we give a closed-form expression for the Drinfeld modular polynomial ΦT (X, Y ) ∈ Fq(T)[X, Y ] for arbitrary q and prove a conjecture of Schweizer. A new identity involving the Catalan numbers plays a central role.......In this paper we give a closed-form expression for the Drinfeld modular polynomial ΦT (X, Y ) ∈ Fq(T)[X, Y ] for arbitrary q and prove a conjecture of Schweizer. A new identity involving the Catalan numbers plays a central role....

  11. 5e$^{x+y}$: Searching over Mathematical Content in Digital Libraries

    CERN Document Server

    Oviedo, Arthur; Aberer, Karl

    2015-01-01

    This paper presents 5 e x + y , a system that is able to extract, index and query mathematical content expressed as math- ematical expressions, complementing the CERN Document Server (CDS)[5]. We present the most important aspects of its design, our approach to model the relevant features of the mathematical content, and provide a demonstration of its searching capabilities.

  12. Exact phase boundaries and topological phase transitions of the X Y Z spin chain

    Science.gov (United States)

    Jafari, S. A.

    2017-07-01

    Within the block spin renormalization group, we give a very simple derivation of the exact phase boundaries of the X Y Z spin chain. First, we identify the Ising order along x ̂ or y ̂ as attractive renormalization group fixed points of the Kitaev chain. Then, in a global phase space composed of the anisotropy λ of the X Y interaction and the coupling Δ of the Δ σzσz interaction, we find that the above fixed points remain attractive in the two-dimesional parameter space. We therefore classify the gapped phases of the X Y Z spin chain as: (1) either attracted to the Ising limit of the Kitaev-chain, which in turn is characterized by winding number ±1 , depending on whether the Ising order parameter is along x ̂ or y ̂ directions; or (2) attracted to the charge density wave (CDW) phases of the underlying Jordan-Wigner fermions, which is characterized by zero winding number. We therefore establish that the exact phase boundaries of the X Y Z model in Baxter's solution indeed correspond to topological phase transitions. The topological nature of the phase transitions of the X Y Z model justifies why our analytical solution of the three-site problem that is at the core of the present renormalization group treatment is able to produce the exact phase boundaries of Baxter's solution. We argue that the distribution of the winding numbers between the three Ising phases is a matter of choice of the coordinate system, and therefore the CDW-Ising phase is entitled to host appropriate form of zero modes. We further observe that in the Kitaev-chain the renormalization group flow can be cast into a geometric progression of a properly identified parameter. We show that this new parameter is actually the size of the (Majorana) zero modes.

  13. Photoluminescence, modulation spectroscopy and surface photovoltage characterization of quaternary Zn1-x-yCdxMgySe compounds

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Dumcenco, D.O.; Levcenco, S.V.; Huang, Y.S.; Firszt, F.; Hsu, H.P.; Tiong, K.K.

    2011-01-01

    An optical characterization of wurtzite Zn 1-x-y Cd x Mg y Se crystalline alloys grown by the modified high-pressure Bridgman method has been carried out by temperature-dependent photoluminescence (PL) and contactless electroreflectance (CER) in the temperature range of 10-300 K, and photoreflectance (PR) measurements between 300-400 K as well as surface photovoltage spectroscopy (SPS) at 300 K. Low temperature PL spectra of the investigated samples consist of an excitonic line, the 'edge emission' due to radiative recombination of shallow donor-acceptor pairs and a broad band related to recombination through deep level defects. Three excitonic features, A, B and C, in the vicinity of band edge were observed in the CER and PR spectra. The peak positions of band-edge excitonic features in the PL spectra are shifted slightly towards lower energies as compared to the lowest corresponding transition energies of A exciton determined from CER and PR data. The increase of the CER-PL shift with the increasing of Mg content in the investigated crystals is explained by the rising of compositional disorder causing the smearing of the band-edge energies. In addition, the coincidence of energy positions of features obtained from SPS measurements with excitonic transition energies E 0 A determined from CER/PR data at 300 K confirm the proper surface treatment of the samples. (authors)

  14. Mahonian pairs

    OpenAIRE

    Sagan, Bruce E.; Savage, Carla D.

    2012-01-01

    We introduce the notion of a Mahonian pair. Consider the set, P^*, of all words having the positive integers as alphabet. Given finite subsets S,T of P^*, we say that (S,T) is a Mahonian pair if the distribution of the major index, maj, over S is the same as the distribution of the inversion number, inv, over T. So the well-known fact that maj and inv are equidistributed over the symmetric group, S_n, can be expressed by saying that (S_n,S_n) is a Mahonian pair. We investigate various Mahonia...

  15. A spectral nodal method for discrete ordinates problems in x,y geometry

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Barros, R.C. de; Larsen, E.W.

    1991-06-01

    A new nodal method is proposed for the solution of S N problems in x- y-geometry. This method uses the Spectral Green's Function (SGF) scheme for solving the one-dimensional transverse-integrated nodal transport equations with no spatial truncation error. Thus, the only approximations in the x, y-geometry nodal method occur in the transverse leakage terms, as in diffusion theory. We approximate these leakage terms using a flat or constant approximation, and we refer to the resulting method as the SGF-Constant Nodal (SGF-CN) method. We show in numerical calculations that the SGF-CN method is much more accurate than other well-known transport nodal methods for coarse-mesh deep-penetration S N problems, even though the transverse leakage terms are approximated rather simply. (author)

  16. Design of X-Y steering magnet for extraction beamline of K-500 superconducting cyclotron

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Naser, Md. Zamal A.; Paul, S.; Bhunia, U.; Pradhan, J.; Dey, M.K.; Nandi, C.; Mallik, C.; Bhandari, R.K.

    2005-01-01

    The K-500 Superconducting Cyclotron is in the advanced stage of commissioning at VEC Centre, Kolkata. This accelerator is designed to accelerate up to maximum 80 MeV/nucleon energy. A X-Y steering magnet is essential to guide this high energy beam into the external high energy beam line. This paper describes the designing and the other related necessary aspects of such a steering magnet. (author)

  17. A proof of a conjecture by Schweizer on the Drinfeld modular polynomial ΦT (X, Y )

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Bassa, Alp; Beelen, Peter

    2011-01-01

    In this paper we prove a conjecture by Schweizer on the reduction of the Drinfeld modular polynomial ΦT (X, Y ) modulo T − 1. The proof mainly involves manipulations of binomial coefficients in characteristic p....

  18. Structural, magnetic and electronic properties of FexCoyIrz (x + y + z = 5, 6) clusters: an ab initio study

    KAUST Repository

    Devi, Assa Aravindh Sasikala

    2014-01-01

    Investigations on freestanding binary and ternary clusters of Fe (x) Co (y) Ir (z) (x + y + z = 5, 6) are carried out using ab initio density functional theory techniques. The geometry, chemical order, binding energy, magnetic moment and electronic

  19. Familial X/Y Translocation Encompassing ARSE in Two Moroccan Siblings with Sensorineural Deafness.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Amasdl, Saadia; Smaili, Wiam; Natiq, Abdelhafid; Hassani, Amale; Sbiti, Aziza; Agadr, Aomar; Sanlaville, Damien; Sefiani, Abdelaziz

    2017-01-01

    Unbalanced translocations involving X and Y chromosomes are rare and associated with a contiguous gene syndrome. The clinical phenotype is heterogeneous including mainly short stature, chondrodysplasia punctata, ichthyosis, hypogonadism, and intellectual disability. Here, we report 2 brothers with peculiar gestalt, short stature, and hearing loss, who harbor an X/Y translocation. Physical examination, brainstem acoustic potential evaluation, bone age, hormonal assessment, and X-ray investigations were performed. Because of their dysmorphic features, karyotyping, FISH, and aCGH were carried out. The probands had short stature, hypertelorism, midface hypoplasia, sensorineural hearing loss, normal intelligence as well as slight radial and ulnar bowing with brachytelephalangy. R-banding identified a derivative X chromosome with an abnormally expanded short arm. The mother was detected as a carrier of the same aberrant X chromosome. aCGH disclosed a 3.1-Mb distal deletion of chromosome region Xp22.33pter. This interval encompasses several genes, especially the short stature homeobox (SHOX) and arylsulfatase (ARSE) genes. The final karyotype of the probands was: 46,Y,der(X),t(X;Y)(p22;q12).ish der(X)(DXYS129-,DXYS153-)mat.arr[hg19] Xp22.33(61091_2689408)×1mat,Xp22.33(2701273_3258404)×0mat,Yq11.222q12 (21412851_59310245)×2. Herein, we describe a Moroccan family with a maternally inherited X/Y translocation and discuss the genotype-phenotype correlations according to the deleted genes. © 2017 S. Karger AG, Basel.

  20. Angular quadrature sets for the streaming ray method in x-y geometry

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    England, R.; Filippone, W.L.

    1983-01-01

    Steaming ray (SR) computations normally employ a set of specially selected ray directions. For x-y geometry, these directions are not uniformly spaced in the azimuthal angle, nor do they conform to any of the standard quadrature sets in current use. For simplicity in all previous SR computations, uniform angular weights were used. This note investigates two methods--a bisection scheme and a Fourier scheme--for selecting more appropriate azimuthal angular weights. In the bisection scheme, the azimuthal weight assigned to an SR direction is half the angular spread (in the x-y plane) between its two adjacent ray directions. In the Fourier method, the weights are chosen such that the number of terms in a Fourier series exactly integrable on the interval (0, 2π) is maximized. Several sample calculations have been performed. While both the Fourier and bisection weights showed significant advantage over the uniform weights used previously, the Fourier scheme appears to be the best method. Lists of bisection and Fourier weights are given for quadrature sets containing 4, 8, 12, ..., 60 azimuthal SR directions

  1. Tolerance factor rules for Sr1-x-yCaxBayMnO3 perovskites

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Dabrowski, B.; Chmaissem, O.; Mais, J.; Kolesnik, S.; Jorgensen, J.D.; Short, S.

    2003-01-01

    Synthesis of new perovskite Sr 1-x-y Ca x Ba y MnO 3-δ compounds is described in detail and dependence of their phase stability and structural distortions on the tolerance factor is discussed. Oxygen contents have been measured over extended temperature and composition ranges. Neutron powder diffraction was used to precisely measure the A-O and Mn-O bond lengths and derive accurate interatomic distances [Ca-O], [Sr-O], [Ba-O], and [Mn-O]. By using these parameters instead of tabulated ionic radii we have derived the functional dependence of the tolerance factor t=t(x,y,T,δ) on composition, temperature, and oxygen content. At a fixed oxygen content, the tolerance factor is an increasing function of temperature as a result of greater thermal expansion of the average bond relative to the bond. We find that the stability of the perovskite phase at high temperature is governed, as expected, by the magnitude of tolerance factor (t≤1) which can be adjusted by controlling the oxygen content 3-δ. This dependence of the tolerance factor on oxygen content and temperature can be utilized to design synthesis conditions for the controlled formation of the new, kinetically stable, perovskite phases

  2. Four-concurrence in the transverse X Y spin-1/2 chain

    Science.gov (United States)

    Osterloh, Andreas; Schützhold, Ralf

    2017-07-01

    We analyze the entanglement measure C4 for specific mixed states in general and for the ground state of the transverse X Y spin-1/2 chain. We find that its factorizing property for pure states does not easily extend to mixed states. For cases where the density matrix is a tensor product, C4 is definitely upper bounded by the product of the corresponding concurrences. In transverse X Y chains, we find that for large distances this condition goes conform with the working hypotheses of a factorizing property of density matrices in this limit. Additionally, we find that C4 together with the genuine multipartite negativity makes it impossible to decide—at the present state of knowledge—which type of entanglement prevails in the system. In particular, this is true for all entanglement measures that detect SL-invariant genuine n -partite entanglement for different n . Further measures of SL-invariant genuine multipartite entanglement have to be considered here. C4 is, however, of the same order of magnitude as the genuine multipartite negativity in Phys. Rev. B 89, 134101 (2014), 10.1103/PhysRevB.89.134101 and shows the same functional behavior, which we read as a hint towards the Greenberger-Horne-Zeilinger (GHZ) type of entanglement. Furthermore, we observe an interesting feature in the C4 values that resembles a destructive interference with the underlying concurrence.

  3. Neutron structural studies of La3.5-x-y(Y)yBa3.5-xCa2xCu7Oz (x = y = 0.0 and 0.5) system

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Subbarao, M.V.; Kulkarni, R.G.; Rajagopal, H.; Sequeira, A.S.

    1997-01-01

    By mixing equal amounts of La 4-x Ca x Ba 3 Cu 7 O z and La 3 Ba 4-x Ca x Cu 7 O z in the proportion of 1 : 1, a series of superconductors part of La replaced by Y with the nominal composition of La 3.5-x-y )(Y) y Ba 3.-5-x Ca 2x Cu 7 O z (LYCP) have been prepared. Two samples with x = y = 0.0 (A) and x = y = 0.5 (B) characterized by x-ray diffraction display tetragonal triple perovskite structure. In order to investigate the effect of substituents (Ca/Y) on structure of this system, neutron diffraction measurements have been carried out at 300 K and λ n =1.216A at Dhruva reactor

  4. Classical ground states of Heisenberg and X Y antiferromagnets on the windmill lattice

    Science.gov (United States)

    Jeevanesan, Bhilahari; Orth, Peter P.

    2014-10-01

    We investigate the classical Heisenberg and planar (X Y ) spin models on the windmill lattice. The windmill lattice is formed out of two widely occurring lattice geometries: a triangular lattice is coupled to its dual honeycomb lattice. Using a combination of iterative minimization, heat-bath Monte Carlo simulations, and analytical calculations, we determine the complete ground-state phase diagram of both models and find the exact energies of the phases. The phase diagram shows a rich phenomenology due to competing interactions and hosts, in addition to collinear and various coplanar phases, also intricate noncoplanar phases. We briefly outline different paths to an experimental realization of these spin models. Our extensive study provides a starting point for the investigation of quantum and thermal fluctuation effects.

  5. Program to solve the multigroup discrete ordinates transport equation in (x,y,z) geometry

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Lathrop, K.D.

    1976-04-01

    Numerical formulations and programming algorithms are given for the THREETRAN computer program which solves the discrete ordinates, multigroup transport equation in (x,y,z) geometry. An efficient, flexible, and general data-handling strategy is derived to make use of three hierarchies of storage: small core memory, large core memory, and disk file. Data management, input instructions, and sample problem output are described. A six-group, S 4 , 18 502 mesh point, 2 800 zone, k/sub eff/ calculation of the ZPPR-4 critical assembly required 144 min of CDC-7600 time to execute to a convergence tolerance of 5 x 10 -4 and gave results in good qualitative agreement with experiment and other calculations. 6 references

  6. An XXX male resulting from paternal X-Y interchange and maternal X-X nondisjunction.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Annerén, G; Andersson, M; Page, D C; Brown, L G; Berg, M; Läckgren, G; Gustavson, K H; de la Chapelle, A

    1987-01-01

    A 2-year-old boy was found to have a 47,XXX karyotype. Restriction-fragment-length-polymorphism analysis showed that, of his three X chromosomes, one is of paternal and two are of maternal origin. The results of Y-DNA hybridization were reminiscent of those in XX males in two respects. First, hybridization to Southern transfers revealed the presence in this XXX male of sequences derived from the Y-chromosomal short arm. Second, in situ hybridization showed that this Y DNA was located on the tip of the X-chromosomal short arm. We conclude that this XXX male resulted from the coincidence of X-X nondisjunction during maternal meiosis and aberrant X-Y interchange either during or prior to paternal meiosis. Images Fig. 1 Fig. 2 Fig. 3 Fig. 4 Fig. 5 PMID:2889356

  7. Nonequilibrium current-carrying steady states in the anisotropic X Y spin chain

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lancaster, Jarrett L.

    2016-05-01

    Out-of-equilibrium behavior is explored in the one-dimensional anisotropic X Y model. Initially preparing the system in the isotropic X X model with a linearly varying magnetic field to create a domain-wall magnetization profile, dynamics is generated by rapidly changing the exchange interaction anisotropy and external magnetic field. Relaxation to a nonequilibrium steady state is studied analytically at the critical transverse Ising point, where correlation functions may be computed in closed form. For arbitrary values of anisotropy and external field, an effective generalized Gibbs' ensemble is shown to accurately describe observables in the long-time limit. Additionally, we find spatial oscillations in the exponentially decaying, transverse spin-spin correlation functions with wavelength set by the magnetization jump across the initial domain wall. This wavelength depends only weakly on anisotropy and magnetic field in contrast to the current, which is highly dependent on these parameters.

  8. Luminescence and scintillation properties of XPO4:Nd3+ (X = Y, Lu, Sc, La) crystals

    Science.gov (United States)

    Makowski, Michał; Witkowski, Marcin E.; Drozdowski, Winicjusz; Wojtowicz, Andrzej J.; Wisniewski, Krzysztof; Boatner, Lynn A.

    2018-05-01

    Due to their very fast short-wavelength emission, neodymium-doped materials are a subject of current interest as potential scintillators. Although the initial reports regarding neodymium-doped orthophosphates (in crystalline form) and their scintillation properties appeared almost twenty years ago, they remain an interesting class of materials since there is no in-depth understanding of their fundamental scintillation mechanism. In the present research, we focus on the crystalline systems: XPO4:Nd3+, where X = Y, Lu, La, Sc. The pulse height, optical absorption, radioluminescence and photoluminescence spectra were investigated and are reported here for various temperatures from 10 to 350 K. Additionally, results of both low and high temperature thermoluminescence measurements are reported in this communication.

  9. Magnetic hyperfine fields in Dy/sub 1-x/Y/sub x/Al2

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Hessel, A.; Kalvius, G.M.; Shenoy, G.K.; Zinn, W.; Wiedemann, W.

    1982-01-01

    161 Dy Moessbauer spectroscopy was carried out at 4.2 K on Dy/sub 1-x/Y/sub x/Al 2 for 0 less than or equal to x less than or equal to 0.6. For x=0 we find B=580 T and f/sub Q/=2810 MHz, close to free-ion values. For x > 0 both B and f/sub Q/ decrease weakly. We obtain (δB)/sub n/ = -14 T, (δf/sub Q/)/sub n/ = -110 MHz and (δB)/sub nn/ = + 1.6 T, (δf/sub Q/)/sub nn/ = +4 MHz per replaced nearest and next-nearest Dy 3 + neighbor, respectively

  10. Massively parallel red-black algorithms for x-y-z response matrix equations

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Hanebutte, U.R.; Laurin-Kovitz, K.; Lewis, E.E.

    1992-01-01

    Recently, both discrete ordinates and spherical harmonic (S n and P n ) methods have been cast in the form of response matrices. In x-y geometry, massively parallel algorithms have been developed to solve the resulting response matrix equations on the Connection Machine family of parallel computers, the CM-2, CM-200, and CM-5. These algorithms utilize two-cycle iteration on a red-black checkerboard. In this work we examine the use of massively parallel red-black algorithms to solve response matric equations in three dimensions. This longer term objective is to utilize massively parallel algorithms to solve S n and/or P n response matrix problems. In this exploratory examination, however, we consider the simple 6 x 6 response matrices that are derivable from fine-mesh diffusion approximations in three dimensions

  11. Theory X/Y in the Health Care Setting: Employee Perceptions, Attitudes, and Behaviors.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Prottas, David J; Nummelin, Mary Rogers

    Douglas McGregor's conceptualization of Theory X and Theory Y has influenced management practices for almost six decades, despite the relative paucity of empirical support. This empirical study examined the relationships between health care employees' perceptions of (1) manager Theory Y and Theory X orientations; (2) work unit psychological safety, organizational citizenship behavior, and service quality; and (3) the employing entity. The study used survey data from more than 3500 employees of a large US health care system and analyzed them using confirmatory factor and hierarchical regression analyses. Results indicate that McGregor's conceptualization is best considered as two separate constructs-Theory Y and Theory X-rather than as one-dimensional X/Y construct. This study's three dependent variables were positively related to Theory Y and negatively related to Theory X, with larger Theory Y effect sizes. Psychological safety partially mediated the relationship between Theory Y and the dependent variables Y. Practical implications are presented.

  12. Determination of the X, Y coordinates of a pulsed ultrasonic source of signals

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Sokolov, B.V.; Shemyakin, V.V.

    1975-01-01

    A range of problems in predicting the emergency state of large-scale vessel housings are determined for subsequent solution involving acoustic emission phenomena. The authors specify the position of a given problem and present substantial grounds for selecting the minimum number of group signal receivers for unambiguous calculation of the location of the source. Relationships are obtained between X, Y - the coordinates of the pulse signal source - and experimentally measured time differences in recording of signals by group receivers. A criterion is given for selecting the true signal group combination when the receivers simultaneously record waves from several sources. Specific suggestions are made regarding the experimental information to be stored in a central computer for subsequent processing [ru

  13. Phase Competition in the Palmer-Chalker X Y Pyrochlore Er2Pt2O7

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hallas, A. M.; Gaudet, J.; Butch, N. P.; Xu, Guangyong; Tachibana, M.; Wiebe, C. R.; Luke, G. M.; Gaulin, B. D.

    2017-11-01

    We report neutron scattering measurements on Er2Pt2O7 , a new addition to the X Y family of frustrated pyrochlore magnets. Symmetry analysis of our elastic scattering data shows that Er2Pt2O7 orders into the k =0 , Γ7 magnetic structure (the Palmer-Chalker state), at TN=0.38 K . This contrasts with its sister X Y pyrochlore antiferromagnets Er2Ti2O7 and Er2Ge2O7 , both of which order into Γ5 magnetic structures at much higher temperatures, TN=1.2 and 1.4 K, respectively. In this temperature range, the magnetic heat capacity of Er2Pt2O7 contains a broad anomaly centered at T*=1.5 K . Our inelastic neutron scattering measurements reveal that this broad heat capacity anomaly sets the temperature scale for strong short-range spin fluctuations. Below TN=0.38 K , Er2Pt2O7 displays a gapped spin-wave spectrum with an intense, flat band of excitations at lower energy and a weak, diffusive band of excitations at higher energy. The flat band is well described by classical spin-wave calculations, but these calculations also predict sharp dispersive branches at higher energy, a striking discrepancy with the experimental data. This, in concert with the strong suppression of TN, is attributable to enhanced quantum fluctuations due to phase competition between the Γ7 and Γ5 states that border each other within a classically predicted phase diagram.

  14. Generalization of Spatial Channel Theory to Three-Dimensional x-y-z Transport Computations

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Abu-Shumays, I. K.; Hunter, M. A.; Martz, R. L.; Risner, J. M.

    2002-01-01

    Spatial channel theory, initially introduced in 1977 by M. L. Williams and colleagues at ORNL, is a powerful tool for shield design optimization. It focuses on so called ''contributon'' flux and current of particles (a fraction of the total of neutrons, photons, etc.) which contribute directly or through their progeny to a pre-specified response, such as a detector reading, dose rate, reaction rate, etc., at certain locations of interest. Particles that do not contribute directly or indirectly to the pre-specified response, such as particles that are absorbed or leak out, are ignored. Contributon fluxes and currents are computed based on combined forward and adjoint transport solutions. The initial concepts were considerably improved by Abu-Shumays, Selva, and Shure by introducing steam functions and response flow functions. Plots of such functions provide both qualitative and quantitative information on dominant particle flow paths and identify locations within a shield configuration that are important in contributing to the response of interest. Previous work was restricted to two dimensional (2-D) x-y rectangular and r-z cylindrical geometries. This paper generalizes previous work to three-dimensional x-y-z geometry, since it is now practical to solve realistic 3-D problems with multidimensional transport programs. As in previous work, new analytic expressions are provided for folding spherical harmonics representations of forward and adjoint transport flux solutions. As a result, the main integrals involve in spatial channel theory are computed exactly and more efficiently than by numerical quadrature. The analogy with incompressible fluid flow is also applied to obtain visual qualitative and quantitative measures of important streaming paths that could prove vital for shield design optimization. Illustrative examples are provided. The connection between the current paper and the excellent work completed by M. L. Williams in 1991 is also discussed

  15. Hybrid nodal methods in the solution of the diffusion equations in X Y geometry

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Hernandez M, N.; Alonso V, G.; Valle G, E. del

    2003-01-01

    In 1979, Hennart and collaborators applied several schemes of classic finite element in the numerical solution of the diffusion equations in X Y geometry and stationary state. Almost two decades then, in 1996, himself and other collaborators carried out a similar work but using nodal schemes type finite element. Continuing in this last direction, in this work a group it is described a set of several Hybrid Nodal schemes denominated (NH) as well as their application to solve the diffusion equations in multigroup in stationary state and X Y geometry. The term hybrid nodal it means that such schemes interpolate not only Legendre moments of face and of cell but also the values of the scalar flow of neutrons in the four corners of each cell or element of the spatial discretization of the domain of interest. All the schemes here considered are polynomials like they were it their predecessors. Particularly, its have developed and applied eight different hybrid nodal schemes that its are very nearby related with those developed by Hennart and collaborators in the past. It is treated of schemes in those that nevertheless that decreases the number of interpolation parameters it is conserved the accurate in relation to the bi-quadratic and bi-cubic schemes. Of these eight, three were described and applied in a previous work. It is the bi-lineal classic scheme as well as the hybrid nodal schemes, bi-quadratic and bi-cubic for that here only are described the other 5 hybrid nodal schemes although they are provided numerical results for several test problems with all them. (Author)

  16. Control of Ge1-x-ySixSny layer lattice constant for energy band alignment in Ge1-xSnx/Ge1-x-ySixSny heterostructures

    Science.gov (United States)

    Fukuda, Masahiro; Watanabe, Kazuhiro; Sakashita, Mitsuo; Kurosawa, Masashi; Nakatsuka, Osamu; Zaima, Shigeaki

    2017-10-01

    The energy band alignment of Ge1-xSnx/Ge1-x-ySixSny heterostructures was investigated, and control of the valence band offset at the Ge1-xSnx/Ge1-x-ySixSny heterointerface was achieved by controlling the Si and Sn contents in the Ge1-x-ySixSny layer. The valence band offset in the Ge0.902Sn0.098/Ge0.41Si0.50Sn0.09 heterostructure was evaluated to be as high as 330 meV, and its conduction band offset was estimated to be 150 meV by considering the energy bandgap calculated from the theoretical prediction. In addition, the formation of the strain-relaxed Ge1-x-ySixSny layer was examined and the crystalline structure was characterized. The epitaxial growth of a strain-relaxed Ge0.64Si0.21Sn0.15 layer with the degree of strain relaxation of 55% was examined using a virtual Ge substrate. Moreover, enhancement of the strain relaxation was demonstrated by post-deposition annealing, where a degree of strain relaxation of 70% was achieved after annealing at 400 °C. These results indicate the possibility for enhancing the indirect-direct crossover with a strained and high-Sn-content Ge1-xSnx layer on a strain-relaxed Ge1-x-ySixSny layer, realizing preferable carrier confinement by type-I energy band alignment with high conduction and valence band offsets.

  17. Boson-mediated quantum spin simulators in transverse fields: X Y model and spin-boson entanglement

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wall, Michael L.; Safavi-Naini, Arghavan; Rey, Ana Maria

    2017-01-01

    The coupling of spins to long-wavelength bosonic modes is a prominent means to engineer long-range spin-spin interactions, and has been realized in a variety of platforms, such as atoms in optical cavities and trapped ions. To date, much of the experimental focus has been on the realization of long-range Ising models, but generalizations to other spin models are highly desirable. In this work, we explore a previously unappreciated connection between the realization of an X Y model by off-resonant driving of a single sideband of boson excitation (i.e., a single-beam Mølmer-Sørensen scheme) and a boson-mediated Ising simulator in the presence of a transverse field. In particular, we show that these two schemes have the same effective Hamiltonian in suitably defined rotating frames, and analyze the emergent effective X Y spin model through a truncated Magnus series and numerical simulations. In addition to X Y spin-spin interactions that can be nonperturbatively renormalized from the naive Ising spin-spin coupling constants, we find an effective transverse field that is dependent on the thermal energy of the bosons, as well as other spin-boson couplings that cause spin-boson entanglement not to vanish at any time. In the case of a boson-mediated Ising simulator with transverse field, we discuss the crossover from transverse field Ising-like to X Y -like spin behavior as a function of field strength.

  18. de la UAM-X y de la UNAM, en México

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Ángel Torres Velandia

    2008-01-01

    Full Text Available Este artículo presenta una reflexión, basada en experiencias, sobre una de las aplicaciones más importantes de las Tecnologías de la Información y de Comunicación (tic al campo de la investigación en entornos no presenciales, como es el caso de los colaboratorios virtuales y su empleo en acciones de investigación y docencia en las universidades. Para la unesco, la producción de conocimientos en red abre nuevas posibilidades para la creación de sistemas muy potentes de gestión del conocimiento, tanto en los organismos científicos como en los gubernamentales. En este trabajo se abordan los antecedentes y la importancia de los Colaboratorios Virtuales (cv algunas de sus aplicaciones desarrolladas en las áreas de las ciencias físicas y humanísticas, y la experiencia conjunta que llevada a cabo entre grupos de profesores investigadores de la UAM-x y la UNAM, en México.

  19. Deformation of products cut on AWJ x-y tables and its suppression

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hlaváč, L. M.; Hlaváčová, I. M.; Plančár, Š.; Krenický, T.; Geryk, V.

    2018-02-01

    The aim of this study is namely investigation of the abrasive water jet (AWJ) cutting of column pieces on commercial x-y cutting machines with AWJ. The shape deformation in curved and/or stepped parts of cutting trajectories caused by both the trailback (declination angle) and the taper (inclination of cut walls) can be calculated from submitted analytical model. Some of the results were compared with data measured on samples cut on two types of commercial tables. The main motivation of this investigation is determination of the percentage difference between predicted and real distortion of cutting product, i.e. accuracy of prepared analytical model. Subsequently, the possibility of reduction of the distortion can be studied through implementation of the theoretical model into the control systems of the cutting machines with the system for cutting head tilting. Despite some limitations of the used AWJ machines the comparison of calculated dimensions with the real ones shows very good correlation of model and experimental data lying within the range of measurement uncertainty. Results on special device demonstrated that the shape deformation in curved parts of the cutting trajectory can be substantially reduced through tilting of the cutting head.

  20. Estudio citogenético de una translocación x/y familiar

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Carolina Arango Rosero

    2006-01-01

    Full Text Available Se realizó un estudio citogenético a una familia bogotana portadora de una translocación Xp/Yq con técnicas QFQ, CBG y RFPG. El cariotipo de las pacientes resultó en 46, X, der(X t(X;Y(p22.3—>pter; q11.2—>qter. Por medio de técnicas de alta resolución cromosómica se esquematizaron y establecieron los patrones de replicación para los cromosomas sexuales involucrados en la translocación. Se discute el efecto del porcentaje de inactivación de los cromosomas sexuales involucrados, su patrón de replicación y la monosomía o nulisomía resultante de los genes de la región pseudoautosomal del cromosoma X sobre el fenotipo de cada paciente.

  1. The linear characteristic method for spatially discretizing the discrete ordinates equations in (x,y)-geometry

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Larsen, E.W.; Alcouffe, R.E.

    1981-01-01

    In this article a new linear characteristic (LC) spatial differencing scheme for the discrete ordinates equations in (x,y)-geometry is described and numerical comparisons are given with the diamond difference (DD) method. The LC method is more stable with mesh size and is generally much more accurate than the DD method on both fine and coarse meshes, for eigenvalue and deep penetration problems. The LC method is based on computations involving the exact solution of a cell problem which has spatially linear boundary conditions and interior source. The LC method is coupled to the diffusion synthetic acceleration (DSA) algorithm in that the linear variations of the source are determined in part by the results of the DSA calculation from the previous inner iteration. An inexpensive negative-flux fixup is used which has very little effect on the accuracy of the solution. The storage requirements for LC are essentially the same as that for DD, while the computational times for LC are generally less than twice the DD computational times for the same mesh. This increase in computational cost is offset if one computes LC solutions on somewhat coarser meshes than DD; the resulting LC solutions are still generally much more accurate than the DD solutions. (orig.) [de

  2. Numerical solution of the Neutron Transport Equation using discontinuous nodal methods at X-Y geometry

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Delfin L, A.

    1996-01-01

    The purpose of this work is to solve the neutron transport equation in discrete-ordinates and X-Y geometry by developing and using the strong discontinuous and strong modified discontinuous nodal finite element schemes. The strong discontinuous and modified strong discontinuous nodal finite element schemes go from two to ten interpolation parameters per cell. They are describing giving a set D c and polynomial space S c corresponding for each scheme BDMO, RTO, BL, BDM1, HdV, BDFM1, RT1, BQ and BDM2. The solution is obtained solving the neutron transport equation moments for each nodal scheme by developing the basis functions defined by Pascal triangle and the Legendre moments giving in the polynomial space S c and, finally, looking for the non singularity of the resulting linear system. The linear system is numerically solved using a computer program for each scheme mentioned . It uses the LU method and forward and backward substitution and makes a partition of the domain in cells. The source terms and angular flux are calculated, using the directions and weights associated to the S N approximation and solving the angular flux moments to find the effective multiplication constant. The programs are written in Fortran language, using the dynamic allocation of memory to increase efficiently the available memory of the computing equipment. (Author)

  3. Synthesis and characterization of a powellite Ca1-x-yNaxREEyMoO4

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Moudir, Dalida; Kamel, Nour-el-hayet; Yahiaoui, Saliha; Mouheb, Yasmina; Kamariz, Soumia; Aouchiche, Fairouz

    2015-01-01

    Powellite is a Ca-molybdate ceramic, which forms in nuclear glasses. It may contain an actinide or a lanthanide in its structure, insuring a double containment of radioactivity. This study deals with the synthesis and characterization of powellites, with the general formula: Ca 1-x-y Na x REE y MoO 4 , 0.01≤y≤0.08, x+y≤ 0.20, with REE = Er, Yb and Y. The minerals are synthesized in two heating stages: a calcination at 800 C followed by a sintering at 1150 C. The materials final densities were all similar to the standard value of natural powellite (≅4250 kg/m 3 ), and do not vary significantly with the nature and amount of the lanthanide dopant. The materials microstructure was observed by scanning electron microscopy analysis, and the phase identification was performed by X-ray diffraction analysis. All powellites have a I41/a CaMoO 4 tetragonal structure. The variation of the lattice parameters and molar volumes as a function of the materials composition, calculated using CELREF software, show that they decrease from Yb to Er to Y, and quietly vary with the amount of dopant in the powellites; the materials crystallographic structure remaining preserved. (authors)

  4. Magnetocaloric properties of LaFe13-x-yCoxSiy and commercial grade Gd

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Bjork, R.; Bahl, C.R.H.; Katter, M.

    2010-01-01

    The magnetocaloric properties of three samples of LaFe 13-x-y Co x Si y have been measured and compared to measurements of commercial grade Gd. The samples have (x=0.86, y=1.08), (x=0.94, y=1.01) and (x=0.97, y=1.07) yielding Curie temperatures in the range 276-288 K. The magnetization, specific heat capacity and adiabatic temperature change have been measured over a broad temperature interval. Importantly, all measurements were corrected for demagnetization, allowing the data to be directly compared. In an internal field of 1 T the maximum specific entropy changes were 6.2, 5.1 and 5.0 J/kg K, the specific heat capacities were 910, 840 and 835 J/kg K and the adiabatic temperature changes were 2.3, 2.1 and 2.1 K for the three LaFeCoSi samples respectively. For Gd in an internal field of 1 T the maximum specific entropy change was 3.1 J/kg K, the specific heat capacity was 340 J/kg K and the adiabatic temperature change was 3.3 K. The adiabatic temperature change was also calculated from the measured values of the specific heat capacity and specific magnetization and compared to the directly measured values. In general an excellent agreement was seen.

  5. Solution of multigroup transport equation in x-y-z geometry by the spherical harmonics method using finite Fourier transformation

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Kobayashi, Keisuke; Kikuchi, Hirohiko; Tsutsuguchi, Ken

    1993-01-01

    A neutron multigroup transport equation in x-y-z geometry is solved by the spherical harmonics method using finite Fourier transformation. Using the first term of the Fourier series for the space variables of spherical harmonics moments, three-point finite difference like equations are derived for x-, y- and z-axis directions, which are more consistent and accurate than those derived using the usual finite difference approximation, and these equations are solved by the iteration method in each axis direction alternatively. A method to find an optimum acceleration factor for this inner iteration is described. It is shown in the numerical examples that the present method gives higher accuracy with less mesh points that the usual finite difference method. (author)

  6. Calculations of reactivity based in the solution of the Neutron transport equation in X Y geometry and Lineal perturbation theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Valle G, E. del; Mugica R, C.A.

    2005-01-01

    In our country, in last congresses, Gomez et al carried out reactivity calculations based on the solution of the diffusion equation for an energy group using nodal methods in one dimension and the TPL approach (Lineal Perturbation Theory). Later on, Mugica extended the application to the case of multigroup so much so much in one as in two dimensions (X Y geometry) with excellent results. Presently work is carried out similar calculations but this time based on the solution of the neutron transport equation in X Y geometry using nodal methods and again the TPL approximation. The idea is to provide a calculation method that allows to obtain in quick form the reactivity solving the direct problem as well as the enclosed problem of the not perturbed problem. A test problem for the one that results are provided for the effective multiplication factor is described and its are offered some conclusions. (Author)

  7. Diffusion-accelerated solution of the 2-D x-y Sn equations with linear-bilinear nodal differencing

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Wareing, T.A.; Walters, W.F.; Morel, J.E.

    1994-01-01

    Recently a new diffusion-synthetic acceleration scheme was developed for solving the 2-D S n Equations in x-y geometry with bilinear-discontinuous finite element spatial discretization using a bilinear-discontinuous diffusion differencing scheme for the diffusion acceleration equations. This method differs from previous methods in that it is conditional efficient for problems with isotropic or nearly isotropic scattering. We have used the same bilinear-discontinuous diffusion scheme, and associated solution technique, to accelerate the x-y geometry S n equations with linear-bilinear nodal spatial differencing. We find that this leads to an unconditionally efficient solution method for problems with isotropic or nearly isotropic scattering. computational results are given which demonstrate this property

  8. X-y interactions underlie sperm head abnormality in hybrid male house mice.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Campbell, Polly; Nachman, Michael W

    2014-04-01

    The genetic basis of hybrid male sterility in house mice is complex, highly polygenic, and strongly X linked. Previous work suggested that there might be interactions between the Mus musculus musculus X and the M. m. domesticus Y with a large negative effect on sperm head morphology in hybrid males with an F1 autosomal background. To test this, we introgressed the M. m. domesticus Y onto a M. m. musculus background and measured the change in sperm morphology, testis weight, and sperm count across early backcross generations and in 11th generation backcross males in which the opportunity for X-autosome incompatibilities is effectively eliminated. We found that abnormality in sperm morphology persists in M. m. domesticus Y introgression males, and that this phenotype is rescued by M. m. domesticus introgressions on the X chromosome. In contrast, the severe reductions in testis weight and sperm count that characterize F1 males were eliminated after one generation of backcrossing. These results indicate that X-Y incompatibilities contribute specifically to sperm morphology. In contrast, X-autosome incompatibilities contribute to low testis weight, low sperm count, and sperm morphology. Restoration of normal testis weight and sperm count in first generation backcross males suggests that a small number of complex incompatibilities between loci on the M. m. musculus X and the M. m. domesticus autosomes underlie F1 male sterility. Together, these results provide insight into the genetic architecture of F1 male sterility and help to explain genome-wide patterns of introgression across the house mouse hybrid zone.

  9. Design and development of X Y data logger for on-line recording of ion-beam spectrum

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Mandi, T.K.; Pandey, H.K.; Basak, S.; Chakrabarti, A.

    2008-01-01

    A microcontroller based beam current spectrum analyzing setup has been developed to measure various heavy ion beam current vs. corresponding magnetic field of dipole magnet. This system permits recording of beam current with respect to magnetic field and send data to personal computer to enable the computer processing of such data. The detail design and development of a 8051 (8-bit) microcontroller based X Y-data logger as well as front end software programming are reported in this paper. (author)

  10. Traceable X,Y self-calibration at single nm level of an optical microscope used for coherence scanning interferometry

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ekberg, Peter; Mattsson, Lars

    2018-03-01

    Coherence scanning interferometry used in optical profilers are typically good for Z-calibration at nm-levels, but the X,Y accuracy is often left without further notice than typical resolution limits of the optics, i.e. of the order of ~1 µm. For the calibration of metrology tools we rely on traceable artefacts, e.g. gauge blocks for traditional coordinate measurement machines, and lithographically mask made artefacts for microscope calibrations. In situations where the repeatability and accuracy of the measurement tool is much better than the uncertainty of the traceable artefact, we are bound to specify the uncertainty based on the calibration artefact rather than on the measurement tool. This is a big drawback as the specified uncertainty of a calibrated measurement may shrink the available manufacturing tolerance. To improve the uncertainty in X,Y we can use self-calibration. Then, we do not need to know anything more than that the artefact contains a pattern with some nominal grid. This also gives the opportunity to manufacture the artefact in-house, rather than buying a calibrated and expensive artefact. The self-calibration approach we present here is based on an iteration algorithm, rather than the traditional mathematical inversion, and it leads to much more relaxed constrains on the input measurements. In this paper we show how the X,Y errors, primarily optical distortions, within the field of view (FOV) of an optical coherence scanning interferometry microscope, can be reduced with a large factor. By self-calibration we achieve an X,Y consistency in the 175  ×  175 µm2 FOV of ~2.3 nm (1σ) using the 50×  objective. Besides the calibrated coordinate X,Y system of the microscope we also receive, as a bonus, the absolute positions of the pattern in the artefact with a combined uncertainty of 6 nm (1σ) by relying on a traceable 1D linear measurement of a twin artefact at NIST.

  11. Bandgap engineering of the Lu{sub x}Y{sub 1−x}PO{sub 4} mixed crystals

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Levushkina, V.S., E-mail: viktoriia.levushkina@ut.ee [Institute of Physics, University of Tartu, Ravila 14c, 50411 Tartu (Estonia); Physics Faculty, Moscow State University, Leninskiye Gory 1-2, 11991 Moscow (Russian Federation); Spassky, D.A. [Institute of Physics, University of Tartu, Ravila 14c, 50411 Tartu (Estonia); Skobeltsyn Institute of Nuclear Physics, Moscow State University, Leninskiye Gory 1-2, 11991 Moscow (Russian Federation); Aleksanyan, E.M. [Institute of Physics, University of Tartu, Ravila 14c, 50411 Tartu (Estonia); A. Alikhanyan National Science Laboratory, Yerevan Physics Institute, Alikhanyan Yeghbayrneri St. 2, 0036 Yerevan (Armenia); Brik, M.G. [Institute of Physics, University of Tartu, Ravila 14c, 50411 Tartu (Estonia); College of Sciences, Chongqing University of Posts and Telecommunications, 400065 Chongqing (China); Institute of Physics, Jan Dlugosz University, Armii Krajowej 13/15, PL-42200 Czestochowa (Poland); Institute of Physics, Polish Academy of Sciences, Al. Lotników 32/46, 02-668 Warsaw (Poland); Tretyakova, M.S.; Zadneprovski, B.I. [Central Research and Development Institute of Chemistry and Mechanics, Nagatinskaya St. 16a, 115487 Moscow (Russian Federation); Belsky, A.N. [Institute of Light and Matter, CNRS, University Lyon1, 69622 Villeurbanne (France)

    2016-03-15

    Bandgap modification of the Lu{sub x}Y{sub 1−x}PO{sub 4} mixed crystals has been studied by thermostimulated luminescence (TSL) and ab-initio calculation methods. Doping of Lu{sub x}Y{sub 1−x}PO{sub 4} with Ce{sup 3+} allowed to follow up the changes of electron traps depth, caused by the modification of the bottom of conduction band. The observed gradual shift of the most intensive TSL peaks to higher temperatures with increase of x value was connected with the high-energy shift of the conduction band bottom. According to the band structure calculations the bottom of the conduction band is formed by the 5d and 4d states of Lu and Y, respectively. Therefore, substitution of one cation by another is responsible for the observed variation of the electronic and optical properties. Doping with Eu{sup 3+} was used to study the modification of the hole traps and the top of the valence band in Lu{sub x}Y{sub 1−x}PO{sub 4}. The independence of the TSL peaks position on x value in Lu{sub x}Y{sub 1−x}PO{sub 4}:Eu{sup 3+} allows to conclude that the top of the valence band is negligibly affected by the cation substitution. According to the band structure calculations the top of the valence band is formed by the O 2p electronic states, which are not affected by the cation substitution. The resulting increase of the bandgap with x value is confirmed by the data of ab-initio calculations. - Highlights: • Band structure modification with x in Lu{sub x}Y{sub 1−x}PO{sub 4}:RE{sup 3+} (RE=Ce, Eu) is studied. • Depth of electron traps is affected by the bandgap modification. • Increase of bandgap with x is due to the shift of conduction band bottom.

  12. Instantaneous Absolute Values of the Geomagnetic Components D, H, and Z or X,Y, and Z at 1-minute Intervals for 50 Observatories Database

    Data.gov (United States)

    National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, Department of Commerce — The file is comprised of instantaneous absolute values of the geomagnetic components D, H, and Z or X, Y, and Z at 1-minute intervals. These values were derived...

  13. Type II band alignment in Ge1-x-ySixSny/Ge1-α-βSiαSnβ heterojunctions

    Science.gov (United States)

    Dey, Swagata; Mukhopadhyay, Bratati; Sen, Gopa; Basu, P. K.

    2018-02-01

    We have examined type II band alignment in Ge1-x-ySixSny/Ge1-α-βSiαSβ heterojunctions grown on virtual substrates in Si platform. It is found that, for different values of x, y, α and β, direct band gap type II band line up can be achieved for both tensile and compressive strains. The calculated band gap energy corresponds to the mid infrared to far infrared regions in the electromagnetic spectrum.

  14. Magnetic and Mössbauer studies of amorphous Fe 72- xY xHo 8B 20 alloys

    Science.gov (United States)

    Krishnan, R.; Driouch, L.; Lassri, H.; Dumond, Y.; Ajan, Antony; Shringi, S. N.; Prasad, Shiva

    1996-11-01

    We have carried out magnetic and Mössbauer studies of amorphous Fe 72- xY xHo 8B 20 alloys. The Fe moment decreases with the addition of Y and a magnetic compensation occurs at 4 K for x = 16. The temperature and field dependences of the magnetization have been interpreted using the mean field theory and Chudnovsky's model, respectively. These analyses yield some interesting parameters such as the random anisotropy, the exchange interactions JFe-Fe, JFe-Ho, etc. The Mössbauer studies show that the average hyperfine field decreases linearly with the addition of Y, in accordance with the decrease in the Fe moment.

  15. A Gas-Spring-Loaded X-Y-Z Stage System for X-ray Microdiffraction Sample Manipulation

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Shu Deming; Cai Zhonghou; Lai, Barry

    2007-01-01

    We have designed and constructed a gas-spring-loaded x-y-z stage system for x-ray microdiffraction sample manipulation at the Advanced Photon Source XOR 2-ID-D station. The stage system includes three DC-motor-driven linear stages and a gas-spring-based heavy preloading structure, which provides antigravity forces to ensure that the stage system keeps high-positioning performance under variable goniometer orientation. Microdiffraction experiments with this new stage system showed significant sample manipulation performance improvement

  16. TVEDIM, 2-D Homogeneous and Inhomogeneous Neutron Diffusion for X-Y, R-Z, R-Theta Geometry

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Kristiansen, G.K.

    1987-01-01

    1 - Nature of physical problem solved: The two-dimensional neutron diffusion equation (x-y, r-z, or r-theta geometry is solved, either in the inhomogeneous (source calculation) or the homogeneous form (K eff calculation or absorber adjustment). The boundary conditions specify each group current as a linear homogeneous function of the group fluxes (gamma matrix concept). For each material, the fission matrix is assumed to by dyadic. 2 - Method of solution: Finite difference formulation (5 point scheme, mesh corner variant) is used. Solution technique: multi-line SOR. Eigenvalue estimate by neutron balance

  17. CEXE INCEXE, 1 Group 3-D Time-Dependent Xe Oscillations in X-Y-Z Geometry with Feedback

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Kern, R.; Pacino, S.

    1973-01-01

    1 - Description of problem or function: CEXE solves the three- dimensional xyz time-dependent xenon spatial oscillation problem using a modified one energy group theory and a nodal representation. 2 - Method of solution: CEXE solves for the spatial neutron source distribution with coupled Doppler and moderator temperature feedbacks. The time dependence of the iodine and xenon concentrations are based on the assumption of constant power during each time-step interval. 3 - Restrictions on the complexity of the problem: Maximum reactor core size representation is restricted to a nodal configuration of 19 x 19 x 10 in the x, y, z directions, respectively

  18. Integrated hybrid vibration isolator with feedforward compensation for fast high-precision positioning X/Y tables

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Yan, T H; Li, Q; Xu, C; Pu, H Y; Chen, X D

    2010-01-01

    The design, realization and control technologies of a high-performance hybrid microvibration isolator for ultra-high-precision high-speed moving X/Y tables are presented in this paper—the novel isolator with integrated passive–active high level of damping. The passive damping was implemented using air-springs in both vertical and horizontal directions, with parallel linear motors in two directions to realize the active damping and the positioning functions. It is an actual hybrid isolation system because its air-spring can also be controlled through the pneumatic loop. The isolation servo system also has fast positioning capability via the feedforward compensation for the moving tables. Compared with the conventional filtered reference type control algorithms that rely on the assumption for the adaptive filter and the controlled system, in which the disturbance is estimated from the residual signal, the feedforward compensation here shows high effectiveness of vibration isolation and high-precision positioning performance for its platform. The performance of feedforward compensation has been enhanced via an efficient state estimation adaptive algorithm, the fast Kalman filter. Finally, experimental demonstration has been shown for the prototype system and the results have verified the effectiveness of the proposed isolator system design and the adaptive control algorithm for substantially enhanced damping of the platform system with the moving X/Y tables

  19. Note: An absolute X-Y-Θ position sensor using a two-dimensional phase-encoded binary scale

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kim, Jong-Ahn; Kim, Jae Wan; Kang, Chu-Shik; Jin, Jonghan

    2018-04-01

    This Note presents a new absolute X-Y-Θ position sensor for measuring planar motion of a precision multi-axis stage system. By analyzing the rotated image of a two-dimensional phase-encoded binary scale (2D), the absolute 2D position values at two separated points were obtained and the absolute X-Y-Θ position could be calculated combining these values. The sensor head was constructed using a board-level camera, a light-emitting diode light source, an imaging lens, and a cube beam-splitter. To obtain the uniform intensity profiles from the vignette scale image, we selected the averaging directions deliberately, and higher resolution in the angle measurement could be achieved by increasing the allowable offset size. The performance of a prototype sensor was evaluated in respect of resolution, nonlinearity, and repeatability. The sensor could resolve 25 nm linear and 0.001° angular displacements clearly, and the standard deviations were less than 18 nm when 2D grid positions were measured repeatedly.

  20. Pair frames in Hilbert -modules

    Indian Academy of Sciences (India)

    M Mirzaee Azandaryani

    2018-04-24

    Apr 24, 2018 ... inner product 〈., .〉 : E × E −→ 2 such that. (i) 〈αx + βy, z〉 = α〈x, z〉 + β〈y, z〉, for each α, β ∈ C and x, y, z ∈ E;. (ii) 〈ax, y〉 = a〈x, y〉, for each a ...

  1. Synaptonemal complex aberrations in the pseudoautosomal region of X, Y chromosomes in irradiated hamsters

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Allen, J.W.; Collins, B.W. [Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC (United States); Poorman-Allen, P. [Wellcome Research Lab., Research Triangle Park, N.C. (United States); Sontag, M.R. [Duke Univ., Durham, NC (United States). Medical Center

    1994-05-01

    The effects of X-radiation, bleomycin and amsacrine (m-AMSA) on the meiotic chromosomes of male Armenian hamsters were determined by electron microscopic analysis of synaptonemal complex (SC) damage. Pachytene stage cells were analyzed 5 or 6 days following their treatment at putative preleptotene-leptotene stages of meiosis. Of the multiple types of SC aberrations observed to be significantly increased over control levels, lateral element breakage and synaptic anomalies were most prevalent. The focus of these studies was on the sex chromosomes which, in the Armenian hamster, reveal an unusally well-defined pseudoautosomal region. In the XY pair, radiation and chemical treatments caused certain forms of structural and synaptic anomalies which appeared to be preferentially localized to telomeric and/or crossover regions. The nature of these specific aberrations, involving breakage, bridge formation and asynapsis, is not well understood; however, their distributions are suggestive of possible relationships with sites and processes of crossing over. (author).

  2. Solution of the transport equation in stationary state and X Y geometry, using continuous and discontinuous hybrid nodal schemes; Solucion de la ecuacion de transporte en estado estacionario y geometria X Y, usando esquemas nodales hibridos continuos y discontinuos

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Xolocostli M, V.; Valle G, E. del [IPN-ESFM, 07738 Mexico D.F. (Mexico); Alonso V, G. [ININ, 52045 Ocoyoacac, Estado de Mexico (Mexico)]. e-mail: xvicente@hotmail.com

    2003-07-01

    In this work it is described the development and the application of the NH-FEM schemes, Hybrid Nodal schemes using the Finite Element method in the solution of the neutron transport equation in stationary state and X Y geometry, of which two families of schemes were developed, one of which corresponds to the continuous and the other to the discontinuous ones, inside those first its are had the Bi-Quadratic Bi Q, and to the Bi-cubic BiC, while for the seconds the Discontinuous Bi-lineal DBiL and the Discontinuous Bi-quadratic DBiQ. These schemes were implemented in a program to which was denominated TNHXY, Transport of neutrons with Hybrid Nodal schemes in X Y geometry. One of the immediate applications of the schemes NH-FEM it will be in the analysis of assemblies of nuclear fuel, particularly of the BWR type. The validation of the TNHXY program was made with two test problems or benchmark, already solved by other authors with numerical techniques and to compare results. The first of them consists in an it BWR fuel assemble in an arrangement 7x7 without rod and with control rod providing numerical results. The second is a fuel assemble of mixed oxides (MOX) in an arrangement 10x10. This last problem it is known as the Benchmark problem WPPR of the NEA Data Bank and the results are compared with those of other commercial codes as HELIOS, MCNP-4B and CPM-3. (Author)

  3. Low-frequency phase diagram of irradiated graphene and a periodically driven spin-1/2 X Y chain

    Science.gov (United States)

    Mukherjee, Bhaskar; Mohan, Priyanka; Sen, Diptiman; Sengupta, K.

    2018-05-01

    We study the Floquet phase diagram of two-dimensional Dirac materials such as graphene and the one-dimensional (1D) spin-1/2 X Y model in a transverse field in the presence of periodic time-varying terms in their Hamiltonians in the low drive frequency (ω ) regime where standard 1 /ω perturbative expansions fail. For graphene, such periodic time-dependent terms are generated via the application of external radiation of amplitude A0 and time period T =2 π /ω , while for the 1D X Y model, they result from a two-rate drive protocol with a time-dependent magnetic field and nearest-neighbor couplings between the spins. Using the adiabatic-impulse method, whose predictions agree almost exactly with the corresponding numerical results in the low-frequency regime, we provide several semianalytic criteria for the occurrence of changes in the topology of the phase bands (eigenstates of the evolution operator U ) of such systems. For irradiated graphene, we point out the role of the symmetries of the instantaneous Hamiltonian H (t ) and the evolution operator U behind such topology changes. Our analysis reveals that at low frequencies, topology changes of irradiated graphene phase bands may also happen at t =T /3 and2 T /3 (apart from t =T ) showing the necessity of analyzing the phase bands of the system for obtaining its phase diagrams. We chart out the phase diagrams at t =T /3 ,2 T /3 ,and T , where such topology changes occur, as a function of A0 and T using exact numerics, and compare them with the prediction of the adiabatic-impulse method. We show that several characteristics of these phase diagrams can be analytically understood from results obtained using the adiabatic-impulse method and point out the crucial contribution of the high-symmetry points in the graphene Brillouin zone to these diagrams. We study the modes that can appear at the edges of a finite-width strip of graphene and show that the change in the number of such modes agrees with the change in the

  4. Development of X-Y servo pneumatic-piezoelectric hybrid actuators for position control with high response, large stroke and nanometer accuracy.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Chiang, Mao-Hsiung

    2010-01-01

    This study aims to develop a X-Y dual-axial intelligent servo pneumatic-piezoelectric hybrid actuator for position control with high response, large stroke (250 mm, 200 mm) and nanometer accuracy (20 nm). In each axis, the rodless pneumatic actuator serves to position in coarse stroke and the piezoelectric actuator compensates in fine stroke. Thus, the overall control systems of the single axis become a dual-input single-output (DISO) system. Although the rodless pneumatic actuator has relatively larger friction force, it has the advantage of mechanism for multi-axial development. Thus, the X-Y dual-axial positioning system is developed based on the servo pneumatic-piezoelectric hybrid actuator. In addition, the decoupling self-organizing fuzzy sliding mode control is developed as the intelligent control strategies. Finally, the proposed novel intelligent X-Y dual-axial servo pneumatic-piezoelectric hybrid actuators are implemented and verified experimentally.

  5. Development of X-Y Servo Pneumatic-Piezoelectric Hybrid Actuators for Position Control with High Response, Large Stroke and Nanometer Accuracy

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Mao-Hsiung Chiang

    2010-03-01

    Full Text Available This study aims to develop a X-Y dual-axial intelligent servo pneumatic-piezoelectric hybrid actuator for position control with high response, large stroke (250 mm, 200 mm and nanometer accuracy (20 nm. In each axis, the rodless pneumatic actuator serves to position in coarse stroke and the piezoelectric actuator compensates in fine stroke. Thus, the overall control systems of the single axis become a dual-input single-output (DISO system. Although the rodless pneumatic actuator has relatively larger friction force, it has the advantage of mechanism for multi-axial development. Thus, the X-Y dual-axial positioning system is developed based on the servo pneumatic-piezoelectric hybrid actuator. In addition, the decoupling self-organizing fuzzy sliding mode control is developed as the intelligent control strategies. Finally, the proposed novel intelligent X-Y dual-axial servo pneumatic-piezoelectric hybrid actuators are implemented and verified experimentally.

  6. SCORE-4, 2-D Removal Diffusion in X-Y or R-Z Geometry for Rectangular Shields

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Richardson, B.L.

    1974-01-01

    1 - Nature of physical problem solved: The neutron flux is calculated for a shield made up of rectangular regions. The geometry is either x-y or r-z. 2 - Method of solution: Removal fluxes and sources throughout the shield regions are calculated from a given reactor core power distribution using a point kernel method. The diffusion neutron fluxes are obtained from the removal source distribution using an iterative Method of solution. 3 - Restrictions on the complexity of the problem: The amount of fast core required for the program depends on the size of shield being calculated. For example, a 100 by 100 mesh shielding calculation would require approximately 300 k bytes. Larger problems could be solved by increasing the fast storage requirements

  7. Band alignment in ZnSe/Zn1-x-yCdxMnySe quantum-well structures

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Yu, W.Y.; Salib, M.S.; Petrou, A.; Jonker, B.T.; Warnock, J.

    1997-01-01

    We present a magneto-optical study of ZnSe/Zn 1-x-y Cd x Mn y Se quantum-well structures in which a suitable choice of the Cd composition leads to a system that is type I at zero magnetic field. When a magnetic field is applied perpendicular to the layers of the structure, the band edges split in such a way as to make the upper σ - (1/2, t 3/2) exciton transition type II, while the ground state σ + (-1/2, -3/2) exciton component remains type I at all field values. This alignment reduces the probability for carrier relaxation from the higher-energy exciton component and opens the possibility of hole-spin population inversion via optical pumping. copyright 1997 The American Physical Society

  8. Study of electrical transport properties of (U 1- xY x)RuP 2Si 2

    Science.gov (United States)

    Radha, S.; Park, J.-G.; Roy, S. B.; Coles, B. R.; Nigam, A. K.; McEwen, K. A.

    1996-02-01

    Electrical resistivity and magnetoresistance ( {δϱ}/{ϱ}) measurements on a series of (U 1- xY x)Ru 2Si 2 (0 ⩽ x ⩽ 0.9) compounds in the temperature range 4.2-300 K and in magnetic fields up to 45 kOe are reported. The resistivity measurements do not show any signature of antiferromagnetism for x > 0.5. The compound URu 2Si 2 exhibits a large, positive ( {δϱ}/{ϱ}) presumably due to destruction of Kondo coherence as well as due to antiferromagnetism. The presence of even 5% Y at U-site weakens the Kondo coherence and reduces the magnetoresistance considerably.

  9. Nystro¨m method applied to integral formulation of the neutron transport equation in X-Y geometry

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Azevedo, Fabio S.; Sauter, Esequia; Konzen, Pedro H.A.; Barichello, Liliane B., E-mail: fabio.azevedo@ufrgs.br, E-mail: esequia.sauter@ufrgs.br, E-mail: pedro.konzen@ufrgs.br, E-mail: lbaric@mat.ufrgs.br [Universidade Federal do Rio Grande do Sul (UFRGS), Porto Alegre, RS (Brazil). Departamento de Matem´atica Pura e Aplicada

    2017-07-01

    Neutron transport problems in X-Y geometry have been solved with several techniques in last decades but it is still a challenge to produce a good balance between computational efficiency and accuracy. In this work, we address this problem by efficiently applying the Nystr¨om method to the integral formulation of the transport equation. Analytical techniques, modern numerical packages and optimized implementation were applied to reduce the computational time. This method presented results free of ray effects leading to high accurate numerical results for two-dimensional scalar flux. Our implementation simulates homogeneous problems with vacuum and reflective boundary conditions. Results were validated with up to seven significant digits and compared with those available in the literature. (author)

  10. Relationship between the transverse-field Ising model and the X Y model via the rotating-wave approximation

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kiely, Thomas G.; Freericks, J. K.

    2018-02-01

    In a large transverse field, there is an energy cost associated with flipping spins along the axis of the field. This penalty can be employed to relate the transverse-field Ising model in a large field to the X Y model in no field (when measurements are performed at the proper stroboscopic times). We describe the details for how this relationship works and, in particular, we also show under what circumstances it fails. We examine wave-function overlap between the two models and observables, such as spin-spin Green's functions. In general, the mapping is quite robust at short times, but will ultimately fail if the run time becomes too long. There is also a tradeoff between the length of time one can run a simulation out to and the time jitter of the stroboscopic measurements that must be balanced when planning to employ this mapping.

  11. Structural, magnetic and electronic properties of FexCoyIrz (x + y + z = 5, 6) clusters: an ab initio study

    KAUST Repository

    Devi, Assa Aravindh Sasikala

    2014-05-01

    Investigations on freestanding binary and ternary clusters of Fe (x) Co (y) Ir (z) (x + y + z = 5, 6) are carried out using ab initio density functional theory techniques. The geometry, chemical order, binding energy, magnetic moment and electronic structure of the clusters are analyzed for the entire range of composition. Composition dependent structural transition is observed in the five atom clusters, while octahedral geometry prevailed in clusters with six atoms. Both the clusters show increment in binding energy with the increase in number of heterogeneous bonds. Analysis based on the chemical order parameter indicates that clusters favor mixing rather than segregation. The clusters exhibit ferromagnetic ordering and the inter-dependence of optimal cluster geometry to the magnetic moments and electronic structure is observed.

  12. Negative differential resistance and switch behavior of T-BxNy (x, y = 5, 6, 11) molecular junctions

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wang, Shi-Liang; Yang, Chuan-Lu; Wang, Mei-Shan; Ma, Xiao-Guang; Xin, Jian-Guo

    2017-05-01

    The electronic transport properties of T-BxNy (x, y = 5, 6, 11) molecular junction are investigated based on first-principle density functional theory and non-equilibrium Green's function method. Strong negative differential resistance (NDR) behavior is observed for T-B5N6 molecule under negative and positive bias voltages, with an obvious switch effect for T-B6N5. However, only small NDR is shown for the complex of the two molecules. The projected device density of states, the spatial distribution of molecular orbitals, and the effect of transmission spectra under various bias voltages on the electronic transport properties are analyzed. The obvious effect of bias voltage on the changes in the electronic distribution of frontier molecular orbitals is responsible for the NDR or switch behavior. Therefore, different functional molecular devices can be obtained with different structures of T-BxNy.

  13. Pairing correlations in nuclei

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Baba, C.V.K.

    1988-01-01

    There are many similarities between the properties of nucleons in nuclei and electrons in metals. In addition to the properties explainable in terms of independent particle motion, there are many important co-operative effects suggesting correlated motion. Pairing correlation which leads to superconductivity in metals and several important properties in nuclei , is an exmple of such correlations. An attempt has been made to review the effects of pairing correlations in nuclei. Recent indications of reduction in pairing correlations at high angular momenta is discussed. A comparision between pairing correlations in the cases of nuclei and electrons in metals is attempted. (author). 20 refs., 10 figs

  14. Solution of the transport equation in stationary state and X Y geometry, using continuous and discontinuous hybrid nodal schemes

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Xolocostli M, V.; Valle G, E. del; Alonso V, G.

    2003-01-01

    In this work it is described the development and the application of the NH-FEM schemes, Hybrid Nodal schemes using the Finite Element method in the solution of the neutron transport equation in stationary state and X Y geometry, of which two families of schemes were developed, one of which corresponds to the continuous and the other to the discontinuous ones, inside those first its are had the Bi-Quadratic Bi Q, and to the Bi-cubic BiC, while for the seconds the Discontinuous Bi-lineal DBiL and the Discontinuous Bi-quadratic DBiQ. These schemes were implemented in a program to which was denominated TNHXY, Transport of neutrons with Hybrid Nodal schemes in X Y geometry. One of the immediate applications of the schemes NH-FEM it will be in the analysis of assemblies of nuclear fuel, particularly of the BWR type. The validation of the TNHXY program was made with two test problems or benchmark, already solved by other authors with numerical techniques and to compare results. The first of them consists in an it BWR fuel assemble in an arrangement 7x7 without rod and with control rod providing numerical results. The second is a fuel assemble of mixed oxides (MOX) in an arrangement 10x10. This last problem it is known as the Benchmark problem WPPR of the NEA Data Bank and the results are compared with those of other commercial codes as HELIOS, MCNP-4B and CPM-3. (Author)

  15. Secure pairing with biometrics

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Buhan, I.R.; Boom, B.J.; Doumen, J.M.; Hartel, Pieter H.; Veldhuis, Raymond N.J.

    Secure pairing enables two devices that share no prior context with each other to agree upon a security association, which they can use to protect their subsequent communication. Secure pairing offers guarantees of the association partner identity and it should be resistant to eavesdropping and to a

  16. Affine pairings on ARM

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Acar, T.; Lauter, K.; Naehrig, M.; Shumow, D.

    2011-01-01

    Pairings on elliptic curves are being used in an increasing number of cryptographic applications on many different devices and platforms, but few performance numbers for cryptographic pairings have been reported on embedded and mobile devices. In this paper we give performance numbers for affine and

  17. Solutions of nuclear pairing

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Balantekin, A. B.; Pehlivan, Y.

    2007-01-01

    We give the exact solution of orbit dependent nuclear pairing problem between two nondegenerate energy levels using the Bethe ansatz technique. Our solution reduces to previously solved cases in the appropriate limits including Richardson's treatment of reduced pairing in terms of rational Gaudin algebra operators

  18. Pair correlations in nuclei

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Shimizu, Yoshifumi

    2009-01-01

    Except for the closed shell nuclei, almost all nuclei are in the superconducting state at their ground states. This well-known pair correlation in nuclei causes various interesting phenomena. It is especially to be noted that the pair correlation becomes weak in the excited states of nuclei with high angular momentum, which leads to the pair phase transition to the normal state in the high spin limit. On the other hand, the pair correlation becomes stronger in the nuclei with lower nucleon density than in those with normal density. In the region of neutron halo or skin state of unstable nuclei, this phenomenon is expected to be further enhanced to be observed compared to the ground state of stable nuclei. An overview of those interesting aspects caused via the pair correlation is presented here in the sections titled 'pair correlations in ground states', pair correlations in high spin states' and 'pair correlations in unstable nuclei' focusing on the high spin state. (S. Funahashi)

  19. Cooper Pairs in Insulators?

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Valles, James

    2008-01-01

    Nearly 50 years elapsed between the discovery of superconductivity and the emergence of the microscopic theory describing this zero resistance state. The explanation required a novel phase of matter in which conduction electrons joined in weakly bound pairs and condensed with other pairs into a single quantum state. Surprisingly, this Cooper pair formation has also been invoked to account for recently uncovered high-resistance or insulating phases of matter. To address this possibility, we have used nanotechnology to create an insulating system that we can probe directly for Cooper pairs. I will present the evidence that Cooper pairs exist and dominate the electrical transport in these insulators and I will discuss how these findings provide new insight into superconductor to insulator quantum phase transitions.

  20. Au pair trajectories

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Dalgas, Karina Märcher

    2015-01-01

    pair-sending families in the Philippines, this dissertation examines the long-term trajectories of these young Filipinas. It shows how the au pairs’ local and transnational family relations develop over time and greatly influence their life trajectories. A focal point of the study is how au pairs...... that Filipina au pairs see their stay abroad as an avenue of personal development and social recognition, I examine how the au pairs re-position themselves within their families at home through migration, and how they navigate between the often conflicting expectations of participation in the sociality......Since 2000, thousands of young Filipino migrants have come to Denmark as au pairs. Officially, they are there to “broaden their cultural horizons” by living temporarily with a Danish host family, but they also conduct domestic labor in exchange for food and money, which allows them to send...

  1. CTD: a computer program to solve the three dimensional multi-group diffusion equation in X, Y, Z, and triangular Z geometries

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Fletcher, J K

    1973-05-01

    CTD is a computer program written in Fortran 4 to solve the multi-group diffusion theory equations in X, Y, Z and triangular Z geometries. A power print- out neutron balance and breeding gain are also produced. 4 references. (auth)

  2. Topological expansion of mixed correlations in the Hermitian 2-matrix model and x-y symmetry of the Fg algebraic invariants

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Eynard, B; Orantin, N

    2008-01-01

    We compute expectation values of mixed traces containing both matrices in a two matrix model, i.e. a generating function for counting bicolored discrete surfaces with non-uniform boundary conditions. As an application, we prove the x-y symmetry of Eynard and Orantin (2007 Invariants of algebraic curves and topological expansion Preprint math-ph/0702045)

  3. VARI-QUIR-3, 2-D Multigroup Steady-State Neutron Diffusion in X-Y R-Z or R-Theta Geometry

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Collier, George

    1984-01-01

    1 - Nature of physical problem solved: The steady-state, multigroup, two-dimensional neutron diffusion equations are solved in x-y, r-z, and r-theta geometry. 2 - Method of solution: A Gauss-Seidel type of solution with inner and outer iterations is used. The source is held constant during the inner iterations

  4. Worldwide Instantaneous Values of Geomagnetic Components D, H, and Z or X, Y, and Z at 2.5-minute Intervals from 1964 to 1974

    Data.gov (United States)

    National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, Department of Commerce — This data file is comprised of instantaneous values of the geomagnetic components D, H, and Z or X, Y, and Z at 2.5-minute intervals. These values were derived from...

  5. Numerical solution of the Neutron Transport Equation using discontinuous nodal methods at X-Y geometry; Solucion numerica de la ecuacion de transporte de neutrones usando metodos nodales discontinuos en geometria X-Y

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Delfin L, A

    1997-12-31

    The purpose of this work is to solve the neutron transport equation in discrete-ordinates and X-Y geometry by developing and using the strong discontinuous and strong modified discontinuous nodal finite element schemes. The strong discontinuous and modified strong discontinuous nodal finite element schemes go from two to ten interpolation parameters per cell. They are describing giving a set D{sub c} and polynomial space S{sub c} corresponding for each scheme BDMO, RTO, BL, BDM1, HdV, BDFM1, RT1, BQ and BDM2. The solution is obtained solving the neutron transport equation moments for each nodal scheme by developing the basis functions defined by Pascal triangle and the Legendre moments giving in the polynomial space S{sub c} and, finally, looking for the non singularity of the resulting linear system. The linear system is numerically solved using a computer program for each scheme mentioned . It uses the LU method and forward and backward substitution and makes a partition of the domain in cells. The source terms and angular flux are calculated, using the directions and weights associated to the S{sub N} approximation and solving the angular flux moments to find the effective multiplication constant. The programs are written in Fortran language, using the dynamic allocation of memory to increase efficiently the available memory of the computing equipment. (Author).

  6. Mesoscopic pairing without superconductivity

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hofmann, Johannes

    2017-12-01

    We discuss pairing signatures in mesoscopic nanowires with a variable attractive pairing interaction. Depending on the wire length, density, and interaction strength, these systems realize a simultaneous bulk-to-mesoscopic and BCS-BEC crossover, which we describe in terms of the parity parameter that quantifies the odd-even energy difference and generalizes the bulk Cooper pair binding energy to mesoscopic systems. We show that the parity parameter can be extracted from recent measurements of conductance oscillations in SrTiO3 nanowires by Cheng et al. [Nature (London) 521, 196 (2015), 10.1038/nature14398], where it marks the critical magnetic field that separates pair and single-particle currents. Our results place the experiment in the fluctuation-dominated mesoscopic regime on the BCS side of the crossover.

  7. Investigations into nuclear pairing

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Clark, R.M.

    2006-01-01

    This paper is divided in two main sections focusing on different aspects of collective nuclear behavior. In the first section, solutions are considered for the collective pairing Hamiltonian. In particular, an approximate solution at the critical point of the pairing transition from harmonic vibration (normal nuclear behavior) to deformed rotation (superconducting behavior) in gauge space is found by analytic solution of the Hamiltonian. The eigenvalues are expressed in terms of the zeros of Bessel functions of integer order. The results are compared to the pairing bands based on the Pb isotopes. The second section focuses on the experimental search for the Giant Pairing Vibration (GPV) in nuclei. After briefly describing the origin of the GPV, and the reasons that the state has remained unidentified, a novel idea for populating this state is presented. A recent experiment has been performed using the LIBERACE+STARS detector system at the 88-Inch Cyclotron of LBNL to test the idea. (Author)

  8. Parametric estimation of P(X > Y) for normal distributions in the context of probabilistic environmental risk assessment.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Jacobs, Rianne; Bekker, Andriëtte A; van der Voet, Hilko; Ter Braak, Cajo J F

    2015-01-01

    Estimating the risk, P(X > Y), in probabilistic environmental risk assessment of nanoparticles is a problem when confronted by potentially small risks and small sample sizes of the exposure concentration X and/or the effect concentration Y. This is illustrated in the motivating case study of aquatic risk assessment of nano-Ag. A non-parametric estimator based on data alone is not sufficient as it is limited by sample size. In this paper, we investigate the maximum gain possible when making strong parametric assumptions as opposed to making no parametric assumptions at all. We compare maximum likelihood and Bayesian estimators with the non-parametric estimator and study the influence of sample size and risk on the (interval) estimators via simulation. We found that the parametric estimators enable us to estimate and bound the risk for smaller sample sizes and small risks. Also, the Bayesian estimator outperforms the maximum likelihood estimators in terms of coverage and interval lengths and is, therefore, preferred in our motivating case study.

  9. Solution of multi-group diffusion equation in x-y-z geometry by finite Fourier transformation

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Kobayashi, Keisuke

    1975-01-01

    The multi-group diffusion equation in three-dimensional x-y-z geometry is solved by finite Fourier transformation. Applying the Fourier transformation to a finite region with constant nuclear cross sections, the fluxes and currents at the material boundaries are obtained in terms of the Fourier series. Truncating the series after the first term, and assuming that the source term is piecewise linear within each mesh box, a set of coupled equations is obtained in the form of three-point equations for each coordinate. These equations can be easily solved by the alternative direction implicit method. Thus a practical procedure is established that could be applied to replace the currently used difference equation. This equation is used to solve the multi-group diffusion equation by means of the source iteration method; and sample calculations for thermal and fast reactors show that the present method yields accurate results with a smaller number of mesh points than the usual finite difference equations. (auth.)

  10. Fabrication of gas diffusion layer based on x-y robotic spraying technique for proton exchange membrane fuel cell application

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Sitanggang, Ramli; Mohamad, Abu Bakar; Daud, Wan Ramli Wan; Kadhum, Abdul Amir H.; Iyuke, S.E.

    2009-01-01

    The x-y robotic spraying technique developed in the Universiti Kebangsaan Malaysia is capable of fabricating various sizes of thickness and porosity of gas diffusion layer (GDL) used in the proton exchange membrane fuel cell (PEMFC). These parameters are obtained by varying the characteristic spray numbers of the robotic spraying machine. This investigation results were adequately represented with mathematical equations for hydrogen gas distribution in GDL. Volumetric modulus (M) parameter is used to determine the value of current density produced on the electrode of a single cell PEMFC. Thus the M parameter can be employed as indicator for a successful GDL fabrication. GDL type 4 has three variables of layer design that can be optimized to function as gas distributor, gas storage, flooding preventer on GDL surface, to evacuate water from the electrode and to control the electrical conductivity. The gas distribution in GDL was mathematically represented with average error of 15.5%. The M value of GDL type 4 according to the model was 0.22 cm 3 /s and yielded a current density of 750 A/m 2 .

  11. 2-DB, 2-D Multigroup Diffusion, X-Y, R-Theta, Hexagonal Geometry Fast Reactor, Criticality Search

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Little, W.W. Jr.; Hardie, R.W.; Hirons, T.J.; O'Dell, R.D.

    1969-01-01

    1 - Description of problem or function: 2DB is a flexible, two- dimensional (x-y, r-z, r-theta, hex geometry) diffusion code for use in fast reactor analyses. The code can be used to: (a) Compute fuel burnup using a flexible material shuffling scheme. (b) Perform criticality searches on time absorption (alpha), material concentrations, and region dimensions using a regular or adjoint model. Criticality searches can be performed during burnup to compensate for fuel depletion. (c) Compute flux distributions for an arbitrary extraneous source. 2 - Method of solution: Standard source-iteration techniques are used. Group re-balancing and successive over-relaxation with line inversion are used to accelerate convergence. Material burnup is by reactor zone. The burnup rate is determined by the zone and energy (group) averaged cross sections which are recomputed after each time-step. The isotopic chains, which can contain any number of isotopes, are formed by the user. The code does not contain built-in or internal chains. 3 - Restrictions on the complexity of the problem: Since variable dimensioning is employed, no simple bounds can be stated. The current 1108 version, however, is nominally restricted to 50 energy groups in a 65 K memory. In the 6600 version the power fraction, average burnup rate, and breeding ratio calculations are limited to reactors with a maximum of 50 zones

  12. TWOTRAN-2, 2-D Multigroup Transport in X-Y, R-Z, R-Theta Geometry with Anisotropic Scattering

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Lathrop, K.D.; Brinkley, F.W.

    1995-01-01

    1 - Description of problem or function: TWOTRAN2 solves the two-dimensional multigroup transport equation in (x,y), (r,theta), and (r,z) geometries. Both regular and adjoint, inhomogeneous and homogeneous (k eff and eigenvalue searches) problems subject to vacuum, reflective, periodic, white or input-specified boundary flux conditions are solved. General anisotropic scattering is allowed and anisotropic inhomogeneous sources are permitted. 2 - Method of solution: The discrete ordinates approximation for the angular variable is used in finite difference form which is solved with the central (diamond) difference approximation. Negative fluxes are eliminated by a local set-to zero and correct algorithm. Standard inner (within-group) and outer iterative cycles are accelerated by a coarse-mesh re-balancing on a coarse mesh which may be independent of the material mesh. 3 - Restrictions on the complexity of the problem: Variable dimensioning is used so that any combination of problem parameters leading to a container array less than MAXLEN can be accommodated. On IBM machines, TWOTRAN2 will execute in the 4-byte mode so that any combination of problem parameters leading to a container array less than MAXLEN can be accommodated. MAXLEN can be several hundred thousand and most problems can be core-contained. On the CDC machines MAXLEN can be slightly greater than 40,000 words and peripheral storage is used for most group-dependent data

  13. Defined Combinations of Cryomedia and Thawing Extenders Influence the Viable X-Y Boar Sperm Ratio in Vitro.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Korchunjit, W; Kaeoket, K; Kitiyanant, Y; Taylor, J; Wongtawan, T

    It is believed that plasma membrane X- and Y-chromosome bearing sperm are different; therefore the freezing and thawing process may affect X- and Y-sperm differently. The objective of this study was to investigate the effect of cryomedia and thawing extenders on the survival of X and Y-sperm. Three different cryomedia and thawing extenders were compared. Viable motile sperm were separated using a swim-up technique. Real-time PCR was used to identify the sperm type. Using CryoA for freezing and Beltsville-Thawing-Solution (BTS) as the thawing extender yielded significantly higher numbers of viable motile Y sperm (64 percent) than control (48 percent) (P semen freezing with CryoC and thawing with Androstar Plus gave a significantly lower number of viable motile Y sperm (32 percent) than control (51 percent). Our results revealed that defined combinations of cryomedia and thawing extenders significantly altered the survival ratio of frozen-thawed X-Y sperm in vitro, which has potential implications for artificial insemination.

  14. [Paired kidneys in transplant].

    Science.gov (United States)

    Regueiro López, Juan C; Leva Vallejo, Manuel; Prieto Castro, Rafael; Anglada Curado, Francisco; Vela Jiménez, Francisco; Ruiz García, Jesús

    2009-02-01

    Many factors affect the graft and patient survival on the renal transplant outcome. These factors depend so much of the recipient and donor. We accomplished a study trying to circumvent factors that depend on the donor. We checked the paired kidneys originating of a same donor cadaver. We examined the risk factors in the evolution and follow-up in 278 couples of kidney transplant. We describe their differences, significance, the graft and patient survival, their functionality in 3 and 5 years and the risk factors implicated in their function. We study immunogenic and no immunogenic variables, trying to explain the inferior results in the grafts that are established secondly. We regroup the paired kidneys in those that they did not show paired initial function within the same couple. The results yield a discreet deterioration in the graft and patient survival for second group establish, superior creatinina concentration, without obtaining statistical significance. The Cox regression study establishes the early rejection (inferior to three months) and DR incompatibility values like risk factors. This model of paired kidneys would be able to get close to best-suited form for risk factors analysis in kidney transplant from cadaver donors, if more patients examine themselves in the same way. The paired kidneys originating from the same donor do not show the same function in spite of sharing the same conditions of the donor and perioperative management.

  15. Junctionless Cooper pair transistor

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Arutyunov, K. Yu., E-mail: konstantin.yu.arutyunov@jyu.fi [National Research University Higher School of Economics , Moscow Institute of Electronics and Mathematics, 101000 Moscow (Russian Federation); P.L. Kapitza Institute for Physical Problems RAS , Moscow 119334 (Russian Federation); Lehtinen, J.S. [VTT Technical Research Centre of Finland Ltd., Centre for Metrology MIKES, P.O. Box 1000, FI-02044 VTT (Finland)

    2017-02-15

    Highlights: • Junctionless Cooper pair box. • Quantum phase slips. • Coulomb blockade and gate modulation of the Coulomb gap. - Abstract: Quantum phase slip (QPS) is the topological singularity of the complex order parameter of a quasi-one-dimensional superconductor: momentary zeroing of the modulus and simultaneous 'slip' of the phase by ±2π. The QPS event(s) are the dynamic equivalent of tunneling through a conventional Josephson junction containing static in space and time weak link(s). Here we demonstrate the operation of a superconducting single electron transistor (Cooper pair transistor) without any tunnel junctions. Instead a pair of thin superconducting titanium wires in QPS regime was used. The current–voltage characteristics demonstrate the clear Coulomb blockade with magnitude of the Coulomb gap modulated by the gate potential. The Coulomb blockade disappears above the critical temperature, and at low temperatures can be suppressed by strong magnetic field.

  16. Preparation of human Melanocortin-4 receptor agonist libraries: linear peptides X-Y-DPhe7-Arg8-Trp(or 2-Nal)9-Z-NH2.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Cheung, Adrian Wai-Hing; Qi, Lida; Gore, Vijay; Chu, Xin-Jie; Bartkovitz, David; Kurylko, Grazyna; Swistok, Joseph; Danho, Waleed; Chen, Li; Yagaloff, Keith

    2005-12-15

    Two libraries of hMC4R agonists, X-Y-DPhe(7)-Arg(8)-2-Nal(9)-Z-NH(2) and X-Y-DPhe(7)-Arg(8)-Trp(9)-Z-NH(2), totaling 185 peptides were prepared using Irori radiofrequency tagging technology and Argonaut Quest 210 Synthesizer, where X stands for N-caps, Y for His(6) surrogates and Z for Gly(10) surrogates. As a result of this study, His-modified pentapeptides with Trp were found to be more hMC4R potent than the corresponding 2-Nal analogs, novel N-caps and Gly surrogates were identified and 19 new peptides which are potent hMC4R agonists (EC(50) 1-15nM) and selective against hMC1R were discovered.

  17. Mesa de coordenadas cartesianas (x,y para la perforación de materiales por medio de un microcontrolador 8051 de intel

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Omar Yesid Flórez-Prada

    2001-01-01

    Full Text Available In our environment we are surrounded by a number of electronic systems that perform automatic operations according to a number of parameters previously programmed by the operator. This paper presents the prototype of a table of two coordinates (Cartesian plane (X, Y, which uses a development system based on the 8051 microcontroller INTEL (R (computer system, making the system function sending the respective control commands to locate the tool at different points of the work area of the table, the points are previously programmed by the operator, interacting with the keyboard. To make the movements of the table (X, Y, actuator devices responsible for carrying out a linear movement that moves the tool to the specified distance are used.

  18. Assessing the putative roles of X-autosome and X-Y interactions in hybrid male sterility of the Drosophila bipectinata species complex.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Mishra, Paras Kumar; Singh, Bashisth Narayan

    2007-07-01

    Interspecific F1 hybrid males of the Drosophila bipectinata species complex are sterile, while females are fertile, following Haldane's rule. A backcross scheme involving a single recessive visible marker on the X chromosome has been used to assess the putative roles of X-autosome and X-Y interactions in hybrid male sterility in the D. bipectinata species complex. The results suggest that X-Y interactions are playing the major role in hybrid male sterility in the crosses D. bipectinata x D. parabipectinata and D. bipectinata x D. pseudoananassae, while X-autosome interactions are largely involved in hybrid male sterility in the crosses D. malerkotliana x D. bipectinata and D. malerkotliana x D. parabipectinata. However, by using this single marker it is not possible to rule out the involvement of autosome-autosome interactions in hybrid male sterility. These findings also lend further support to the phylogenetic relationships among 4 species of the D. bipectinata complex.

  19. Frustrated Lewis Pairs

    Indian Academy of Sciences (India)

    Home; Journals; Resonance – Journal of Science Education; Volume 19; Issue 11. Frustrated Lewis Pairs : Enabling via inability. Sanjoy Mukherjee ... Author Affiliations. Sanjoy Mukherjee Pakkirisamy Thilagar1. Department of Inorgainic and Physical Chemistry Indian Institute of Science Bangalore 560 012, India.

  20. Paired fuzzy sets

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Rodríguez, J. Tinguaro; Franco de los Ríos, Camilo; Gómez, Daniel

    2015-01-01

    In this paper we want to stress the relevance of paired fuzzy sets, as already proposed in previous works of the authors, as a family of fuzzy sets that offers a unifying view for different models based upon the opposition of two fuzzy sets, simply allowing the existence of different types...

  1. Affine pairings on ARM

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Acar, T.; Lauter, K.; Naehrig, M.; Shumow, D.; Abdalla, M.; Lange, T.

    2013-01-01

    We report on relative performance numbers for affine and projective pairings on a dual-core Cortex A9 ARM processor. Using a fast inversion in the base field and doing inversion in extension fields by using the norm map to reduce to inversions in smaller fields, we find a very low ratio of

  2. Ferromagnetism in Fe{sub 3-x-y}Ni{sub x}GeTe{sub 2}

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Stahl, Juliane; Johrendt, Dirk [Muenchen Univ. (Germany). Dept. Chemie; Pomjakushin, Vladimir [Paul Scherrer Institute, Villigen (Switzerland). Lab. for Neutron Scattering

    2016-07-01

    Polycrystalline samples of Fe{sub 3-y}GeTe{sub 2} (0.08 ≤ y ≤ 0.29) and the solid solutions Fe{sub 3-x-y}Ni{sub x}GeTe{sub 2} (0.24 ≤ x ≤ 1.32; 0.14 ≤ y ≤ 0.41) were synthesized at 898-973 K in a resistance furnace and characterized by X-ray and neutron powder diffraction with Rietveld analysis (Fe{sub 3}GeTe{sub 2} type, P6{sub 3}/mmc, a = 402.665(3), c = 1632.820(14) pm for x = 0, y = 0.08). Fe{sub 3}Ge layers with planar FeGe hexagons and additional iron atoms above and below the rings are separated by double layers of tellurium atoms. Fe{sub 3}GeTe{sub 2} is ferromagnetic below T{sub C} = 230 K with magnetic moments aligned along the c axis. T{sub C} depends on the iron content and decreases with increasing iron vacancies continuously to 153 K in Fe{sub 2.71}GeTe{sub 2}. Further reduction of T{sub C} is possible by nickel substitution until magnetic ordering is nearly absent in Fe{sub 1.33}Ni{sub 1.32}GeTe{sub 2}. The suppression of the magnetic ordering is caused by random dilution of the magnetic iron atoms either by vacancies or by non-magnetic nickel atoms.

  3. Ab initio study of structural, electronic, optical, and vibrational properties of ZnxSy (x + y = 2 to 5) nanoclusters

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Yadav, P. S.; Pandey, D. K.; Agrawal, S.; Agrawal, B. K.

    2010-01-01

    An ab initio study of the stability, structural, electronic. and optical properties has been performed for 46 zinc sulfide nanoclusters Zn x S y (x + y = n = 2 to 5). Five out of them are seen to be unstable as their vibrational frequencies are found to be imaginary. A B3LYP-DFT/6-311G(3df) method is employed to optimize the geometries and a TDDFT method is used for the study of the optical properties. The binding energies (BE), HOMO-LUMO gaps and the bond lengths have been obtained for all the clusters. For the ZnS 2 , ZnS 3 , and ZnS 4 nanoclusters, our stable structures are seen to be different from those obtained earlier by using the effective core potentials. We have also considered the zero point energy (ZPE) corrections ignored by the earlier workers. For a fixed value of n, we designate the most stable structure the one, which has maximum final binding energy per atom. The adiabatic and vertical ionization potentials (IP) and electron affinities (EA), charges on the atoms, dipole moments, optical properties, vibrational frequencies, infrared intensities, relative infrared intensities, and Raman scattering activities have been investigated for the most stable structures. The nanoclusters containing large number of S atoms for each n is found to be most stable. The HOMO-LUMO gap decreases from n = 2-3 and then increases above n = 3. The IP and EA both fluctuate with the cluster size n. The optical absorption is quite weak in visible region but strong in the ultraviolet region in most of the nanoclusters except a few. The optical absorption spectrum or electron energy loss spectrum (EELS) is unique for every nanocluster and may be used to characterize a specific nanocluster. The growth of most stable nanoclusters may be possible in the experiments.

  4. Excited cooper pairs

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Lopez-Arrietea, M. G.; Solis, M. A.; De Llano, M. [Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico, Mexico, D.F (Mexico)

    2001-02-01

    Excited cooper pairs formed in a many-fermion system are those with nonzero total center-of mass momentum (CMM). They are normally neglected in the standard Bardeen-Cooper-Schrieffer (BCS) theory of superconductivity for being too few compared with zero CMM pairs. However, a Bose-Einstein condensation picture requires both zero and nonzero CMM pairs. Assuming a BCS model interaction between fermions we determine the populations for all CMM values of Cooper pairs by actually calculating the number of nonzero-CMM pairs relative to that of zero-CMM ones in both 2D and 3D. Although this ratio decreases rapidly with CMM, the number of Cooper pairs for any specific CMM less than the maximum (or breakup of the pair) momentum turns out to be typically larger than about 95% of those with zero-CMM at zero temperature T. Even at T {approx}100 K this fraction en 2D is still as large as about 70% for typical quasi-2D cuprate superconductor parameters. [Spanish] Los pares de cooper excitados formados en un sistema de muchos electrones, son aquellos con momentos de centro de masa (CMM) diferente de cero. Normalmente estos no son tomados en cuenta en la teoria estandar de la superconductividad de Bardeen-Cooper-Schrieffer (BCS) al suponer que su numero es muy pequeno comparados con los pares de centro de masa igual a cero. Sin embargo, un esquema de condensacion Bose-Einstein requiere de ambos pares, con CMM cero y diferente de cero. Asumiendo una interaccion modelo BCS entre los fermiones, determinamos la poblacion de pares cooper con cada uno de todos los posibles valores del CMM calculando el numero de pares con momentos de centro de masa diferente de cero relativo a los pares de CMM igual a cero, en 2D y 3D. Aunque esta razon decrece rapidamente con el CMM, el numero de pares de cooper para cualquier CMM especifico menor que el momento maximo (o rompimiento de par) es tipicamente mas grande que el 95% de aquellos con CMM cero. Aun a T {approx}100 K esta fraccion en 2D es

  5. Coulomb-Gas scaling law for a superconducting Bi(2+y)Sr(2-x-y)La(x)CuO(6+delta) thin films in magnetic fields

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zhang; Deltour; Zhao

    2000-10-16

    The electrical transport properties of epitaxial superconducting Bi(2+y)Sr(2-x-y)La(x)CuO(6+delta) thin films have been studied in magnetic fields. Using a modified Coulomb-gas scaling law, we can fit all the magnetic field dependent low resistance data with a universal scaling curve, which allows us to determine a relation between the activation energy of the thermally activated flux flow resistance and the characteristic temperature scaling parameters.

  6. Investigation of the Thermal Stability of Nd(x)Sc(y)Zr(1-x-y)O(2-δ) Materials Proposed for Inert Matrix Fuel Applications.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hayes, John R; Grosvenor, Andrew P; Saoudi, Mouna

    2016-02-01

    Inert matrix fuels (IMF) consist of transuranic elements (i.e., Pu, Am, Np, Cm) embedded in a neutron transparent (inert) matrix and can be used to "burn up" (transmute) these elements in current or Generation IV nuclear reactors. Yttria-stabilized zirconia has been extensively studied for IMF applications, but the low thermal conductivity of this material limits its usefulness. Other elements can be used to stabilize the cubic zirconia structure, and the thermal conductivity of the fuel can be increased through the use of a lighter stabilizing element. To this end, a series of Nd(x)Sc(y)Zr(1-x-y)O(2-δ) materials has been synthesized via a co-precipitation reaction and characterized by multiple techniques (Nd was used as a surrogate for Am). The long-range and local structures of these materials were studied using powder X-ray diffraction, scanning electron microscopy, and X-ray absorption spectroscopy. Additionally, the stability of these materials over a range of temperatures has been studied by annealing the materials at 1100 and 1400 °C. It was shown that the Nd(x)Sc(y)Zr(1-x-y)O(2-δ) materials maintained a single cubic phase upon annealing at high temperatures only when both Nd and Sc were present with y ≥ 0.10 and x + y > 0.15.

  7. Multi-pair states in electron–positron pair creation

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Wöllert, Anton, E-mail: woellert@mpi-hd.mpg.de; Bauke, Heiko, E-mail: heiko.bauke@mpi-hd.mpg.de; Keitel, Christoph H.

    2016-09-10

    Ultra strong electromagnetic fields can lead to spontaneous creation of single or multiple electron–positron pairs. A quantum field theoretical treatment of the pair creation process combined with numerical methods provides a description of the fermionic quantum field state, from which all observables of the multiple electron–positron pairs can be inferred. This allows to study the complex multi-particle dynamics of electron–positron pair creation in-depth, including multi-pair statistics as well as momentum distributions and spin. To illustrate the potential benefit of this approach, it is applied to the intermediate regime of pair creation between nonperturbative Schwinger pair creation and perturbative multiphoton pair creation where the creation of multi-pair states becomes nonnegligible but cascades do not yet set in. Furthermore, it is demonstrated how spin and helicity of the created electrons and positrons are affected by the polarization of the counterpropagating laser fields, which induce the creation of electron–positron pairs.

  8. Multi-pair states in electron–positron pair creation

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Wöllert, Anton; Bauke, Heiko; Keitel, Christoph H.

    2016-01-01

    Ultra strong electromagnetic fields can lead to spontaneous creation of single or multiple electron–positron pairs. A quantum field theoretical treatment of the pair creation process combined with numerical methods provides a description of the fermionic quantum field state, from which all observables of the multiple electron–positron pairs can be inferred. This allows to study the complex multi-particle dynamics of electron–positron pair creation in-depth, including multi-pair statistics as well as momentum distributions and spin. To illustrate the potential benefit of this approach, it is applied to the intermediate regime of pair creation between nonperturbative Schwinger pair creation and perturbative multiphoton pair creation where the creation of multi-pair states becomes nonnegligible but cascades do not yet set in. Furthermore, it is demonstrated how spin and helicity of the created electrons and positrons are affected by the polarization of the counterpropagating laser fields, which induce the creation of electron–positron pairs.

  9. Alcohol solvents evaporation-induced self-assembly synthesis of mesoporous TiO2- x- y C x N y nanoparticles toward visible-light driven photocatalytic activity

    Science.gov (United States)

    Liu, Shou-Heng; Syu, Han-Ren; Wu, Chung-Yi

    2014-12-01

    A one-step solvent evaporation-induced self-assembly (SEISA) process was demonstrated to prepare carbon and nitrogen co-doping mesoporous TiO2 nanoparticles (MesoTiO2- x- y C x N y - S) using an ionic liquid as carbon and nitrogen sources as well as mesoporous template. After the evaporation of different solvents (methanol, ethanol, and isopropanol) and subsequent calcinations at 773 K, the obtained MesoTiO2- x- y C x N y - S samples were systematically characterized by a variety of spectroscopic and analytical techniques, including small- and large-angle X-ray diffraction (XRD), Raman, transmission electron microscopy (TEM), N2 adsorption-desorption isotherms, Fourier transform infrared (FTIR), and X-ray photoelectron (XPS) spectroscopies. The results indicate that the solvents play an essential role on the chemical microstructure, doping elemental states, and photocatalytic performance of catalysts. The MesoTiO2- x- y C x N y -I samples have the lowest band gap of ca. 2.75 eV and strongest absorbance of visible light in the range of 400-600 nm. Among the MesoTiO2- x- y C x N y - S photocatalysts, the MesoTiO2- x- y C x N y -M catalysts show superior photocatalytic activity of hydrogen generation in methanol aqueous solution under visible light irradiation as compared to MesoTiO2- x- y C x N y -E, MesoTiO2- x- y C x N y -I, and commercial Degussa TiO2. This result could be attributed to the moderate C,N co-doping amounts on their developed mesoporous texture (pore size = 8.0 nm) and high surface area (107 m2 g-1) of TiO2 (crystallite size = 9.9 nm) in the MesoTiO2- x- y C x N y -M catalysts.

  10. Coulomb pair-creation

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Hrasko, P.; Foeldy, L.; Toth, A.

    1986-07-01

    Electron-positron pair production in strong Coulomb fields is outlined. It is shown that the singular behaviour of the adiabatic basis can be removed if solutions of the time dependent external field Dirac equation are used as a basis to expand the fermion field operator. This latter 'asymptotic basis' makes it possible to introduce Feynman-propagator. Applying the reduction technique, the computation of all of the basic quantities can be reduced to the solution of an integral equation. The positron spectrum for separable potential model with Lorentzian time dependence and for potential jump is analyzed in the pole approximation. (author)

  11. Pairing correlations around scission

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Krappe, H.J.; Fadeev, S.

    2001-01-01

    To describe pairing correlations in a fissioning system one commonly projects the BCS wave function separately onto good particle numbers in each fragment in the exit channel, but only onto the total number of particles in the parent system. We propose to interpolate between these limiting situations by the generator-coordinate method with the particle-number difference between the nascent fragments as the generator coordinate. Model calculations are presented for the Hill-Wheeler-box potential with a δ-function diaphragm to mimic scission

  12. Au pairs on Facebook

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Dalgas, Karina Märcher

    2016-01-01

    Ethnographers are increasingly making use of Facebook to acquire access and general acquaintance with their field of study. However, little has been written on how Facebook is used methodologically in research that does not have social media sites as the main focus of interest. This article argues...... the au pairs resist and embrace such dominant representations, and on how such representations are ascribed different meanings in the transnational social fields of which the migrant are a part. The article is based on ethnographic fieldwork conducted between 2010 and 2014 in Denmark, the Philippines...

  13. The electronic and optical properties of quaternary GaAs1-x-y N x Bi y alloy lattice-matched to GaAs: a first-principles study.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ma, Xiaoyang; Li, Dechun; Zhao, Shengzhi; Li, Guiqiu; Yang, Kejian

    2014-01-01

    First-principles calculations based on density functional theory have been performed for the quaternary GaAs1-x-y N x Bi y alloy lattice-matched to GaAs. Using the state-of-the-art computational method with the Heyd-Scuseria-Ernzerhof (HSE) hybrid functional, electronic, and optical properties were obtained, including band structures, density of states (DOSs), dielectric function, absorption coefficient, refractive index, energy loss function, and reflectivity. It is found that the lattice constant of GaAs1-x-y N x Bi y alloy with y/x =1.718 can match to GaAs. With the incorporation of N and Bi into GaAs, the band gap of GaAs1-x-y N x Bi y becomes small and remains direct. The calculated optical properties indicate that GaAs1-x-y N x Bi y has higher optical efficiency as it has less energy loss than GaAs. In addition, it is also found that the electronic and optical properties of GaAs1-x-y N x Bi y alloy can be further controlled by tuning the N and Bi compositions in this alloy. These results suggest promising applications of GaAs1-x-y N x Bi y quaternary alloys in optoelectronic devices.

  14. Assessing Intimacy: The Pair Inventory.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Schaefer, Mark T.; Olson, David H.

    1981-01-01

    Personal Assessment of Intimacy in Relationships (PAIR) provides systematic information in five types of intimacy: emotional, social, sexual, intellectual and recreational. PAIR can be used with couples in marital therapy and enrichment groups. (Author)

  15. Behavior of the irreversibility line in the new superconductor La1.5+xBa1.5+x-yCayCu3Oz

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Parra Vargas, C.A.; Pimentel, J.L.; Pureur, P.; Landínez Téllez, D.A.; Roa-Rojas, J.

    2012-01-01

    The irreversibility properties of high-T c superconductors are of major importance for technological applications. For example, a high irreversibility magnetic field is a more desirable quality for a superconductor . The irreversibility line in the H-T plane is constituted by experimental points, which divides the irreversible and reversible behavior of the magnetization. The irreversibility lines for series of La 1.5+x Ba 1.5+x-y Ca y Cu 3 O z polycrystalline samples with different doping were investigated. The samples were synthesized using the usual solid estate reaction method. Rietveld-type refinement of x-ray diffraction patterns permitted to determine the crystallization of material in a tetragonal structure. Curves of magnetization ZFC-FC for the system La 1.5+x Ba 1.5+x-y Ca y Cu 3 O z , were measured in magnetic fields of the 10-20,000 Oe, and allowed to obtain the values for the irreversibility and critical temperatures. The data of irreversibility temperature allowed demarcating the irreversibility line, T irr (H). Two main lines are used for the interpretation of the irreversibility line: one of those which suppose that the vortexes are activated thermally and the other proposes that associated to T irr a phase transition occurs. The irreversibility line is described by a power law. The obtained results allow concluding that in the system La 1.5+x Ba 1.5+x-y Ca y Cu 3 O z a characteristic bend of the Almeida-Thouless (AT) tendency is dominant for low fields and a bend Gabay-Toulouse (GT) behavior for high magnetic fields. This feature of the irreversibility line has been reported as a characteristic of granular superconductors and it corroborates the topological effects of vortexes mentioned by several authors .

  16. High-Throughput Screening Across Quaternary Alloy Composition Space: Oxidation of (AlxFeyNi1-x-y)∼0.8Cr∼0.2.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Payne, Matthew A; Miller, James B; Gellman, Andrew J

    2016-09-12

    Composition spread alloy films (CSAFs) are commonly used as libraries for high-throughput screening of composition-property relationships in multicomponent materials science. Because lateral gradients afford two degrees of freedom, an n-component CSAF can, in principle, contain any composition range falling on a continuous two-dimensional surface through an (n - 1)-dimensional composition space. However, depending on the complexity of the CSAF gradients, characterizing and graphically representing this composition range may not be straightforward when n ≥ 4. The standard approach for combinatorial studies performed using quaternary or higher-order CSAFs has been to use fixed stoichiometric ratios of one or more components to force the composition range to fall on some well-defined plane in the composition space. In this work, we explore the synthesis of quaternary Al-Fe-Ni-Cr CSAFs with a rotatable shadow mask CSAF deposition tool, in which none of the component ratios are fixed. On the basis of the unique gradient geometry produced by the tool, we show that the continuous quaternary composition range of the CSAF can be rigorously represented using a set of two-dimensional "pseudoternary" composition diagrams. We then perform a case study of (AlxFeyNi1-x-y)∼0.8Cr∼0.2 oxidation in dry air at 427 °C to demonstrate how such CSAFs can be used to screen an alloy property across a continuous two-dimensional subspace of a quaternary composition space. We identify a continuous boundary through the (AlxFeyNi1-x-y)∼0.8Cr∼0.2 subspace at which the oxygen uptake into the CSAF between 1 and 16 h oxidation time increases abruptly with decreasing Al content. The results are compared to a previous study of the oxidation of AlxFeyNi1-x-y CSAFs in dry air at 427 °C.

  17. Investigation of structural, electronic, elastic and optical properties of Cd{sub 1-x-y}Zn{sub x}Hg{sub y}Te alloys

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Tamer, M., E-mail: mehmet.tamer@zirve.edu.tr [Zirve University Faculty of Education, 27260, Gaziantep (Turkey)

    2016-06-15

    Structural, optical and electronic properties and elastic constants of Cd1{sub -x-y}Zn{sub x} Hg{sub y}Te alloys have been studied by employing the commercial code Castep based on density functional theory. The generalized gradient approximation and local density approximation were utilized as exchange correlation. Using elastic constants for compounds, bulk modulus, band gap, Fermi energy and Kramers–Kronig relations, dielectric constants and the refractive index have been found through calculations. Apart from these, X-ray measurements revealed elastic constants and Vegard’s law. It is seen that results obtained from theory and experiments are all in agreement.

  18. Estudios por difracción de rayos X y espectroscopía Mossbauer de cerámicos de la cultura Nasca

    OpenAIRE

    Alcalde, Javier; Vetter, Luisa; Bravo, Jorge; Yaupar, Yezenia; Petrick, Susana; López, Alcides; Olivera, Paula; Santiago, Julio

    2010-01-01

    Se ha estudiado un conjunto de fragmentos de cerámica de la cultura Nasca (Ica, Perú) por difracción de rayos X y espectroscopía Mossbauer para obtener información sobre la tecnología utilizada en la preparación de los mismos. Los resultados sugieren que la temperatura de cocción de los ceramios Nasca estuvo entre 700 °C y 900 °C. Debido a que los fragmentos estudiados provienen de un museo, y no de excavaciones, se aplicó termoluminiscencia y luminiscencia ópticamente estimulada para verific...

  19. QSO Pairs across Active Galaxies

    Indian Academy of Sciences (India)

    2016-01-27

    Jan 27, 2016 ... Several QSO pairs have been reported and their redshifts determined, where the two objects in each pair are located across an active galaxy. The usually accepted explanation of such occurrences is that the pair is ejected from the parent galaxy. Currently interpreted redshifted spectra for both the QSOs ...

  20. Pairing in hadron structure

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Chela-Flores, J.

    1981-08-01

    A many-body approach to hadron structure is presented, in which we consider two parton species: spin-0 (b-partons), and spin-1/2 (f-partons). We extend a boson and a fermion pairing scheme for the b-, and f-partons respectively, into a Yang-Mills gauge theory. The main feature of this theory is that the gauge field is not identified with the usual gluon field variable in QCD. We study the confinement problem of the hadron constituents, and obtain, for low temperatures, partons that are confined by energy gaps. As the critical temperatures for the corresponding phase transitions are approached, the energy gap gradually disappears, and confinement is lost. The theory goes beyond the non-relativistic harmonic oscillator quark model, in the sense of giving physical reasons why a non-relativistic approximation is adequate in describing the internal dynamics of hadron structure. (author)

  1. Paired Hall states

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Greiter, M.

    1992-01-01

    This dissertation contains a collection of individual articles on various topics. Their significance in the corresponding field as well as connections between them are emphasized in a general and comprehensive introduction. In the first article, the author explores the consequences for macroscopic effective Lagrangians of assuming that the momentum density is proportional to the flow of conserved current. The universal corrections obtained for the macroscopic Lagrangian of a superconductor describe the London Hall effect, and provide a fully consistent derivation of it. In the second article, a heuristic principle is proposed for quantized Hall states: the existence and incompressibility of fractionally quantized Hall states is explained by an argument based on an adiabatic localization of magnetic flux, the process of trading uniform flux for an equal amount of fictitious flux attached to the particles. This principle is exactly implemented in the third article. For a certain class of model Hamiltonians, the author obtains Laughlin's Jastrow type wave functions explicitly from a filled Landau level, by smooth extrapolation in quantum statistics. The generalization of this analysis to the torus geometry shows that theorems restricting the possibilities of quantum statistics on closed surfaces are circumvented in the presence of a magnetic field. In the last article, the existence is proposed of a novel incompressible quantum liquid, a paired Hall state, at a half filled Landau level. This state arises adiabatically from free fermions in zero magnetic field, and reduces to a state previously proposed by Halperin in the limit of tightly bound pairs. It supports unusual excitations, including neutral fermions and charge e/4 anyons with statistical parameter θ = π/8

  2. Multi-pair states in electron–positron pair creation

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Anton Wöllert

    2016-09-01

    Full Text Available Ultra strong electromagnetic fields can lead to spontaneous creation of single or multiple electron–positron pairs. A quantum field theoretical treatment of the pair creation process combined with numerical methods provides a description of the fermionic quantum field state, from which all observables of the multiple electron–positron pairs can be inferred. This allows to study the complex multi-particle dynamics of electron–positron pair creation in-depth, including multi-pair statistics as well as momentum distributions and spin. To illustrate the potential benefit of this approach, it is applied to the intermediate regime of pair creation between nonperturbative Schwinger pair creation and perturbative multiphoton pair creation where the creation of multi-pair states becomes nonnegligible but cascades do not yet set in. Furthermore, it is demonstrated how spin and helicity of the created electrons and positrons are affected by the polarization of the counterpropagating laser fields, which induce the creation of electron–positron pairs.

  3. Pair potentials in liquid metals

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Faber, T.E.

    1980-01-01

    The argument which justifies the use of a pair potential to describe the structure-dependent term in the energy of liquid metals is briefly reviewed. Because there is an additional term in the energy which depends upon volume rather than structure, and because the pair potential itself is volume-dependent, the relationship between pair potential and observable properties such as pressure, bulk modulus and pair distribution function is more complicated for liquid metals than it is for molecular liquids. Perhaps for this reason, the agreement between pair potentials inferred from observable properties and pair potentials calculated by means of pseudo-potential theory is still far from complete. The pair potential concept is applicable only to simple liquid metals, in which the electron-ion interaction is weak. No attempt is made to discuss liquid transition and rare-earth metals, which are not simple in this sense. (author)

  4. Experimental many-pairs nonlocality

    Science.gov (United States)

    Poh, Hou Shun; Cerè, Alessandro; Bancal, Jean-Daniel; Cai, Yu; Sangouard, Nicolas; Scarani, Valerio; Kurtsiefer, Christian

    2017-08-01

    Collective measurements on large quantum systems together with a majority voting strategy can lead to a violation of the Clauser-Horne-Shimony-Holt Bell inequality. In the presence of many entangled pairs, this violation decreases quickly with the number of pairs and vanishes for some critical pair number that is a function of the noise present in the system. Here we show that a different binning strategy can lead to a more substantial Bell violation when the noise is sufficiently small. Given the relation between the critical pair number and the source noise, we then present an experiment where the critical pair number is used to quantify the quality of a high visibility photon pair source. Our results demonstrate nonlocal correlations using collective measurements operating on clusters of more than 40 photon pairs.

  5. Neutron structural studies of La{sub 3.5-x-y}(Y){sub y}Ba{sub 3.5-x}Ca{sub 2x}Cu{sub 7}O{sub z} (x = y = 0.0 and 0.5) system

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Subbarao, M V; Kulkarni, R G [Department of Physics, Saurashtra University, Rajkot (India); Rajagopal, H; Sequeira, A S [Solid State Physics Division, Bhabha Atomic Research Centre, Mumbai (India)

    1997-07-01

    By mixing equal amounts of La{sub 4-x}Ca{sub x}Ba{sub 3}Cu{sub 7}O{sub z} and La{sub 3}Ba{sub 4-x} Ca{sub x}Cu{sub 7}O{sub z} in the proportion of 1 : 1, a series of superconductors part of La replaced by Y with the nominal composition of La{sub 3.5-x-y}(Y){sub y} Ba{sub 3.-5-x}Ca{sub 2x}Cu{sub 7}O{sub z} (LYCP) have been prepared. Two samples with x = y = 0.0 (A) and x = y = 0.5 (B) characterized by x-ray diffraction display tetragonal triple perovskite structure. In order to investigate the effect of substituents (Ca/Y) on structure of this system, neutron diffraction measurements have been carried out at 300 K and {lambda}{sub n}=1.216A at Dhruva reactor.

  6. Structure, magnetism and electronic properties in 3d-5d based double perovskite ({Sr_{1-x}} Y x )2FeIrO6

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kharkwal, K. C.; Pramanik, A. K.

    2017-12-01

    The 3d-5d based double perovskites are of current interest as they provide model systems to study the interplay between electronic correlation (U) and spin-orbit coupling (SOC). Here, we report detailed structural, magnetic and transport properties of doped double perovskite material (Sr1-x Y x )2FeIrO6 with x ≤slant 0.2 . With substitution of Y, the system retains its original crystal structure but structural parameters change with x in nonmonotonic fashion. The magnetization data for Sr2FeIrO6 show antiferromagnetic type magnetic transition around 45 K however, a close inspection of the data indicates a weak magnetic phase transition around 120 K. No change of structural symmetry has been observed down to low temperature, although the lattice parameters show sudden changes around the magnetic transitions. Sr2FeIrO6 shows an insulating behavior over the whole temperature range, which nevertheless does not change with Y substitution. The nature of charge conduction is found to follow thermally activated Mott’s variable range hopping and power law behavior for parent and doped samples, respectively. Interestingly, evolution of structural, magnetic and transport behavior in (Sr1-x Y x )2FeIrO6 is observed to reverse with x > 0.1 , which is believed to arise due to a change in the transition metal ionic state.

  7. Reduced Activity of SRY and its Target Enhancer Sox9-TESCO in a Mouse Species with X*Y Sex Reversal.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zhao, Liang; Quinn, Alexander; Ng, Ee Ting; Veyrunes, Frederic; Koopman, Peter

    2017-02-03

    In most eutherian mammals, sex determination is governed by the Y-linked gene Sry, but in African pygmy mice Mus minutoides, Sry action is overridden by a variant X chromosome (X*), yielding X*Y females. We hypothesized that X*Y sex reversal may be underpinned not only by neomorphic X chromosome functionality, but also by a compromised Sry pathway. Here, we show that neither M. minutoides SRY nor its target, the Sox9-TESCO enhancer, had appreciable transcriptional activity in in vitro assays, correlating with sequence degradation compared to Mus musculus counterparts. However, M. minutoides SRY activated its cognate TESCO to a moderate degree, and can clearly engage the male pathway in M. minutoides in the wild, indicating that SRY and TESCO may have co-evolved in M. minutoides to retain function above a threshold level. We suggest that weakening of the SRY/TESCO nexus may have facilitated the rise and spread of a variant X* chromosome carrying female-inducing modifier gene(s).

  8. The study of structural, elastic, electronic and optical properties of CsYx I(1 − x(Y = F, Cl, Br using density functional theory

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Mian Shabeer Ahmad

    2017-04-01

    Full Text Available The structural, electronic, elastic and optical properties of CsYx I(1 − x(Y = F, Cl, Br are investigated using full potential linearized augmented plane wave (FP-LAPW method within the generalized gradient approximation (GGA. The ground state properties such as lattice constant (ao and bulk modulus (K have been calculated. The mechanical properties including Poisson’s ratio (σ, Young’s modulus (E, anisotropy factor (A and shear modulus (G were also calculated. The results of these calculations are comparable with the reported experimental and theoretical values. The ductility of CsYx I(1 − x was analyzed using Pugh’s rule (B/G ratio and Cauchy’s pressure (C12−C44. Our results revealed that CsF is the most ductile among the CsYxI(1 − x(Y = F, Cl, Br compounds. The incremental addition of lighter halogens (Yx slightly weakens the strength of ionic bond in CsYxI(1 − x. Moreover, the optical transitions were found to be direct for binary and ternary CsYxI(1 − x. We hope that this study will be helpful in designing binary and ternary Cs halides for optoelectronic applications.

  9. Cellular neural network to the spherical harmonics approximation of neutron transport equation in x-y geometry. Part I: Modeling and verification for time-independent solution

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Pirouzmand, Ahmad; Hadad, Kamal

    2011-01-01

    Highlights: → This paper describes the solution of time-independent neutron transport equation. → Using a novel method based on cellular neural networks (CNNs) coupled with P N method. → Utilize the CNN model to simulate spatial scalar flux distribution in steady state. → The accuracy, stability, and capabilities of CNN model are examined in x-y geometry. - Abstract: This paper describes a novel method based on using cellular neural networks (CNN) coupled with spherical harmonics method (P N ) to solve the time-independent neutron transport equation in x-y geometry. To achieve this, an equivalent electrical circuit based on second-order form of neutron transport equation and relevant boundary conditions is obtained using CNN method. We use the CNN model to simulate spatial response of scalar flux distribution in the steady state condition for different order of spherical harmonics approximations. The accuracy, stability, and capabilities of CNN model are examined in 2D Cartesian geometry for fixed source and criticality problems.

  10. Kramers Pairs in configuration interaction

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Avery, John Scales; Avery, James Emil

    2003-01-01

    The theory of symmetry-preserving Kramers pair creation operators is reviewed and formulas for applying these operators to configuration interaction calculations are derived. A new and more general type of symmetry-preserving pair creation operator is proposed and shown to commute with the total ...

  11. Property (RD) for Hecke Pairs

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Shirbisheh, Vahid

    2012-01-01

    As the first step towards developing noncommutative geometry over Hecke C ∗ -algebras, we study property (RD) (Rapid Decay) for Hecke pairs. When the subgroup H in a Hecke pair (G, H) is finite, we show that the Hecke pair (G, H) has (RD) if and only if G has (RD). This provides us with a family of examples of Hecke pairs with property (RD). We also adapt Paul Jolissant’s works in Jolissaint (J K-Theory 2:723–735, 1989; Trans Amer Math Soc 317(1):167–196, 1990) to the setting of Hecke C ∗ -algebras and show that when a Hecke pair (G, H) has property (RD), the algebra of rapidly decreasing functions on the set of double cosets is closed under holomorphic functional calculus of the associated (reduced) Hecke C ∗ -algebra. Hence they have the same K 0 -groups.

  12. Instability of vortex pair leapfrogging

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Tophøj, Laust; Aref, Hassan

    2013-01-01

    Leapfrogging is a periodic solution of the four-vortex problem with two positive and two negative point vortices all of the same absolute circulation arranged as co-axial vortex pairs. The set of co-axial motions can be parameterized by the ratio 0 vortex pair sizes at the time when one...... pair passes through the other. Leapfrogging occurs for α > σ2, where is the silver ratio. The motion is known in full analytical detail since the 1877 thesis of Gröbli and a well known 1894 paper by Love. Acheson ["Instability of vortex leapfrogging," Eur. J. Phys.21, 269-273 (2000...... pairs fly off to infinity, and a "walkabout" mode, where the vortices depart from leapfrogging but still remain within a finite distance of one another. We show numerically that this transition is more gradual, a result that we relate to earlier investigations of chaotic scattering of vortex pairs [L...

  13. Characterization of Mixed xWO3(1-xY2O3 Nanoparticle Thick Film for Gas Sensing Application

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    M. H. Shahrokh Abadi

    2010-05-01

    Full Text Available Microstructural, topology, inner morphology, and gas-sensitivity of mixed xWO3(1-xY2O3 nanoparticles (x = 1, 0.95, 0.9, 0.85, 0.8 thick-film semiconductor gas sensors were studied. The surface topography and inner morphological properties of the mixed powder and sensing film were characterized with X-ray diffraction (XRD, atomic force microscopy (AFM, transmission electron microscopy (TEM, and scanning electron microscopy (SEM. Also, gas sensitivity properties of the printed films were evaluated in the presence of methane (CH4 and butane (C4H10 at up to 500 °C operating temperature of the sensor. The results show that the doping agent can modify some structural properties and gas sensitivity of the mixed powder.

  14. Crystallisation kinetics of amorphous Fe72.5-xCu1Nb4.5Si10+x+yB12-y alloy

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Miglierini, M.; Lipka, J.; Sitek, J.

    1994-01-01

    Fe 73.5 Cu 1 Nb 3 Si 13.5 B 9 and Fe 72.5-x Cu 1 Nb 4.5 Si 10+x+y B 12-y alloys are compared from the point of view of crystallisation behaviour and changes in the short-range order in the amorphous reminder. The increase in Nb to 4.5 at.% in the latter system slows down the formation of nanocrystals to approximately 40% even after 16 hours of anneal at 550 C for x = 0.5, y = 3. Segregation-induced changes in the short-range order are manifested via hyperfine field distributions corresponding to the amorphous reminder. (orig.)

  15. Magnetovolume effects of quasi-one-dimensional itinerant electron magnets (La{sub 1-x}Y{sub x})Mn{sub 4}Al{sub 8}

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Muro, Y. [Graduate School of Material Science, University of Hyogo, Kamigori, Ako-gun, Hyogo 678-1297 (Japan)]. E-mail: rk04j052@stkt.u-hyogo.ac.jp; Motoyama, G. [Graduate School of Material Science, University of Hyogo, Kamigori, Ako-gun, Hyogo 678-1297 (Japan); Nakamura, H. [Graduate School of Material Science, University of Hyogo, Kamigori, Ako-gun, Hyogo 678-1297 (Japan); Kohara, T. [Graduate School of Material Science, University of Hyogo, Kamigori, Ako-gun, Hyogo 678-1297 (Japan)

    2006-05-01

    Magnetovolume effects of 3d heavy-electron compounds with linear spin chains, (La{sub 1-x}Y{sub x})Mn{sub 4}Al{sub 8} with x=<0.15 and =1, have been investigated to get information on the ground state of LaMn{sub 4}Al{sub 8} and the nature of spin fluctuations in this system. The negative thermal expansion observed for LaMn{sub 4}Al{sub 8} is suppressed by the substitution of a small amount of Y for La. Together with the field-cooled effect in the susceptibility, the magnetovolume effect suggests the development of short-range magnetic correlation in LaMn{sub 4}Al{sub 8} at low temperatures.

  16. Investigation on the neutral and anionic BxAlyH2 (x + y = 7, 8, 9) clusters using density functional theory combined with photoelectron spectroscopy.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ding, Li-Ping; Shao, Peng; Lu, Cheng; Zhang, Fang-Hui; Ding, Lei; Yuan, Tao Li

    2016-08-17

    The structure and bonding nature of neutral and negatively charged BxAlyH2 (x + y = 7, 8, 9) clusters are investigated with the aid of previously published experimental photoelectron spectra combined with the present density functional theory calculations. The comparison between the experimental photoelectron spectra and theoretical simulated spectra helps to identify the ground state structures. The accuracy of the obtained ground state structures is further verified by calculating their adiabatic electron affinities and vertical detachment energies and comparing them against available experimental data. The results show that the structures of BxAlyH2 transform from three-dimensional to planar structures as the number of boron atoms increases. Moreover, boron atoms tend to bind together forming Bn units. The hydrogen atoms prefer to bind with boron atoms rather than aluminum atoms. The analyses of the molecular orbital on the ground state structures further support the abovementioned results.

  17. Nanocrystalline Ce 1- xY xO 2- x/2 (0≤ x≤0.35) Oxides via Carbonate Precipitation: Synthesis and Characterization

    Science.gov (United States)

    Li, Ji-Guang; Ikegami, Takayasu; Wang, Yarong; Mori, Toshiyuki

    2002-10-01

    A novel carbonate (co)precipitation method, employing nitrates as the starting salts and ammonium carbonate as the precipitant, has been used to synthesize nanocrystalline CeO 2 and Ce 1- xY xO 2- x/2 ( x≤0.35) solid-solutions. The resultant powders are characterized by elemental analysis, differential thermal analysis/thermogravimetry (DTA/TG), X-ray diffractometry (XRD), Brunauer-Emmett-Teller (BET) analysis, and high-resolution scanning electron microscopy (HRSEM). Due to the direct formation of carbonate solid-solutions during precipitation, Ce 1- xY xO 2- x/2 solid-solution oxides are formed directly during calcination at a very low temperature of ˜300°C for 2 h. The thus-produced oxide nanopowders are essentially non-agglomerated, as revealed by BET in conjunction with XRD analysis. The solubility of YO 1.5 in CeO 2 is determined via XRD to be somewhere in the range from 27 to 35 mol%, from which a Y 2O 3-related type-C phase appears in the final product. Y 3+-doping promotes the formation of spherical nanoparticles, retards thermal decomposition of the precursors, and suppresses significantly crystallite coarsening of the oxides during calcination. The activation energy for crystallite coarsening increases gradually from 68.7 kJ mol -1 for pure CeO 2 to 138.6 kJ mol -1 for CeO 2 doped with 35 mol% YO 1.5. The dopant effects on crystallite coarsening is elaborated from the view point of solid-state chemistry.

  18. Hybrid nodal methods in the solution of the diffusion equations in X Y geometry; Metodos nodales hibridos en la solucion de las ecuaciones de difusion en geometria XY

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Hernandez M, N. [CFE, Carretera Cardel-Nautla Km. 43.5, 91680 Veracruz (Mexico); Alonso V, G.; Valle G, E. del [IPN-ESFM, 07738 Mexico D.F. (Mexico)]. e-mail: nhmiranda@mexico.com

    2003-07-01

    In 1979, Hennart and collaborators applied several schemes of classic finite element in the numerical solution of the diffusion equations in X Y geometry and stationary state. Almost two decades then, in 1996, himself and other collaborators carried out a similar work but using nodal schemes type finite element. Continuing in this last direction, in this work a group it is described a set of several Hybrid Nodal schemes denominated (NH) as well as their application to solve the diffusion equations in multigroup in stationary state and X Y geometry. The term hybrid nodal it means that such schemes interpolate not only Legendre moments of face and of cell but also the values of the scalar flow of neutrons in the four corners of each cell or element of the spatial discretization of the domain of interest. All the schemes here considered are polynomials like they were it their predecessors. Particularly, its have developed and applied eight different hybrid nodal schemes that its are very nearby related with those developed by Hennart and collaborators in the past. It is treated of schemes in those that nevertheless that decreases the number of interpolation parameters it is conserved the accurate in relation to the bi-quadratic and bi-cubic schemes. Of these eight, three were described and applied in a previous work. It is the bi-lineal classic scheme as well as the hybrid nodal schemes, bi-quadratic and bi-cubic for that here only are described the other 5 hybrid nodal schemes although they are provided numerical results for several test problems with all them. (Author)

  19. Structural, electronic and vibrational properties of GexCy (x+y=2-5) nanoclusters: A B3LYP-DFT study

    Science.gov (United States)

    Goswami, Sohini; Saha, Sushmita; Yadav, R. K.

    2015-11-01

    An ab-initio study of the stability, structural and electronic properties has been made for 84 germanium carbide nanoclusters, GexCy (x+y=2-5). The configuration possessing the maximum value of final binding energy (FBE), among the various configurations corresponding to a fixed x+y=n value, is named as the most stable structure. The vibrational and optical properties have been investigated only for the most stable structures. A B3LYP-DFT/6-311G(3df) method has been employed to optimize fully the geometries of the nanoclusters. The binding energies (BE), highest-occupied and lowest-unoccupied molecular orbital (HOMO-LUMO) gaps have been obtained for all the clusters and the bond lengths have been reported for the most stable clusters. We have considered the zero point energy (ZPE) corrections. The adiabatic and vertical ionization potentials (IPs) and electron affinities (EAs), charge on atoms, dipole moments, vibrational frequencies, infrared intensities (IR Int.), relative infrared intensities (Rel. IR Int.) and Raman scattering activities have also been investigated for the most stable structures. The configurations containing the carbon atoms in majority are seen to be the most stable structures. The strong C-C bond has important role in stabilizing the clusters. For the clusters containing one germanium atom and all the other as carbon atoms, the BE increases monotonically with the number of the carbon atoms. The HOMO-LUMO gap, IPs and EAs fluctuates with increase in the number of atoms. The nanoclusters containing even number of carbon atoms have large HOMO-LUMO gaps and IPs, whereas the nanoclusters containing even number of carbon atoms have small EAs. In general, the adiabatic IP (EA) is smaller (greater) than the vertical IP (EA). The optical absorption spectrum or electron energy loss spectrum (EELS) is unique for every cluster, and may be used to characterize a specific cluster. All the predicted physical quantities are in good agreement with the

  20. Structural, electronic and vibrational properties of small GaxNy (x+y = 2-5) nanoclusters: a B3LYP-DFT study

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Yadav, P S; Yadav, R K; Agrawal, B K

    2007-01-01

    An ab initio study of the stability, structural and electronic properties has been made for 49 gallium nitride nanoclusters, Ga x N y (x+y = 2-5). Among the various configurations corresponding to a fixed x+y = n value, the configuration possessing the maximum value of binding energy (BE) is named as the most stable structure. The vibrational and optical properties have been investigated only for the most stable structures. A B3LYP-DFT/6-311G(3df) method has been employed to optimize the geometries of the nanoclusters fully. The binding energies (BEs), highest-occupied and lowest-unoccupied molecular orbital (HOMO-LUMO) gaps and the bond lengths have been obtained for all the clusters. We have considered the zero-point energy (ZPE) corrections ignored by the earlier workers. The adiabatic and vertical ionization potentials (IPs) and electron affinities (EAs), charge on atoms, dipole moments, vibrational frequencies, infrared intensities (IR Int.), relative infrared intensities (Rel. IR Int.) and Raman scattering activities have been investigated for the most stable structures. The configurations containing the N atoms in majority are seen to be the most stable structures. The strong N-N bond has an important role in stabilizing the clusters. For clusters containing one Ga atom and all the others as N atoms, the BE increases monotonically with the number of the N atoms. The HOMO-LUMO gap and IP fluctuate with the cluster size n, having larger values for the clusters containing odd number of N atoms. On the other hand, the EA decreases with the cluster size up to n = 3, and shows slow fluctuations thereafter for the larger clusters. In general, the adiabatic IP (EA) is smaller (greater) than the vertical IP (EA) because of the lower energies of the most stable ground state of the cationic (anionic) clusters. The optical absorption spectrum or electron energy loss spectrum (EELS) is unique for every cluster, and may be used to characterize a specific cluster. All the

  1. Pairing induced superconductivity in holography

    Science.gov (United States)

    Bagrov, Andrey; Meszena, Balazs; Schalm, Koenraad

    2014-09-01

    We study pairing induced superconductivity in large N strongly coupled systems at finite density using holography. In the weakly coupled dual gravitational theory the mechanism is conventional BCS theory. An IR hard wall cut-off is included to ensure that we can controllably address the dynamics of a single confined Fermi surface. We address in detail the interplay between the scalar order parameter field and fermion pairing. Adding an explicitly dynamical scalar operator with the same quantum numbers as the fermion-pair, the theory experiences a BCS/BEC crossover controlled by the relative scaling dimensions. We find the novel result that this BCS/BEC crossover exposes resonances in the canonical expectation value of the scalar operator. This occurs not only when the scaling dimension is degenerate with the Cooper pair, but also with that of higher derivative paired operators. We speculate that a proper definition of the order parameter which takes mixing with these operators into account stays finite nevertheless.

  2. Nuclear scissors mode with pairing

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Balbutsev, E. B.; Malov, L. A.; Schuck, P.; Urban, M.; Vinas, X.

    2008-01-01

    The coupled dynamics of the scissors mode and the isovector giant quadrupole resonance are studied using a generalized Wigner function moments method, taking into account pair correlations. Equations of motion for angular momentum, quadrupole moment, and other relevant collective variables are derived on the basis of the time-dependent Hartree-Fock-Bogolyubov equations. Analytical expressions for energy centroids and transition probabilities are found for the harmonic-oscillator model with the quadrupole-quadrupole residual interaction and monopole pairing force. Deformation dependences of energies and B(M1) values are correctly reproduced. The inclusion of pair correlations leads to a drastic improvement in the description of qualitative and quantitative characteristics of the scissors mode.

  3. Pairing mechanism in oxide superconductors

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Hirsch, J.E.

    1988-01-01

    A useful way to learn about the pairing mechanism that is responsible for high T c superconductivity is to study properties of model Hamiltonians on small systems. The goal is to find the simplest model that can describe the essential physics of high T c superconductivity. The authors have used Monte Carlo simulation and exact diagonalization techniques to study properties of systems of up to 64 sites. Their results show that spin fluctuations and other spin related mechanisms induced by a Hubbard on-site repulsion U are not likely to give rise to pairing, neither in one nor in multiple band models. In contrast, charge fluctuations in a model with both strong U and V (repulsion between Cu and O) are shown to give rise to pairing and it is suggested that this model provides a plausible mechanism for high T c superconductivity

  4. QCD pairing in primordial nuggets

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lugones, G.; Horvath, J. E.

    2003-08-01

    We analyze the problem of boiling and surface evaporation of quark nuggets in the cosmological quark-hadron transition. Recently, it has been shown that QCD pairing modifies the stability properties of strange quark matter. More specifically, strange quark matter in a color-flavor locked state was found to be absolutely stable for a much wider range of the parameters than ordinary unpaired strange quark matter (G. Lugones and J. E. Horvath, Phys. Rev. D, 66, 074017 (2002)). Assuming that primordial quark nuggets are actually formed we analyze the consequences of pairing on the rates of boiling and surface evaporation in order to determine whether they could have survived.

  5. Exclusive electroproduction of pion pairs

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Warkentin, N.; Schaefer, A.; Diehl, M.; Ivanov, D. Yu.

    2007-01-01

    We investigate electroproduction of pion pairs on the nucleon in the framework of QCD factorization for hard exclusive processes. We extend previous analyses by taking the hard-scattering coefficients at next-to-leading order in α s . The dynamics of the produced pion pair is described by two-pion distribution amplitudes, for which we perform a detailed theoretical and phenomenological analysis. In particular, we obtain constraints on these quantities by comparing our results with measurements of angular observables that are sensitive to the interference between two-pion production in the isoscalar and isovector channels. (orig.)

  6. Instantons in lepton pair production

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Brandenburg, A.; Ringwald, A.; Utermann, A.

    2006-05-01

    We consider QCD instanton-induced contributions to lepton pair production in hadron-hadron collisions. We relate these contributions to those known from deep inelastic scattering and demonstrate that they can be calculated reliably for sufficiently large momentum transfer. We observe that the instanton contribution to the angular distribution of the lepton pairs at finite momentum transfer strongly violates the Lam-Tung relation - a relation between coefficient functions of the angular distribution which is valid within the framework of ordinary perturbation theory. The drastic violation of this relation, as seen in experimental data, might be related to such instanton-induced effects. (Orig.)

  7. Two-dimensional DORT discrete ordinates X-Y geometry neutron flux calculations for the Halden Heavy Boiling Water Reactor core configurations

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Slater, C.O.

    1990-07-01

    Results are reported for two-dimensional discrete ordinates, X-Y geometry calculations performed for seven Halden Heavy Boiling Water Reactor core configurations. The calculations were performed in support of an effort to reassess the neutron fluence received by the reactor vessel. Nickel foil measurement data indicated considerable underprediction of fluences by the previously used multigroup removal- diffusion method. Therefore, calculations by a more accurate method were deemed appropriate. For each core configuration, data are presented for (1) integral fluxes in the core and near the vessel wall, (2) neutron spectra at selected locations, (3) isoflux contours superimposed on the geometry models, (4) plots of the geometry models, and (5) input for the calculations. The initial calculations were performed with several mesh sizes. Comparisons of the results from these calculations indicated that the uncertainty in the calculated fluxes should be less than 10%. However, three-dimensional effects (such as axial asymmetry in the fuel loading) could contribute to much greater uncertainty in the calculated neutron fluxes. 7 refs., 22 figs., 11 tabs.

  8. Magnetic behavior of the alloys (Ce{sub 1-x}Y{sub x}){sub 2}PdSi{sub 3}

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Mallik, R [Tata Inst. of Fundamental Res., Colaba, Mumbai (India); Sampathkumaran, E V [Tata Inst. of Fundamental Res., Colaba, Mumbai (India)

    1996-11-01

    The results of X-ray diffraction (Cu K{sub {alpha}}), electrical resistivity ({rho}), heat capacity (C) and magnetic susceptibility ({chi}) measurements are reported for a new pseudoternary solid solution, (Ce{sub 1-x}Y{sub x}){sub 2}PdSi{sub 3} (x=0.0, 0.2, 0.5, 0.8, 1.0). The X-ray diffraction patterns indicate that single phase alloys can be formed in a derived version of the AlB{sub 2}-type hexagonal structure for x{>=}0.2, while for x=0.0, apparently there is an additional weak phase. In the case of the alloy Ce{sub 2}PdSi{sub 3}, the majority of Ce ions do not exhibit magnetic ordering down to 1.4 K, though magnetic ordering at 7 K from one of the two crystallographically inequivalent sites cannot be ruled out. For other compositions, no magnetic ordering is observed above 1.4 K. The Kondo effect is operative in all these alloys, with the strength of the Kondo effect increasing with the compression of the lattice by the gradual replacement of Ce by Y. The C/T exhibits a low temperature enhancement in all Ce containing alloys. (orig.).

  9. TAC-3D, 3-D Steady-State and Transient Heat Transfer in X-Y-Z and R-Theta-Z Geometry

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Petersen, J.F.

    1972-01-01

    1 - Description of problem or function: TAC3D is designed to treat transient, three-dimensional heat transfer problems. Steady-state problems are treated by considering the problem to be a transient, starting with an assumed temperature distribution and running until equilibrium conditions are established. Geometrically, the problem may be defined by either rectangular (x,y,z) or cylindrical (r,z,theta) coordinates. 2 - Method of solution: The heat conduction equation is replaced by an equivalent set of linear finite-difference equations. These are solved by an implicit alternating-direction scheme which requires a regular geometry in that the points at which temperatures are to be calculated must be in regular rows, columns, and planes. As a consequence, TAC3D is primarily suited to solve problems that roughly fit an envelope of either a rectangular parallelepiped or an incomplete right circular cylinder. 3 - Restrictions on the complexity of the problem: (a) The grid plane system must be orthogonal in the rectangular or cylindrical coordinate system. Therefore, the sides of the nodal elements must also be orthogonal. The entire problem must be bounded by 6 grid planes on one of the coordinate systems. Difficulties in treating irregular boundaries can be overcome to some extent through the use of materials having specially chosen properties. (b) All radiation is treated one-dimensionally. (c) There are no provisions for thermal expansion or change of phase Such special heat transfer situations could be included by extensions of the existing programming

  10. Local and Nanoscale Structure and Speciation in the PuO2+x-y(OH)2y ·zH2O System

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Conradson, Steven D.; Begg, Bruce D.; Clark, David L.; Den Auwer, Christophe J.; Ding, Mei; Dorhout, Peter K.; Espinosa-Faller, Francisco J.; Gordon, Pamela L.; Haire, Richard G.; Hess, Nancy J.; Hess, Ryan F.; Keogh, D. Webster; Morales, Luis A.; Neu, Mary P.; Paviet-Hartmann, Patricia; Runde, Wolfgang; Tait, C DREW; Veirs, D. Kirk; Villella, Phillip M.

    2004-01-01

    Pu L3 X-ray absorption fine structure spectra from 24 samples of PuO 2+x (and two related Pu substituted oxides), prepared by a variety of methods, demonstrate that (1) although the Pu sublattice remains the ordered part of the Pu distribution, the nearest-neighbor O atoms even at x = 0 are found in a multisite distribution with Pu-O distances consistent with the stable incorporation of OH - (and possibly H 2 O and H + ) into the PuO 2 lattice; (2) the excess O from oxidation is found at Pu-O distances 2 + moieties that are aperiodically distributed through the lattice; and (4) the collective interactions between these defect sites most likely cause them to cluster so as give nanoscale heterogeneity in the form of domains that may have unusual reactivity, observed as sequential oxidation by H 2 O at ambient conditions. The most accurate description of PuO 2 is therefore actually PuO 2+x-y (OH) 2y · zH 2 O, with pure, ordered, homogeneous PuO 2 attained only when H 2 O is rigorously excluded and the O activity is relatively low

  11. Thermochemistry of rare earth doped uranium oxides LnxU1-xO2-0.5x+y (Ln = La, Y, Nd)

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zhang, Lei; Navrotsky, Alexandra

    2015-10-01

    Lanthanum, yttrium, and neodymium doped uranium dioxide samples in the fluorite structure have been synthesized, characterized in terms of metal ratio and oxygen content, and their enthalpies of formation measured by high temperature oxide melt solution calorimetry. For oxides doped with 10-50 mol % rare earth (Ln) cations, the formation enthalpies from constituent oxides (LnO1.5, UO2 and UO3 in a reaction not involving oxidation or reduction) become increasingly exothermic with increasing rare earth content, while showing no significant dependence on the varying uranium oxidation state. The oxidation enthalpy of LnxU1-xO2-0.5x+y is similar to that of UO2 to UO3 for all three rare earth doped systems. Though this may suggest that the oxidized uranium in these systems is energetically similar to that in the hexavalent state, thermochemical data alone can not constrain whether the uranium is present as U5+, U6+, or a mixture of oxidation states. The formation enthalpies from elements calculated from the calorimetric data are generally consistent with those from free energy measurements.

  12. Defects Identification and Effects of Annealing on Lu2(1-xY2xSiO5 (LYSO Single Crystals for Scintillation Application

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Samuel Blahuta

    2011-07-01

    Full Text Available The nature, properties and relative concentrations of electronic defects were investigated by Thermoluminescence (TL in Lu2(1-xY2xSiO5 (LYSO single crystals. Ce and Tb-doped single crystals, grown by the Czochralski technique (CZ, revealed similar traps in TL. LYSO:Ce single crystals were grown by the Floating-Zone technique (FZ with increasing oxygen concentration in the growth atmosphere. TL intensity is strongly dependent on the oxygen content of the material, and oxygen vacancies are proven to be the main electronic defects in LYSO. The effects of oxidizing and reducing annealing post-treatment on these defects were investigated. While oxidizing treatments efficiently reduce the amount of electronic defects, reducing treatments increase the amount of existing traps. In a thermally assisted tunneling mechanism, the localization of oxygen vacancies around the dopant is discussed. They are shown to be in the close vicinity of the dopant, though not in first neighbor positions.

  13. 3-DB, 3-D Multigroup Diffusion, X-Y-Z, R-Theta-Z, Triangular-Z Geometry, Fast Reactor Burnup

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Hardie, R.W.; Little, W.W. Jr.; Mroz, W.

    1974-01-01

    1 - Description of problem or function: 3DB is a three-dimensional (x-y-z, r-theta-z, triangular-z) multigroup diffusion code for use in detailed fast-reactor criticality and burnup analysis. The code can be used to - (a) compute k eff and perform criticality searches on time absorption, reactor composition, and reactor dimensions by means of either a flux or an adjoint model, (b) compute material burnup using a flexible material shuffling scheme, and (c) compute flux distributions for an arbitrary extraneous source. 2 - Method of solution: Eigenvalues are computed by standard source- iteration techniques. Group re-balancing and successive over-relaxation with line inversion are used to accelerate convergence. Adjoint solutions are obtained by inverting the input data and redefining the source terms. Material burnup is by reactor zone. The burnup rate is determined by the zone and energy-averaged cross sections which are recomputed after each time-step. The isotopic chains, which can contain any number of isotopes are formed by the user. The code does not contain built- in or internal chains. 3 - Restrictions on the complexity of the problem: Since variable dimensioning is employed, no simple bounds can be stated

  14. Galvanomagnetic effects in n-Hg1-x-yCdxMnyTe and n-Hg1-yMnyTe crystals with εg>0

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Gluzman, N.G.; Lerinman, N.K.; Sabirzyanova, L.D.; Bodnaruk, O.A.; Gorbatyuk, I.N.; Rarenko, I.M.

    1989-01-01

    Longitudinal ρ zz and transverse ρ xx magnetoresistances and R hall coefficient in H magnetic fields up to 100 kE at 1.2≤T≤300 K are measured at n-Hg 1-x-y Cd x Mn y Te and n-Hg 1-y Mn y Te crystals (100≤ε g ≤260 meV) with N D -N A ≅10 15 cm -3 . Shubnikov-de-Gaas (SG) oscillations were observed at all specimens. Maxima positions of SG oscillations depend on T. For Hg 1-y Mn y Te crystals the position of zero maximum is shifted to large H direction, it is caused by abrupt (as compared to zone one) reduction of summary g-factor. Magnetophonon oscillations are determined at longitudinal magnetoresistance. Transition from metal conductivity to activation one occuring in magnetic field is studied; activation energy in nonmetallic range is determined. Some peculiarities of galvanomagnetic phenomena in n-Hg 1-y Mn y Te specimens, which indicate presence of p-type inclusions in n-type crystals, are determined

  15. Syntheses of optically efficient (La{sub 1-x-y}Ce{sub x}Tb{sub y})F{sub 3} nanocrystals via a hydrothermal method

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Wang Qiang [Department of Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering, Princeton University, Princeton, NJ 08544 (United States); You Yumin; Ludescher, Richard D. [Department of Food Science, Rutgers University, New Brunswick, NJ 08901 (United States); Ju Yiguang, E-mail: yju@princeton.ed [Department of Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering, Princeton University, Princeton, NJ 08544 (United States)

    2010-06-15

    Optically efficient cerium and terbium doped lanthanide fluoride (La{sub 1-x-y}Ce{sub x}Tb{sub y})F{sub 3} nanocrystals with different doping concentrations have been synthesized by a hydrothermal route in the presence of ethylenediamine tetraacetic acid disodium salt (EDTA). The results showed that the formation of nanocrystals with different morphologies depends on terbium ion Tb{sup 3+} doping concentration, but independent of cerium ion Ce{sup 3+} doping concentration. With increase in Tb{sup 3+} doping concentration, the morphologies of nanocrystals evolved from a spherical shape to a plated-like one. In addition, both the photoluminescence quantum yield (PL QY) and the fluorescence lifetime of nanocrystals increased with the increase in Ce{sup 3+} doping concentration in cerium and terbium co-doped system. The PL QY reached up to 55%, and the lifetime up to 7.3 ms. Transmission electron microscopy (TEM), X-ray diffraction (XRD), selected area electron diffraction (SAED), X-ray fluorescence (XRF), energy dispersive spectroscopy (EDS), ultraviolet-visible (UV-vis) absorption, photoluminescence (PL) and infrared (IR) spectroscopies were employed to characterize the properties of nanocrystals. The growth mechanism of nanocrystals with different morphologies and optical properties of nanocrystals with different doping concentrations were investigated.

  16. The Calculation Spontaneous Polarization and Quadrupole Moment of Electric Potential PIZT (PbInxZryTi1-x-yO3-x/2

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Irzaman

    2004-12-01

    Full Text Available ZT (PbZr1-xTixO3 is a perovskite crystal that can be used for IR sensor. Small amount of dopant can drastically change the specific characteristic of ferroelectric ceramic such as spontaneous polarization, dielectric constant, electromechanical and also electro-optic properties. The addition of In3+ ion (called as hard doping has been applied in this research. Thin film of PIZT (PbInxZryTi1-x-yO3-x/2 has been deposited on Si(100 substrate with Chemical Solution Deposition (CSD method. The concentration of solution is 0,5 M and the angular speed applied of spin coating is 3000 rpm. The PIZT sample has been analyzed with x-ray diffraction method. Rietveld analyses using GSAS-EXPGUI software resulted lattice parameter of crystal and phase compositions of PIZT samples. The values of all sample PIZT spontaneous polarization (Ps have been calculated lower than PZT. The optimally Ps was reached at 0,5% to 1% In2O3 doping. Quadrupole moment of electric potential (ΦQ(r at point P (0,0,2a reached optimum at 6% In2O3 doping and they also showed that PIZT thin film have ΦQ(r higher value than their bulk form for In2O3 doping >1%.

  17. Magnetic spectra and Richter aftereffect relaxation in Ce{sub x}Y{sub 3−x}Fe{sub 5}O{sub 12} ferrites

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Chen, Fu; Wang, Xian; Feng, Zekun, E-mail: fengzekun@mail.hust.edu.cn [School of Optical and Electric Information, Huazhong University of Science and Technology, Wuhan, 430074 (China); Chen, Yajie; Harris, Vincent G. [Center for Microwave Magnetic Materials and Integrated Circuits, and Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering, Northeastern University, Boston, MA 02115 (United States)

    2016-05-15

    The static and dynamic magnetic properties of cerium (Ce) doped yttrium iron garnet Ce{sub x}Y{sub 3−x}Fe{sub 5}O{sub 12} (x=0, 0.05, 0.1, 0.15, 0.2) ferrites (YIG) have been reported in this work. The ferrites were fabricated by the traditional solid-state reaction method. All ferrite samples reveal pure garnet structure identified by x-ray diffraction (XRD). The substitution of cerium not only enhances the saturation magnetization of the samples, but also regulates the magnetocrystalline anisotropy constant K{sub 1}. Obvious differences in permeability spectra over a frequency of 1 MHz - 1 GHz can be observed. It is verified that the permeability dispersion and magnetic losses of Ce-doped YIG ferrite contain the contribution of Richter aftereffect relaxation due to the existence of Fe{sup 2+} ions. The fitting results of the permeability spectra applied three-mechanism model is in good agreement with experimental data, which successfully explains the mechanisms of magnetic losses observed at 1 MHz to 1 GHz for Ce-doped YIG ferrite. In addition, the frequency shift of Richter aftereffect has also been discussed.

  18. Long annealing effect on spin Seebeck devices fabricated using Ce x Y3- x Fe5O12 deposited by metal-organic decomposition

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ono, Tatsuyoshi; Hirata, Satoshi; Amemiya, Yoshiteru; Tabei, Tetsuo; Yokoyama, Shin

    2018-04-01

    The effects of Ce content and annealing temperature on the electromotive force produced by spin Seebeck devices fabricated using Ce x Y3- x Fe5O12 deposited by metal-organic decomposition was investigated. The Ce content was first varied (x = 0,1,2,3) for a fixed annealing condition of 3 h at 900 °C. It was found that increasing the Ce content led to a decrease in electromotive force, which meant that x = 0 was the optimum Ce content. Next, the effect of annealing temperature was investigated for a Ce1Y2Fe5O12 film for an annealing time of 14 h. The highest electromotive force of 24.0 µV/50 °C was obtained for a sample annealed for 14 h at 800 °C, although the X-ray diffraction peaks were weaker than those for a sample annealed for 14 h at 950 °C.

  19. An analytical spatial reconstruction algorithm for the SD-SGF-CN hybrid nodal method for one-speed X,Y-geometry SN eigenvalue problems

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Menezes, Welton Alves; Alves Filho, Hermes; Barros, Ricardo C.

    2009-01-01

    In this paper the X,Y-geometry SD-SGF-CN spectral nodal method, cf. spectral diamond-spectral Green's function-constant nodal, is used to determine the one-speed node-edge average angular fluxes in heterogeneous domains. This hybrid spectral nodal method uses the spectral diamond (SD) auxiliary equation for the multiplying regions and the spectral Green's function (SGF) auxiliary equation for the non-multiplying regions of the domain. Moreover, we consider constant approximations for the transverse-leakage terms in the transverse integrated S N nodal equations. We solve the SD-SGF-CN equations using the one-node block inversion (NBI) iterative scheme, which uses the most recent estimates available for the node-entering fluxes to evaluate the node-exiting fluxes in the directions that constitute the incoming fluxes for the adjacent node. Using these results, we offer an algorithm for analytical reconstruction of the coarse-mesh nodal solution within each spatial node, as localized numerical solutions are not generated by usual accurate nodal methods. Numerical results are presented to illustrate the accuracy of the present algorithm. (author)

  20. BURNY-SQUID, 2-D Burnup of UO2 and Mix UO2 PuO2 Fuel in X-Y or R-Z Geometry

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Rosa, I.; Zara, G.; Guidotti, R.

    1974-01-01

    1 - Nature of physical problem solved: - Multigroup neutron diffusion and burnup equations for two- to five- energy groups over a rectangular region of the x-y or r-z plane. - For a given geometry and initial enrichment, it calculates the two- to five- group flux distributions, the nuclides burnt in a time step t, and then the flux distribution again. This process is repeated until the maximum burn-up is reached. - Criticality search by uniform variation of a control isotope. - Solution of problems with fuel having different geometrical parameters, by means of super-compositions. - Recycle and restart options are available. - UO 2 and PUO 2 -UO 2 fuel can be handled. 2 - Method of solution: The zero-dimension burn-up program RIBOT-5 is coupled with the two-dimension program SQUID and alternately executed. The differential equations are solved by the difference method. 3 - Restrictions on the complexity of the problem: 200 maximum number of compositions 10,000 maximum number of mesh points 5 maximum Number of groups. 4 maximum number of super-compositions. Diagonal symmetry allowed

  1. Guanidinium Pairing Facilitates Membrane Translocation

    Czech Academy of Sciences Publication Activity Database

    Allolio, Christoph; Baxová, Katarína; Vazdar, M.; Jungwirth, Pavel

    2016-01-01

    Roč. 120, č. 1 (2016), s. 143-153 ISSN 1520-6106 R&D Projects: GA ČR GA13-06181S Institutional support: RVO:61388963 Keywords : ab initio molecular dynamics * guanidinium * like charge pairing * membrane Subject RIV: CF - Physical ; Theoretical Chemistry Impact factor: 3.177, year: 2016

  2. Pairing Linguistic and Music Intelligences

    Science.gov (United States)

    DiEdwardo, MaryAnn Pasda

    2005-01-01

    This article describes how music in the language classroom setting can be a catalyst for developing reading, writing, and understanding skills. Studies suggest that pairing music and linguistic intelligences in the college classroom improves students' grades and abilities to compose theses statements for research papers in courses that emphasize…

  3. Conjugal Pairing in Escherichia Coli

    Indian Academy of Sciences (India)

    Home; Journals; Resonance – Journal of Science Education; Volume 13; Issue 8. Conjugal Pairing in Escherichia Coli. Joshua Lederberg. Classics Volume 13 Issue 8 August 2008 pp 793-794. Fulltext. Click here to view fulltext PDF. Permanent link: https://www.ias.ac.in/article/fulltext/reso/013/08/0793-0794 ...

  4. Rank error-correcting pairs

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Martinez Peñas, Umberto; Pellikaan, Ruud

    2017-01-01

    Error-correcting pairs were introduced as a general method of decoding linear codes with respect to the Hamming metric using coordinatewise products of vectors, and are used for many well-known families of codes. In this paper, we define new types of vector products, extending the coordinatewise ...

  5. 'Leonard pairs' in classical mechanics

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Zhedanov, Alexei; Korovnichenko, Alyona

    2002-01-01

    Leonard pairs (LP) are matrices with the property of mutual tri-diagonality. We introduce and study a classical analogue of LP. We show that corresponding classical 'Leonard' dynamical variables satisfy non-linear relations of the AW-type with respect to Poisson brackets. (author)

  6. Mechanosynthesis and structural characterization of nanocrystalline Ce{sub 1–x}Y{sub x}O{sub 2–δ} (x=0.1–0.35) solid solutions

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Fabián, Martin, E-mail: fabianm@saske.sk [Institute of Nanotechnology, Karlsruhe Institute of Technology, Hermann-von-Helmholtz-Platz 1, 76344 Eggenstein-Leopoldshafen (Germany); Institute of Geotechnics, Slovak Academy of Sciences, Watsonova 45, 04001 Košice (Slovakia); Antić, Bratislav [“Vinča” Institute of Nuclear Sciences, University of Belgrade, P.O. Box 522, 11001 Belgrade (Serbia); Girman, Vladimír [Institute of Physics, P. J. Šafárik University, Park Angelinum 9, 04154 Košice (Slovakia); Vučinić-Vasić, Milica [Faculty of Technical Sciences, University of Novi Sad, Trg D. Obradovića 6, 21000 Novi Sad (Serbia); Kremenović, Aleksandar [Laboratory of Crystallography, Faculty of Mining and Geology, University of Belgrade, Djusina 7, 11001 Belgrade (Serbia); Suzuki, Shigeru [Institute of Multidisciplinary Research for Advanced Materials, Tohoku University, Katahira 2-1-1, Aoba-ku, 980-8577 Sendai (Japan); Hahn, Horst [Institute of Nanotechnology, Karlsruhe Institute of Technology, Hermann-von-Helmholtz-Platz 1, 76344 Eggenstein-Leopoldshafen (Germany); Šepelák, Vladimír [Institute of Nanotechnology, Karlsruhe Institute of Technology, Hermann-von-Helmholtz-Platz 1, 76344 Eggenstein-Leopoldshafen (Germany); Institute of Geotechnics, Slovak Academy of Sciences, Watsonova 45, 04001 Košice (Slovakia)

    2015-10-15

    A series of nanostructured fluorite-type Ce{sub 1–x}Y{sub x}O{sub 2–δ} (0≤x≤0.35) solid solutions, prepared via high-energy milling of the CeO{sub 2}/Y{sub 2}O{sub 3} mixtures, are investigated by XRD, HR-TEM, EDS and Raman spectroscopy. For the first time, complementary information on both the long-range and short-range structural features of mechanosynthesized Ce{sub 1–x}Y{sub x}O{sub 2–δ}, obtained by Rietveld analysis of XRD data and Raman spectroscopy, is provided. The lattice parameters of the as-prepared solid solutions decrease with increasing yttrium content. Rietveld refinements of the XRD data reveal increase in microstrains in the host ceria lattice as a consequence of yttrium incorporation. Raman spectra are directly affected by the presence of oxygen vacancies; their existence is evidenced by the presence of vibration modes at ~560 and ~600 cm{sup –1}. The detailed spectroscopic investigations enable us to separate extrinsic and intrinsic origin of oxygen vacancies. It is demonstrated that mechanosynthesis can be successfully employed in the one-step preparation of nanocrystalline Ce{sub 1–x}Y{sub x}O{sub 2–δ} solid solutions. - Graphical abstract: Mechanosynthesis of nanocrystalline Ce{sub 1–x}Y{sub x}O{sub 2–δ} (x=0.1–0.35) solid solutions. - Highlights: • One-step mechanosynthesis of nanoscale Ce{sub 1–x}Y{sub x}O{sub 2–δ} (0≤x≤0.35) solid solutions. • Complementary information on the long-range and short-range structural features of mechanosynthesized Ce{sub 1–x}Y{sub x}O{sub 2–δ} is provided. • Structural variations as a response to the yttrium doping. • Separation of extrinsic and intrinsic origin of the induced oxygen vacancies.

  7. X, Y and Z States

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Nielsen M.

    2017-01-01

    Full Text Available Many new states in the charmonium mass region were recently discovered by BaBar, Belle, CLEO-c, CDF, DØ, BESIII, LHCb and CMS Collaborations. We use the QCD Sum Rule approach to study the possible structure of some of these states.

  8. X-Y Converter Family

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Bhaskar, Mahajan Sagar; Sanjeevikumar, Padmanaban; Wheeler, Patrick

    2016-01-01

    A New breed of a buck boost converter, named as the XY converter family is proposed in this article. In the XY family, 16 topologies are presented which are highly suitable for renewable energy applications which require a high ratio of DC-DC converter; such as a photovoltaic multilevel inverter...... system, high voltage automotive applications and industrial drives. Compared to the traditional boost converter and existing recent converters, the proposed XY converter family has the ability to provide a higher output voltage by using less number of power devices and reactive components. Other distinct...... features of the XY converter family are i) Single control switch ii) Provide negative output voltage iii) Non-isolated topologies iv) High conversion ratio without making the use of high duty cycle and v) modular structure. XY family is compared with the recent high step-up converters and the detailed...

  9. Pair plasma relaxation time scales.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Aksenov, A G; Ruffini, R; Vereshchagin, G V

    2010-04-01

    By numerically solving the relativistic Boltzmann equations, we compute the time scale for relaxation to thermal equilibrium for an optically thick electron-positron plasma with baryon loading. We focus on the time scales of electromagnetic interactions. The collisional integrals are obtained directly from the corresponding QED matrix elements. Thermalization time scales are computed for a wide range of values of both the total-energy density (over 10 orders of magnitude) and of the baryonic loading parameter (over 6 orders of magnitude). This also allows us to study such interesting limiting cases as the almost purely electron-positron plasma or electron-proton plasma as well as intermediate cases. These results appear to be important both for laboratory experiments aimed at generating optically thick pair plasmas as well as for astrophysical models in which electron-positron pair plasmas play a relevant role.

  10. Combinatorial search for green and blue phosphors of high thermal stabilities under UV excitation based on the K(Sr1-x-y)PO4:Tb3+ xEu2+y system.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Chan, Ting-Shan; Liu, Yao-Min; Liu, Ru-Shi

    2008-01-01

    The present investigation aims at the synthesis of KSr 1-x-y PO 4:Tb(3+) x Eu(2+) y phosphors using the combinatorial chemistry method. We have developed square-type arrays consisting of 121 compositions to investigate the optimum composition and luminescence properties of KSrPO 4 host matrix under 365 nm ultraviolet (UV) light. The optimized compositions of phosphors were found to be KSr 0.93PO 4:Tb(3+) 0.07 (green) and KSr 0.995PO 4:Eu(2+) 0.005 (blue). These phosphors showed good thermal luminescence stability better than commercially available YAG:Ce at temperature above 200 degrees C. The result indicates that the KSr 1-x-y PO 4:Tb(3+) x Eu (2+)y can be potentially useful as a UV radiation-converting phosphor for light-emitting diodes.

  11. Statistical deprojection of galaxy pairs

    Science.gov (United States)

    Nottale, Laurent; Chamaraux, Pierre

    2018-06-01

    Aims: The purpose of the present paper is to provide methods of statistical analysis of the physical properties of galaxy pairs. We perform this study to apply it later to catalogs of isolated pairs of galaxies, especially two new catalogs we recently constructed that contain ≈1000 and ≈13 000 pairs, respectively. We are particularly interested by the dynamics of those pairs, including the determination of their masses. Methods: We could not compute the dynamical parameters directly since the necessary data are incomplete. Indeed, we only have at our disposal one component of the intervelocity between the members, namely along the line of sight, and two components of their interdistance, i.e., the projection on the sky-plane. Moreover, we know only one point of each galaxy orbit. Hence we need statistical methods to find the probability distribution of 3D interdistances and 3D intervelocities from their projections; we designed those methods under the term deprojection. Results: We proceed in two steps to determine and use the deprojection methods. First we derive the probability distributions expected for the various relevant projected quantities, namely intervelocity vz, interdistance rp, their ratio, and the product rp v_z^2, which is involved in mass determination. In a second step, we propose various methods of deprojection of those parameters based on the previous analysis. We start from a histogram of the projected data and we apply inversion formulae to obtain the deprojected distributions; lastly, we test the methods by numerical simulations, which also allow us to determine the uncertainties involved.

  12. Ab initio study of structural, electronic, optical, and vibrational properties of Zn{sub x}S{sub y} (x + y = 2 to 5) nanoclusters

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Yadav, P. S.; Pandey, D. K., E-mail: pdhiraj2000@gmail.com; Agrawal, S.; Agrawal, B. K. [Allahabad University, Department of Physics (India)

    2010-03-15

    An ab initio study of the stability, structural, electronic. and optical properties has been performed for 46 zinc sulfide nanoclusters Zn{sub x}S{sub y} (x + y = n = 2 to 5). Five out of them are seen to be unstable as their vibrational frequencies are found to be imaginary. A B3LYP-DFT/6-311G(3df) method is employed to optimize the geometries and a TDDFT method is used for the study of the optical properties. The binding energies (BE), HOMO-LUMO gaps and the bond lengths have been obtained for all the clusters. For the ZnS{sub 2}, ZnS{sub 3}, and ZnS{sub 4} nanoclusters, our stable structures are seen to be different from those obtained earlier by using the effective core potentials. We have also considered the zero point energy (ZPE) corrections ignored by the earlier workers. For a fixed value of n, we designate the most stable structure the one, which has maximum final binding energy per atom. The adiabatic and vertical ionization potentials (IP) and electron affinities (EA), charges on the atoms, dipole moments, optical properties, vibrational frequencies, infrared intensities, relative infrared intensities, and Raman scattering activities have been investigated for the most stable structures. The nanoclusters containing large number of S atoms for each n is found to be most stable. The HOMO-LUMO gap decreases from n = 2-3 and then increases above n = 3. The IP and EA both fluctuate with the cluster size n. The optical absorption is quite weak in visible region but strong in the ultraviolet region in most of the nanoclusters except a few. The optical absorption spectrum or electron energy loss spectrum (EELS) is unique for every nanocluster and may be used to characterize a specific nanocluster. The growth of most stable nanoclusters may be possible in the experiments.

  13. Ab initio study of structural, electronic, optical, and vibrational properties of Zn x S y ( x + y = 2 to 5) nanoclusters

    Science.gov (United States)

    Yadav, P. S.; Pandey, D. K.; Agrawal, S.; Agrawal, B. K.

    2010-03-01

    An ab initio study of the stability, structural, electronic. and optical properties has been performed for 46 zinc sulfide nanoclusters Zn x S y ( x + y = n = 2 to 5). Five out of them are seen to be unstable as their vibrational frequencies are found to be imaginary. A B3LYP-DFT/6-311G(3df) method is employed to optimize the geometries and a TDDFT method is used for the study of the optical properties. The binding energies (BE), HOMO-LUMO gaps and the bond lengths have been obtained for all the clusters. For the ZnS2, ZnS3, and ZnS4 nanoclusters, our stable structures are seen to be different from those obtained earlier by using the effective core potentials. We have also considered the zero point energy (ZPE) corrections ignored by the earlier workers. For a fixed value of n, we designate the most stable structure the one, which has maximum final binding energy per atom. The adiabatic and vertical ionization potentials (IP) and electron affinities (EA), charges on the atoms, dipole moments, optical properties, vibrational frequencies, infrared intensities, relative infrared intensities, and Raman scattering activities have been investigated for the most stable structures. The nanoclusters containing large number of S atoms for each n is found to be most stable. The HOMO-LUMO gap decreases from n = 2-3 and then increases above n = 3. The IP and EA both fluctuate with the cluster size n. The optical absorption is quite weak in visible region but strong in the ultraviolet region in most of the nanoclusters except a few. The optical absorption spectrum or electron energy loss spectrum (EELS) is unique for every nanocluster and may be used to characterize a specific nanocluster. The growth of most stable nanoclusters may be possible in the experiments.

  14. Novel germanetellones: XYGe=Te (X, Y = H, F, Cl, Br, I and CN) - structures and energetics. Comparison with the first synthetic successes.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Jaufeerally, Naziah B; Abdallah, Hassan H; Ramasami, Ponnadurai; Schaefer, Henry F

    2014-03-14

    No stable germanetellone was described until Tbt(Dis)Ge=Te and Tbt(Tip)Ge=Te (Tbt = 2,4,6-tris[bis(trimethylsilyl)methyl]phenyl, Dis = bis(trimethylsilyl)methyl and Tip = 2,4,6-triisopropylphenyl) were reported in 1997. Following these initial experiments, there has arisen considerable interest in Ge[double bond, length as m-dash]Te systems. An obvious question is: why have the simple XYGe=Te (X, Y = H, F, Cl, Br, I and CN) molecules not yet been isolated? In view of the present situation, theoretical information may be of great help for further advances in germanetellone chemistry. A systematic investigation of the XYGe=Te molecules is carried out using the second order Møller-Plesset perturbation theory (MP2) and density functional theory (DFT). The structures and energetics, including ionization potentials (IPad and IPad(ZPVE)), four different forms of neutral-anion separations (EAad, EAad(ZPVE), VEA and VDE) and the singlet-triplet gaps, are reported. The electronegativity (χ) reactivity descriptor for the halogens (F, Cl, Br and I) and the natural charge separations of the Ge=Te moiety are used to assess the interrelated properties of germanetellone and its derivatives. The results are analyzed, discussed and compared with analogous studies of telluroformaldehyde, silanetellone and their derivatives. The thermodynamic viabilities of some of the novel germanetellones have also been evaluated in terms of the bond dissociation enthalpies of Tbt(Dis)Ge=Te and Tbt(Tip)Ge=Te. The simple mono-substituted germanetellones appear to be slightly more thermodynamically favored than Tbt(Dis)Ge=Te and Tbt(Tip)Ge=Te, since the bond dissociation enthalpies of these kinetically stabilized germanetellones are about 28 and 51 kcal mol(-1) lower, respectively.

  15. Quantum spin Hall effect and topological phase transition in InN x Bi y Sb1-x-y /InSb quantum wells

    Science.gov (United States)

    Song, Zhigang; Bose, Sumanta; Fan, Weijun; Zhang, Dao Hua; Zhang, Yan Yang; Shen Li, Shu

    2017-07-01

    Quantum spin Hall (QSH) effect, a fundamentally new quantum state of matter and topological phase transitions are characteristics of a kind of electronic material, popularly referred to as topological insulators (TIs). TIs are similar to ordinary insulator in terms of their bulk bandgap, but have gapless conducting edge-states that are topologically protected. These edge-states are facilitated by the time-reversal symmetry and they are robust against nonmagnetic impurity scattering. Recently, the quest for new materials exhibiting non-trivial topological state of matter has been of great research interest, as TIs find applications in new electronics and spintronics and quantum-computing devices. Here, we propose and demonstrate as a proof-of-concept that QSH effect and topological phase transitions can be realized in {{InN}}x{{Bi}}y{{Sb}}1-x-y/InSb semiconductor quantum wells (QWs). The simultaneous incorporation of nitrogen and bismuth in InSb is instrumental in lowering the bandgap, while inducing opposite kinds of strain to attain a near-lattice-matching conducive for lattice growth. Phase diagram for bandgap shows that as we increase the QW thickness, at a critical thickness, the electronic bandstructure switches from a normal to an inverted type. We confirm that such transition are topological phase transitions between a traditional insulator and a TI exhibiting QSH effect—by demonstrating the topologically protected edge-states using the bandstructure, edge-localized distribution of the wavefunctions and edge-state spin-momentum locking phenomenon, presence of non-zero conductance in spite of the Fermi energy lying in the bandgap window, crossover points of Landau levels in the zero-mode indicating topological band inversion in the absence of any magnetic field and presence of large Rashba spin-splitting, which is essential for spin-manipulation in TIs.

  16. Measurement of photo-neutron cross sections and isomeric yield ratios in the {sup 89}Y(γ,xn){sup 89-x}Y reactions at the bremsstrahlung end-point energies of 65, 70 and 75 MeV

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Tatari, Mansoureh [Yazd Univ. (Iran, Islamic Republic of). Physics Dept.; Naik, Haladhara [Bhabha Atomic Research Centre, Mumbai (India). Radiochemistry Div.; Kim, Guinyun; Kim, Kwangsoo [Kyungpook National Univ., Daegu (Korea, Republic of). Dept. of Physics; Shin, Sung-Gyun; Cho, Moo-Hyun [Pohang Univ. of Science and Technology (Korea, Republic of). Div. of Advanced Nuclear Engineering

    2017-07-01

    The flux-weighted average cross sections of the {sup 89}Y(γ,xn; x=1-4){sup 89-x}Y reactions and the isomeric yield ratios of the {sup 87m,g}Y, {sup 86m,g}Y, and {sup 85m,g}Y radionuclides produced in these reactions with the bremsstrahlung end-point energies of 65, 70 and 75 MeV have been determined by an activation and off-line γ-ray spectrometric technique using the 100 MeV electron linac in Pohang Accelerator Laboratory, Korea. The theoretical {sup 89}Y(γ,xn; x=1-4){sup 89-x}Y reaction cross sections for mono-energetic photons have been calculated using the computer code TALYS 1.6. Then the flux-weighted theoretical values were obtained to compare with the present data. The flux-weighted experimental and theoretical {sup 89}Y(γ,xn; x=1-4){sup 89-x}Y reaction cross sections increase very fast from the threshold values to a certain bremsstrahlung energy, where the other reaction channels open up. Thereafter it remains constant a while and then slowly decreases with the increase of cross sections for other reactions. Similarly, the isomeric yield ratios of {sup 87m,g}Y, {sup 86m,g}Y and {sup 85m,g}Y in the {sup 89}Y(γ,xn; x=2-4){sup 89-x}Y reactions from the present work and literature data show an increasing trend from their respective threshold values to a certain bremsstrahlung energy. After a certain point of energy, the isomeric yield ratios increase slowly with the bremsstrahlung energy. These observations indicate the role of excitation energy and its partitioning in different reaction channels.

  17. Effect of grain boundary on electrical characteristics in B- and P-doped polycrystalline Si1-x-yGe xC y film deposited by ultraclean LPCVD

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Shim, Hyunyoung; Sakuraba, Masao; Murota, Junichi

    2006-01-01

    The effect of grain boundary on electrical characteristics in B- and P-doped polycrystalline (poly) Si 1-x -y Ge x C y films was investigated. Poly-Si 1-x -y Ge x C y films were deposited on thermally oxidized Si(100) at 500-650 deg. C in a SiH 4 -GeH 4 -SiH 3 CH 3 -H 2 gas mixture by an ultraclean hot-wall low-pressure chemical vapor deposition. B and P were doped into the films by ion implantation and diffusion by heat-treatment. The electrical properties are characterized by grain size, width of disordered region near grain boundaries, carrier trap density and the amount of impurity segregation at grain boundaries. In the B-doped poly-Si 1-x -y Ge x C y films heat-treated at 900 deg. C, the increase of carrier concentration n poly and the decrease of resistivity ρ poly with Ge addition are caused by the narrowing of the width of disordered regions, i.e., crystallization of disordered regions induced by Ge atoms. The decrease of n poly and the increase of ρ poly with C addition are explained by the suppression of crystallization of disordered region due to C atom segregation at grain boundaries. In the P-doped poly-Si 1-x -y Ge x C y films, it is found that n poly and ρ poly are influenced by P atom segregation at grain boundaries due to lowering solid solubility of P in grain by the existence of Ge

  18. Enhanced energy storage and pyroelectric properties of highly (100)-oriented (Pb1-x-yLaxCay)Ti1-x/4O3 thin films derived at low temperature

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zhu, Hanfei; Ma, Hongfang; Zhao, Yuyao

    2018-05-01

    Highly (100)-oriented (Pb1-x-yLaxCay)Ti1-x/4O3 (x = 0.15, y = 0.05; x = 0.1, y = 0.1; x = 0.05, y = 0.15) thin films were deposited on Pt/Ti/SiO2/Si substrates at a low temperature of 450 °C via a sol-gel route. It was found that all the (Pb1-x-yLaxCay)Ti1-x/4O3 thin films could be completely crystallized and the content of La/Ca showed a significant effect on the electrical properties of films. Among the three films, the (Pb1-x-yLaxCay)Ti1-x/4O3 (x = 0.1, y = 0.1) thin film exhibited the enhanced overall electrical properties, such as a low dielectric loss (tan ⁡ δ energy density (Wre ∼ 15 J/cm3), as well as a large pyroelectric coefficient (p ∼ 190 μC/m2K) and figure of merit (Fd‧∼ 77 μC /m2K). The findings suggest that the fabricated thin films with a good (100) orientation can be an attractive candidate for applications in Si-based energy storage and pyroelectric devices.

  19. Charge Aspects of Composite Pair Superconductivity

    Science.gov (United States)

    Flint, Rebecca

    2014-03-01

    Conventional Cooper pairs form from well-defined electronic quasiparticles, making the internal structure of the pair irrelevant. However, in the 115 family of superconductors, the heavy electrons are forming as they pair and the internal pair structure becomes as important as the pairing mechanism. Conventional spin fluctuation mediated pairing cannot capture the direct transition from incoherent local moments to heavy fermion superconductivity, but the formation of composite pairs favored by the two channel Kondo effect can. These composite pairs are local d-wave pairs formed by two conduction electrons in orthogonal Kondo channels screening the same local moment. Composite pairing shares the same symmetries as magnetically mediated pairing, however, only composite pairing necessarily involves a redistribution of charge within the unit cell originating from the internal pair structure, both as a monopole (valence change) and a quadrupole effect. This redistribution will onset sharply at the superconducting transition temperature. A smoking gun test for composite pairing is therefore a sharp signature at Tc - for example, a cusp in the Mossbauer isomer shift in NpPd5Al2 or in the NQR shift in (Ce,Pu)CoIn5.

  20. Kinetic equations with pairing correlations

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Fauser, R.

    1995-12-01

    The Gorkov equations are derived for a general non-equilibrium system. The Gorkov factorization is generalized by the cumulant expansion of the 2-particle correlation and by a generalized Wick theorem in the case of a perturbation expansion. A stationary solution for the Green functions in the Schwinger-Keldysh formalism is presented taking into account pairing correlations. Especially the effects of collisional broadening on the spectral functions and Green functions is discussed. Kinetic equations are derived in the quasi-particle approximation and in the case of particles with width. Explicit expressions for the self-energies are given. (orig.)

  1. Endocrine factors of pair bonding.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Stárka, L

    2007-01-01

    Throughout literature--fiction and poetry, fine arts and music--falling in love and enjoying romantic love plays a central role. While several psychosocial conceptions of pair attachment consider the participation of hormones, human endocrinology has dealt with this theme only marginally. According to some authors in addictology, falling in love shows some signs of hormonal response to stressors with changes in dopamine and serotonin signalling and neurotrophin (transforming growth factor b) concentration. Endorphins, oxytocin and vasopressin may play a role during the later phases of love. However, proof of hormonal events associated with love in humans has, until recently, been lacking.

  2. Pairs of dual periodic frames

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Christensen, Ole; Goh, Say Song

    2012-01-01

    The time–frequency analysis of a signal is often performed via a series expansion arising from well-localized building blocks. Typically, the building blocks are based on frames having either Gabor or wavelet structure. In order to calculate the coefficients in the series expansion, a dual frame...... is needed. The purpose of the present paper is to provide constructions of dual pairs of frames in the setting of the Hilbert space of periodic functions L2(0,2π). The frames constructed are given explicitly as trigonometric polynomials, which allows for an efficient calculation of the coefficients...

  3. Filipino au pairs on the move

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Dalgas, Karina Märcher

    2016-01-01

    Most Filipina au pairs in Denmark send remittances back home, and for many, au pairing forms part of longer-term migration trajectories. This article explores how Filipina au pairs try to carve out a future for themselves abroad. It shows that they navigate within tight webs of financial interdep......Most Filipina au pairs in Denmark send remittances back home, and for many, au pairing forms part of longer-term migration trajectories. This article explores how Filipina au pairs try to carve out a future for themselves abroad. It shows that they navigate within tight webs of financial...

  4. Ion pairing in ionic liquids

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Kirchner, Barbara; Malberg, Friedrich; Firaha, Dzmitry S; Hollóczki, Oldamur

    2015-01-01

    In the present article we briefly review the extensive discussion in literature about the presence or absence of ion pair-like aggregates in ionic liquids. While some experimental studies point towards the presence of neutral subunits in ionic liquids, many other experiments cannot confirm or even contradict their existence. Ion pairs can be detected directly in the gas phase, but no direct method is available to observe such association behavior in the liquid, and the corresponding indirect experimental proofs are based on such assumptions as unity charges at the ions. However, we have shown by calculating ionic liquid clusters of different sizes that assuming unity charges for ILs is erroneous, because a substantial charge transfer is taking place between the ionic liquid ions that reduce their total charge. Considering these effects might establish a bridge between the contradicting experimental results on this matter. Beside these results, according to molecular dynamics simulations the lifetimes of ion–ion contacts and their joint motions are far too short to verify the existence of neutral units in these materials. (topical review)

  5. Some advances in pairing theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Rowe, D.J.

    2001-01-01

    Two advances are reviewed in the application of pairing-force theory in the nuclear shell model. The first exploits a discovery that a wide range of two-nucleon interactions conserve seniority as a good quantum number. As a consequence, the eigenstates of a Hamiltonian with such an interaction belong to irreducible representations of a compact unitary-symplectic group. This makes it possible to extend the simply-solvable models with J=0 pairing forces to a much richer set of models and still obtain states uniquely classified by their seniority and angular momentum quantum numbers. Moreover, many of the low-lying energy levels of such models can be obtained algebraically; in technical terms, the models are in some cases completely solvable and in other cases partially solvable by algebraic methods. The second advance exploits the discovery that, in a coherent state representation, states of good nucleon number can be projected analytically from BCS vacuum and excited quasiparticle states. This makes it possible to perform calculations in a number-projected BCS basis without losing much of the advantage of working of the quasiparticle scheme. (Author)

  6. Structure and magnetic properties of Gd{sub x}Y{sub 1−x}FeO{sub 3} obtained by mechanosynthesis

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Bolarín-Miró, A.M. [Área Académica de Ciencias de la Tierra y Materiales, Universidad Autónoma del Estado de Hidalgo Mineral de la Reforma, Hidalgo 42184 (Mexico); Sánchez-De Jesús, F., E-mail: fsanchez@uaeh.edu.mx [Área Académica de Ciencias de la Tierra y Materiales, Universidad Autónoma del Estado de Hidalgo Mineral de la Reforma, Hidalgo 42184 (Mexico); Cortés-Escobedo, C.A. [Centro de Investigación e Innovación Tecnológica del IPN, Distrito Federal 02250 (Mexico); Valenzuela, R. [Depto. de Materiales Metálicos y Cerámicos, Instituto de Investigaciones en Materiales, Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México, México D.F. 04510 (Mexico); Ammar, S. [ITODYS, UMR 7086, Université de Paris-Diderot, 75250 Paris Cedex (France)

    2014-02-15

    Highlights: • Orthohombic GDxY1-xFeO3 was obtained by mechanosynthesis after 5 h of milling. • Mechanosynthesized GdxY1-xFeO3 show weak ferromagnetic behavior. • Mechanosynthesis promotes unexpected magnetic properties in GdxY1-xFeO3. • The maximum magnetization that was reached 7.7 emu/g for Gdo.75Y0.25FeO3. • For Gd0.5Y0.5FeO3, the magnetization decreases down to 2.1 emu/g. -- Abstract: Solid solutions of yttrium–gadolinium orthoferrites Gd{sub x}Y{sub 1−x}FeO{sub 3} (0 ⩽ x ⩽ 1) were prepared by high-energy ball milling. The aim of this work was to study the influence of the synthesis parameters on the crystal structure and the magnetic behavior of these solid solutions. The precursors, Fe{sub 2}O{sub 3}, Y{sub 2}O{sub 3} and Gd{sub 2}O{sub 3}, mixed in a stoichiometric ratio to obtain these orthoferrites, were milled for different times (up to 5 h). X-ray diffraction and Rietveld refinement were used to elucidate the phase transformation as a function of the milling time. Results showed the complete formation of orthoferrite with an orthorhombic structure (S.G. Pbnm) without any annealing after 5 h of milling for all of the compositions. The effect of the synthesis process and the x value on the crystal structure and the magnetic properties were also studied. All of the synthesized powders demonstrated weak ferromagnetic behavior. In particular, an increase in the maximum magnetization for all the compositions was found, with a maximum that reached 7.7 emu/g for Gd{sub 0.75}Y{sub 0.25}FeO{sub 3}. For Gd{sub 0.5}Y{sub 0.5}FeO{sub 3}, the magnetization decreases down to 2.1 emu/g. A small contamination of metallic Fe was confirmed through electron spin resonance experiments.

  7. Microstructure and Mechanical Properties of Mg-11Li-6Zn-0.6Zr-0.4Ag-0.2Ca-x Y Alloys.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kim, Yong-Ho; Yoo, Hyo-Sang; Son, Hyeon-Taek

    2018-09-01

    Magnesium and its alloys are potential candidates for many automotive and aerospace applications due to their low density and high specific strength. However, the use of magnesium as wrought products is limited because of its poor workability at ambient temperatures. Mg-Li alloys containing 5-11 wt.% Li exhibit a two-phase structure consisting of a α (hcp) Mg-rich phase and a β (bcc) Li-rich phase. Mg-Li alloys with Li content greater than 11 wt.% exhibit a single-phase structure consisting of only the β phase. In the present study, we studied the effects of Y addition on the microstructure and mechanical properties of Mg-11Li-6Zn-0.6Zr-0.4Ag-0.2Ca based alloys. The melt was maintained at 720 °C for 20 min and poured into a mold. Then, the as-cast Mg alloys were homogenized at 350 °C for 4 h and were hot-extruded onto a 4-mm-thick plate with a reduction ratio of 14:1. The as-cast Mg-11Li-6Zn-0.6Zr-0.4Ag-0.2Ca-xY (x 0, 1, 3, and 5 wt.%) alloys were composed of α-Mg, β-Li, γ-Mg2Zn3Li, I-Mg3YZn6, W-Mg3Y2Zn3, and X-Mg12YZn phases. By increasing the Y content from 0 to 5 wt.%, the composition of the W-Mg3Y2Zn3 phase increased. With increasing Y content, from 0 to 1, 3, and 5 wt.%, the average grain size and ultimate tensile of the as-extruded Mg alloys decreased slightly, from 8.4, to 3.62, 3.56, and 3.44 μm and from 228.92 to 215.57, 187.47, and 161.04 MPa, respectively, at room temperature.

  8. Defect induced visible-light-activated near-infrared emissions in Gd3-x-y-zYbxBiyErzGa5O12

    Science.gov (United States)

    Tong, Liping; Saito, Katsuhiko; Guo, Qixin; Zhou, Han; Fan, Tongxiang; Zhang, Di

    2017-11-01

    Visible-light-activated near-infrared luminescent materials are promising photoluminescent materials due to their convenience and low cost. Crystal defects can seriously affect the performance of luminescent materials, and better understanding of the complexity of the structural disorder and electronic structures of such materials opens up new possibilities in luminescent material development. In this work, we successfully design a novel, effective, visible-light-activated near-infrared luminescent Gd3Ga5O12: 4.2%Yb3+, 8.4%Er3+, and 4.2%Bi3+ system based on first principles. This exhibits strong emission intensity and high luminous efficiency (0.993) and also has a lifetime (7.002 ms) that is at least twice as long as the longest lifetime reported in published papers. We utilize density functional theory with an effective LSDA + U method to study the structural properties of Gd3-x-y-zGa5O12: xYb3+, yBi3+, zEr3+ (GGG: Yb3+, Bi3+, Er3+). The d and f electron orbits of rare-earth ions are considered for an effective Hund exchange. Detailed analysis reveals that GGG: 4.2%Yb3+, 8.4%Er3+, 4.2%Bi3+ has the smallest cell volume because of the strong covalent bonds of Bi-O, Er-O, and Yb-O. Bi 3d is a hybridized state that acts as sensitizing ions during the process of luminescence in GGG: Yb3+, Bi3+, Er3+. Together with experimental and theoretical results, we analyze the influence of defects on emission intensity. The locations of Yb3+, Er3+, and Bi3+ are determined by X-ray absorption fine structure measurements, which are in agreement with the model constructed using first principles. This work may provide innovative guidance for the design of high-performance visible-light-activated near-infrared luminophores based on calculations and a new methodology for application of coherent laser radar and optical communication.

  9. Polynomial algorithms for the Maximal Pairing Problem: efficient phylogenetic targeting on arbitrary trees

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Stadler Peter F

    2010-06-01

    Full Text Available Abstract Background The Maximal Pairing Problem (MPP is the prototype of a class of combinatorial optimization problems that are of considerable interest in bioinformatics: Given an arbitrary phylogenetic tree T and weights ωxy for the paths between any two pairs of leaves (x, y, what is the collection of edge-disjoint paths between pairs of leaves that maximizes the total weight? Special cases of the MPP for binary trees and equal weights have been described previously; algorithms to solve the general MPP are still missing, however. Results We describe a relatively simple dynamic programming algorithm for the special case of binary trees. We then show that the general case of multifurcating trees can be treated by interleaving solutions to certain auxiliary Maximum Weighted Matching problems with an extension of this dynamic programming approach, resulting in an overall polynomial-time solution of complexity (n4 log n w.r.t. the number n of leaves. The source code of a C implementation can be obtained under the GNU Public License from http://www.bioinf.uni-leipzig.de/Software/Targeting. For binary trees, we furthermore discuss several constrained variants of the MPP as well as a partition function approach to the probabilistic version of the MPP. Conclusions The algorithms introduced here make it possible to solve the MPP also for large trees with high-degree vertices. This has practical relevance in the field of comparative phylogenetics and, for example, in the context of phylogenetic targeting, i.e., data collection with resource limitations.

  10. PandA : pairings and arithmetic

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Chuengsatiansup, C.; Naehrig, M.; Ribarski, P.; Schwabe, P.; Cao, Z.; Zhang, F.

    2014-01-01

    This paper introduces PandA, a software framework for Pairings and Arithmetic. It is designed to bring together advances in the efficient computation of cryptographic pairings and the development and implementation of pairing-based protocols. The intention behind the PandA framework is to give

  11. Dynamical pairing correlations in rotating nuclei

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Szymanski, Z.

    1985-01-01

    When the atomic nucleus rotates fast enough the static pair correlations may be destroyed. In this situation the pair-vibrations become an important manifestation of the short-range attractive pairing force. The influence of this effect on nuclear properties at high spin is discussed. (orig.)

  12. Capacity fade of LiNi(1-x-y)CoxAlyO2 cathode for lithium-ion batteries during accelerated calendar and cycle life test. I. Comparison analysis between LiNi(1-x-y)CoxAlyO2 and LiCoO2 cathodes in cylindrical lithium-ion cells during long term storage test

    Science.gov (United States)

    Watanabe, Shoichiro; Kinoshita, Masahiro; Nakura, Kensuke

    2014-02-01

    Ni-based LiNi(1-x-y)CoxAlyO2 (NCA) and LiCoO2 (LCO) cathode materials taken out of lithium-ion cells after storage for 2 years at 45 °C were analyzed by various spectroscopic techniques. X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy exhibited that there was no difference between NCA and LCO. On the other hand, scanning transmission electron microscopy-electron energy-loss spectroscopy demonstrated there was a remarkably large difference between the two cathode materials. Ni-L2,3 energy-loss near-edge structure (ELNES) spectra of the NCA showed a peak at about 856.5 eV, which was assigned to trivalent nickel, was maintained even after storage, indicating that the NCA had no significant change in its surface structure during storage. On the other hand, in the Co-L2,3 ELNES spectra of the LCO a peak at about 782.5 eV, which was assigned to trivalent cobalt, significantly shifted to the lower energies after storage. These results suggest that crystal structure change of the active material surface is a predominant reason of deterioration during the storage test.

  13. Pair shell model description of collective motions

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Chen Hsitseng; Feng Dahsuan

    1996-01-01

    The shell model in the pair basis has been reviewed with a case study of four particles in a spherical single-j shell. By analyzing the wave functions according to their pair components, the novel concept of the optimum pairs was developed which led to the proposal of a generalized pair mean-field method to solve the many-body problem. The salient feature of the method is its ability to handle within the framework of the spherical shell model a rotational system where the usual strong configuration mixing complexity is so simplified that it is now possible to obtain analytically the band head energies and the moments of inertia. We have also examined the effects of pair truncation on rotation and found the slow convergence of adding higher spin pairs. Finally, we found that when the SDI and Q .Q interactions are of equal strengths, the optimum pair approximation is still valid. (orig.)

  14. Thermochemistry of rare earth doped uranium oxides Ln{sub x}U{sub 1−x}O{sub 2−0.5x+y} (Ln = La, Y, Nd)

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Zhang, Lei; Navrotsky, Alexandra, E-mail: anavrotsky@ucdavis.edu

    2015-10-15

    Lanthanum, yttrium, and neodymium doped uranium dioxide samples in the fluorite structure have been synthesized, characterized in terms of metal ratio and oxygen content, and their enthalpies of formation measured by high temperature oxide melt solution calorimetry. For oxides doped with 10–50 mol % rare earth (Ln) cations, the formation enthalpies from constituent oxides (LnO{sub 1.5}, UO{sub 2} and UO{sub 3} in a reaction not involving oxidation or reduction) become increasingly exothermic with increasing rare earth content, while showing no significant dependence on the varying uranium oxidation state. The oxidation enthalpy of Ln{sub x}U{sub 1−x}O{sub 2−0.5x+y} is similar to that of UO{sub 2} to UO{sub 3} for all three rare earth doped systems. Though this may suggest that the oxidized uranium in these systems is energetically similar to that in the hexavalent state, thermochemical data alone can not constrain whether the uranium is present as U{sup 5+}, U{sup 6+}, or a mixture of oxidation states. The formation enthalpies from elements calculated from the calorimetric data are generally consistent with those from free energy measurements. - Highlights: • We synthesize, characterize Ln{sub x}U{sub 1−x}O{sub 2−0.5x+y} solid solutions (Ln = La, Y, Nd). • Formation enthalpies become more exothermic with increasing rare earth content. • Oxidation enthalpy of Ln{sub x}U{sub 1−x}O{sub 2−0.5x+y} is similar to that of UO{sub 2} to UO{sub 3}. • Direct calorimetric measurements are in good agreement with free energy data.

  15. Nonlinear acoustic properties of the ternary (La sub 2 O sub 3) sub x (Sm sub 2 O sub 3) sub y (P sub 2 O sub 5) sub (1-x-y) phosphate glasses

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Senin, H.B.; Sidek, H.A.A.; Saunders, G.A.

    1994-01-01

    From measurements of changes in transit time of 10 MHz of ultrasonic wave as a function of temperature and hydrostatic pressure, the linear and non-linear acoustic properties of the ternary (La sub 2 O sub 3) sub x (Sm sub 2 O sub 3) sub y (P sub 2 O sub 5) sub (1-x-y) glasses with compositions near to that corresponding to the metaphosphate have been determined. For each glass the second order elastic stiffness tensor components C sub ijs (SOEC) continue to increase down to 10K in a manner consistent with phonons interactions with two level systems. Measurements of the effects of hydrostatic pressure on the ultrasonic wave velocities have been used to determine the hydrostatic pressure derivatives (dC sub ij/dP) sub T,P=0 of the SOEC and (dB0 sup s)/dP) sub T,P=0 of the bulk modulus B0 sup s at room temperature (293K). For the ternary (La sub 2 O sub 3) sub x (Sm sub 2 O sub 3) sub y (P sub 2 O sub 5) sub (1-x-y) glasses, (dC sub 11/dP), (dC sub 44/dP), and (dBo/dP), are small but positives; these glasses stiffen under pressure. The elastic behaviour of these ternary glasses lies intermediate between those of (Sm sub 2 O sub 3)(P sub 2 O sub 5) sub (1-x) and (La sub 2 O sub 3) sub y (P sub 2 O sub 5) sub (1-x-y) glasses. Replacement of the Sm sup 3+ by La sup 3+ in the ternary phosphate glasses negates the acoustic mode softening. Possible sources of the different effects of La sub 3+ and Sm sub 3+ modifiers on the nonlinear acoustic properties of metaphosphate glasses are discussed

  16. Pervivencia y transformaciones de la concepción y práctica del poder en el Reino de León (siglos X Y XI

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    José María MÍNGUEZ FERNÁNDEZ

    2009-01-01

    Full Text Available RESUMEN: Siguiendo la línea de sus últimos trabajos, el autor profundiza en las transformaciones que se operan sobre todo en el ejercicio práctico del poder a lo largo de los siglos altomedievales. A través del análisis documental, desvela la efectiva reivindicación por parte de los reyes de su autoridad como titulares de la potestas publica en la línea de la tradición romano-visigoda contenida en el Liber Iudiciorum. Las tensiones político-militares de las décadas finales del siglo X y primeras del XI van a contribuir a una transformación de la estructura política que se plasma en la difusión de un tipo de vinculaciones políticas de naturaleza privada y contractual que se están difundiendo en las relaciones dentro de la nobleza, incluidos en ella los propios reyes, y que guardan una perfecta coherencia estructural con el avance de las nuevas relaciones sociales de sometimiento que se están estableciendo entre la nobleza y el campesinado. Pero transformación no implica la extinción de la vieja concepción pública del poder. Y el análisis de la documentación de las primeras décadas del siglo XI, así como el estudio de las disposiciones adoptadas por los reyes de la dinastía navarra para la reorganización de la administración del reino, permiten desvelar la pervivencia subyacente dela antigua concepción política de la potestas regia como substrato y soporte de la reafirmación de la autoridad regia que se abre paso a partir de las décadas centrales del siglo XI.ABSTRACT: In the same line as his last works, the author deepens here in the transformations happening mostly in the practical exercise of the power throughout the Early Middle Ages centuries. By means of the analysis of documents, he exposes the effective demand made by the kings of his authority as holders of the potestas publica, in the line of the Roman-Visigoth tradition included in the Liber Iudiciorum. The political-military tensions of the final decades

  17. Development of X-Y multiwire proportional chamber (MWPC) for the magnetic spectrograph 'BIG KARL' of the Juelich cyclotron 'JULIC' and investigation of the reaction 12C(α,α1)12C with Eα=145 MeV

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Koehler, M.

    1978-07-01

    The paper reports on the concept and development of a spatial-resolution X-Y detector for the magnetic spectrograph BIG KARL, on test measurements on the 300 mm x 40 mm prototype with a 90 Sr β source, and on the first few in-beam measurements. The reaction 12 C(α,α') 12 C with Esub(α) = 145 MeV was investigated under extreme forward angles thetasub(LAB) = 6.0 0 to 1.5 0 . (orig./WL) 891 WL [de

  18. Stoichiometry, thickness and crystallinity of MOCVD grown Hg{sub 1x-y}Cd{sub x}Mn{sub y}Te determined by nuclear techniques of analysis

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Studd, W B; Johnston, P N; Bubb, I F [Royal Melbourne Inst. of Tech., VIC (Australia); Leech, P W [Applied Research and Developement, Telecom Australia, Clayton, VIC (Australia)

    1994-12-31

    The quaternary semi-conductor Hg{sub 1-x-y}Cd{sub x}Mn{sub y}Te has been grown by Metal Organic Chemical Vapour Deposition using the Interdiffused Multi-layer Process. The layers have been analysed by Ion beam (PIXE, RBS, channeling) and related analytical techniques (EDXRF, XRD, RHEED) to obtain stoichiometric and structural information. The analysis shows that all four elements are present throughout the layer and that the elemental concentrations and thickness of the layer vary considerably over the film. Channeling, XRD and RHEED have been combined to show that the layer is polycrystalline. 14 refs., 3 figs.

  19. Stoichiometry, thickness and crystallinity of MOCVD grown Hg{sub 1x-y}Cd{sub x}Mn{sub y}Te determined by nuclear techniques of analysis

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Studd, W.B.; Johnston, P.N.; Bubb, I.F. [Royal Melbourne Inst. of Tech., VIC (Australia); Leech, P.W. [Applied Research and Developement, Telecom Australia, Clayton, VIC (Australia)

    1993-12-31

    The quaternary semi-conductor Hg{sub 1-x-y}Cd{sub x}Mn{sub y}Te has been grown by Metal Organic Chemical Vapour Deposition using the Interdiffused Multi-layer Process. The layers have been analysed by Ion beam (PIXE, RBS, channeling) and related analytical techniques (EDXRF, XRD, RHEED) to obtain stoichiometric and structural information. The analysis shows that all four elements are present throughout the layer and that the elemental concentrations and thickness of the layer vary considerably over the film. Channeling, XRD and RHEED have been combined to show that the layer is polycrystalline. 14 refs., 3 figs.

  20. Solar Drift-Pair Bursts

    Science.gov (United States)

    Stanislavsky, A.; Volvach, Ya.; Konovalenko, A.; Koval, A.

    2017-08-01

    In this paper a new sight on the study of solar bursts historically called drift pairs (DPs) is presented. Having a simple morphology on dynamic spectra of radio records (two short components separated in time, and often they are very similar) and discovered at the dawn of radio astronomy, their features remain unexplained totally up to now. Generally, the DPs are observed during the solar storms of type III bursts, but not every storm of type III bursts is linked with DPs. Detected by ground-based instruments at decameter and meter wavelengths, the DP bursts are limited in frequency bandwidth. They can drift from high frequencies to low ones and vice versa. Their frequency drift rate may be both lower and higher than typical rates of type III bursts at the same frequency range. The development of low-frequency radio telescopes and data processing provide additional possibilities in the research. In this context the fresh analysis of DPs, made from recent observations in the summer campaign of 2015, are just considered. Their study was implemented by updated tools of the UTR-2 radio telescope at 9-33 MHz. During 10-12 July of 2015, DPs forming the longest patterns on dynamic spectra are about 7% of the total number of recorded DPs. Their marvelous resemblance in frequency drift rates with the solar S-bursts is discussed.

  1. Production of magnetic monopole pairs

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Maher, R.L.

    1980-01-01

    Using a covariant photon propagator (developed by W.B. Campbell) to represent a photon exchange between a magnetic monopole and an electric charge, the first order production amplitudes in a Feynman-Dyson perturbation expansion and the resulting differential cross-sections are calculated for monopole pair creation from: (i) electron positron annihilation, (ii) photon scattering in the presence of a nucleus, and (iii) electron scattering in the presence of a nucleus. This theory does not specify the spin character of magnetic monopoles, so all processes are calculated twice: for spin zero monopoles and for spin one-half monopoles. In the first and last processes the differential cross-sections have sufficiently different dependences on the production angles (associated with the monopoles momenta), so that near threshold experiments could distinguish between whether monopoles are either spin one-half or spin zero entities. For the t'Hooft monopole mass estimate (5-8 x 10 3 GeV) very high energy particle and photon beam sources would be required to achieve threshold for these production processes

  2. Report on Pairing-based Cryptography.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Moody, Dustin; Peralta, Rene; Perlner, Ray; Regenscheid, Andrew; Roginsky, Allen; Chen, Lily

    2015-01-01

    This report summarizes study results on pairing-based cryptography. The main purpose of the study is to form NIST's position on standardizing and recommending pairing-based cryptography schemes currently published in research literature and standardized in other standard bodies. The report reviews the mathematical background of pairings. This includes topics such as pairing-friendly elliptic curves and how to compute various pairings. It includes a brief introduction to existing identity-based encryption (IBE) schemes and other cryptographic schemes using pairing technology. The report provides a complete study of the current status of standard activities on pairing-based cryptographic schemes. It explores different application scenarios for pairing-based cryptography schemes. As an important aspect of adopting pairing-based schemes, the report also considers the challenges inherent in validation testing of cryptographic algorithms and modules. Based on the study, the report suggests an approach for including pairing-based cryptography schemes in the NIST cryptographic toolkit. The report also outlines several questions that will require further study if this approach is followed.

  3. An Entropic Approach for Pair Trading

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Daisuke Yoshikawa

    2017-06-01

    Full Text Available In this paper, we derive the optimal boundary for pair trading. This boundary defines the points of entry into or exit from the market for a given stock pair. However, if the assumed model contains uncertainty, the resulting boundary could result in large losses. To avoid this, we develop a more robust strategy by accounting for the model uncertainty. To incorporate the model uncertainty, we use the relative entropy as a penalty function in the expected profit from pair trading.

  4. Magnetized pair Bose gas: relativistic superconductor

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Daicic, J.; Frankel, N.E.; Kowalenko, V.

    1993-01-01

    The magnetized Bose gas at temperatures above pair threshold is investigated. New magnetization laws are obtained for a wide range of field strengths, and the gas is shown to exhibit the Meissner effect. Some related results for the Fermi gas, a relativistic paramagnet, are also discussed. It is concluded that the pair gases, through the interplay between pair creation, temperature, field strength, statistics and/in the case of fermions/spin, have remarkable magnetic properties. 14 refs

  5. Variational study of the pair hopping model

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Fazekas, P.

    1990-01-01

    We study the ground state of a Hamiltonian introduced by Kolb and Penson for modelling situations in which small electron pairs are formed. The Hamiltonian consists of a tight binding band term, and a term describing the nearest neighbour hopping of electron pairs. We give a Gutzwiller-type variational treatment, first with a single-parameter Ansatz treated in the single site Gutzwiller approximation, and then with more complicated trial wave functions, and an improved Gutzwiller approximation. The calculation yields a transition from a partially paired normal state, in which the spin susceptibility has a diminished value, into a fully paired state. (author). 16 refs, 2 figs

  6. Dual origin of pairing in nuclei

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Idini, A. [University of Jyvaskyla, Department of Physics (Finland); Potel, G. [Michigan State University, National Superconducting Cyclotron Laboratory (United States); Barranco, F. [Escuela Superior de Ingenieros, Universidad de Sevilla, Departamento de Fìsica Aplicada III (Spain); Vigezzi, E., E-mail: enrico.vigezzi@mi.infn.it [INFN Sezione di Milano (Italy); Broglia, R. A. [Università di Milano, Dipartimento di Fisica (Italy)

    2016-11-15

    The pairing correlations of the nucleus {sup 120}Sn are calculated by solving the Nambu–Gor’kov equations, including medium polarization effects resulting from the interweaving of quasiparticles, spin and density vibrations, taking into account, within the framework of nuclear field theory (NFT), processes leading to self-energy and vertex corrections and to the induced pairing interaction. From these results one can not only demonstrate the inevitability of the dual origin of pairing in nuclei, but also extract information which can be used at profit to quantitatively disentangle the contributions to the pairing gap Δ arising from the bare and from the induced pairing interaction. The first is the strong {sup 1}S{sub 0} short-range NN potential resulting from meson exchange between nucleons moving in time reversal states within an energy range of hundreds of MeV from the Fermi energy. The second results from the exchange of vibrational modes between nucleons moving within few MeV from the Fermi energy. Short- (v{sub p}{sup bare}) and long-range (v{sub p}{sup ind}) pairing interactions contribute essentially equally to nuclear Cooper pair stability. That is to the breaking of gauge invariance in open-shell superfluid nuclei and thus to the order parameter, namely to the ground state expectation value of the pair creation operator. In other words, to the emergent property of generalized rigidity in gauge space, and associated rotational bands and Cooper pair tunneling between members of these bands.

  7. Pair production in small angle Bhabha scattering

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Arbuzov, A.B.; Kuraev, Eh.A.; Merenkov, N.P.; Trentadue, L.

    1995-01-01

    The radiative corrections due to a pair production in the small angle high energy e + e - Bhabha scattering are considered. The corrections due to the production of virtual pairs as well as real soft and hard ones are calculated analytically. The collinear and semi-collinear kinematical regions of the hard pair production are taken into account. The results in the leading and next-to-leading logarithmic approximations provide the accuracy of Ο (0.1%). The results of numerical calculations show that the effects of pairs production are to be taken into account in the precise luminosity determination at LEP. 9 refs., 3 figs., 2 tabs

  8. Heteroditopic receptors for ion-pair recognition.

    Science.gov (United States)

    McConnell, Anna J; Beer, Paul D

    2012-05-21

    Ion-pair recognition is a new field of research emerging from cation and anion coordination chemistry. Specific types of heteroditopic receptor designs for ion pairs and the complexity of ion-pair binding are discussed to illustrate key concepts such as cooperativity. The importance of this area of research is reflected by the wide variety of potential applications of ion-pair receptors, including applications as membrane transport and salt solubilization agents and sensors. Copyright © 2012 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.

  9. Dual origin of pairing in nuclei

    Science.gov (United States)

    Idini, A.; Potel, G.; Barranco, F.; Vigezzi, E.; Broglia, R. A.

    2016-11-01

    The pairing correlations of the nucleus 120Sn are calculated by solving the Nambu-Gor'kov equations, including medium polarization effects resulting from the interweaving of quasiparticles, spin and density vibrations, taking into account, within the framework of nuclear field theory (NFT), processes leading to self-energy and vertex corrections and to the induced pairing interaction. From these results one can not only demonstrate the inevitability of the dual origin of pairing in nuclei, but also extract information which can be used at profit to quantitatively disentangle the contributions to the pairing gap Δ arising from the bare and from the induced pairing interaction. The first is the strong 1 S 0 short-range NN potential resulting from meson exchange between nucleons moving in time reversal states within an energy range of hundreds of MeV from the Fermi energy. The second results from the exchange of vibrational modes between nucleons moving within few MeV from the Fermi energy. Short- ( v p bare) and long-range ( v p ind) pairing interactions contribute essentially equally to nuclear Cooper pair stability. That is to the breaking of gauge invariance in open-shell superfluid nuclei and thus to the order parameter, namely to the ground state expectation value of the pair creation operator. In other words, to the emergent property of generalized rigidity in gauge space, and associated rotational bands and Cooper pair tunneling between members of these bands.

  10. Finding Maximal Pairs with Bounded Gap

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Brodal, Gerth Stølting; Lyngsø, Rune B.; Pedersen, Christian N. S.

    1999-01-01

    . In this paper we present methods for finding all maximal pairs under various constraints on the gap. In a string of length n we can find all maximal pairs with gap in an upper and lower bounded interval in time O(n log n+z) where z is the number of reported pairs. If the upper bound is removed the time reduces...... to O(n+z). Since a tandem repeat is a pair where the gap is zero, our methods can be seen as a generalization of finding tandem repeats. The running time of our methods equals the running time of well known methods for finding tandem repeats....

  11. Refined mapping and YAC contig construction of the X-linked cleft palate and ankyloglossia locus (CPX) including the proximal X-Y homology breakpoint within Xq21.3

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Forbes, S.A.; Brennan, L.; Richardson, M. [Queen Charlotte`s Hospital, London (United Kingdom)] [and others

    1996-01-01

    The gene for X-linked cleft palate (CPX) has previously been mapped in an Icelandic kindred between the unordered proximal markers DXS1002/DXS349/DXS95 and the distal marker DXYS1X, which maps to the proximal end of the X-Y homology region in Xq21.3. Using six sequence-tagged sites (STSs) within the region, a total of 91 yeast artificial chromosome (YAC) clones were isolated and overlapped in a single contig that spans approximately 3.1 Mb between DXS1002 and DXYS1X. The order of microsatellite and STS markers in this was established as DXS1002-DXS1168-DXS349-DXS95-DXS364-DXS1196-DXS472-DXS1217-DXYS1X. A long-range restriction map of this region was created using eight nonchimeric, overlapping YAC clones. Analysis of newly positioned polymorphic markers in recombinant individuals from the Icelandic family has enabled us to identify DXS1196 and DXS1217 as the flanking markers for CPX. The maximum physical distance containing the CPX gene has been estimated to be 2.0 Mb, which is spanned by a minimum set of five nonchimeric YAC clones. In addition, YAC end clone and STS analyses have pinpointed the location of the proximal boundary of the X-Y homology region within the map. 40 refs., 2 figs., 2 tabs.

  12. Effect of cerium substitution on microstructure and Faraday rotation of Ce{sub x}Y{sub 3-x}Fe{sub 5}O{sub 12} thin films

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Shahrokhvand, S.M.; Mozaffari, M.; Rozatian, A.S.H. [University of Isfahan, Department of Physics, Faculty of Science, Isfahan (Iran, Islamic Republic of); Hamidi, S.M. [Shahid Beheshti University, Laser and Plasma Research Institute, Evin, Tehran (Iran, Islamic Republic of); Tehranchi, M.M. [Shahid Beheshti University, Laser and Plasma Research Institute, Evin, Tehran (Iran, Islamic Republic of); Shahid Beheshti University, Department of Physics, Evin, Tehran (Iran, Islamic Republic of)

    2016-01-15

    In this work, cerium-substituted yttrium iron garnet (Ce{sub x}Y{sub 3-x}Fe{sub 5}O{sub 12}, x = 0.25-1) targets were fabricated by conventional ceramic method at different temperatures, and their crystal structures were investigated by X-ray diffraction method. The results showed that the minimum calcining temperature required to get single-phase targets depends on x value and decreased by increasing x value. Then, thin films of the targets were deposited on GGG (444) single-crystal substrates by pulsed laser deposition technique. Based on the previous studies, preferred (444) oriented Ce{sub x}Y{sub 3-x}Fe{sub 5}O{sub 12} thin films were fabricated under optimum conditions. Faraday rotation of the thin films was measured at 635 nm wavelength, and the results showed that Faraday rotation and sensitivity constant increased by increasing x value. Scanning electron microscope images showed that by increasing x value, cracks on the thin films' surface increased. Atomic force microscopy images showed that the films have smooth surfaces and the surface roughness decreased by increasing the x value. (orig.)

  13. Pair plasma in pulsar magnetospheres

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Asseo, Estelle

    2003-01-01

    The main features of radiation received from pulsars imply that they are neutron stars which contain an extremely intense magnetic field and emit coherently in the radio domain. Most recent studies attribute the origin of the coherence to plasma instabilities arising in pulsar magnetospheres; they mainly concern the linear, or the nonlinear, character of the involved unstable waves. We briefly introduce radio pulsars and specify physical conditions in pulsar emission regions: geometrical properties, magnetic field, pair creation processes and repartition of relativistic charged particles. We point to the main ingredients of the linear theory, extensively explored since the 1970s: (i) a dispersion relation specific to the pulsar case; (ii) the characteristics of the waves able to propagate in relativistic pulsar plasmas; (iii) the different ways in which a two-humped distribution of particles may arise in a pulsar magnetosphere and favour the development of a two-stream instability. We sum up recent improvements of the linear theory: (i) the determination of a 'coupling function' responsible for high values of the wave field components and electromagnetic energy available; (ii) the obtention of new dispersion relations for actually anisotropic pulsar plasmas with relativistic motions and temperatures; (iii) the interaction between a plasma and a beam, both with relativistic motions and temperatures; (iv) the interpretation of observed 'coral' and 'conal' features, associated with the presence of boundaries and curved magnetic field lines in the emission region; (v) the detailed topology of the magnetic field in the different parts of the emission region and its relation to models recently proposed to interpret drifting subpulses observed from PSR 0943+10, showing 20 sub-beams of emission. We relate the nonlinear evolution of the two-stream instability and development of strong turbulence in relativistic pulsar plasmas to the emergence of relativistic solitons, able

  14. Stereo Pair: Wellington, New Zealand

    Science.gov (United States)

    2000-01-01

    Wellington, the capital city of New Zealand, is located on the shores of Port Nicholson, a natural harbor at the south end of North Island. The city was founded in 1840 by British emigrants and now has a regional population of more than 400,000 residents. As seen here, the natural terrain imposes strong control over the urban growth pattern (urban features generally appear gray or white in this view). Rugged hills generally rising to 300 meters (1,000 feet) help protect the city and harbor from strong winter windsNew Zealand is seismically active and faults are readily seen in the topography. The Wellington Fault forms the straight northwestern (left) shoreline of the harbor. Toward the southwest (down) the fault crosses through the city, then forms linear canyons in the hills before continuing offshore at the bottom. Toward the northeast (upper right) the fault forms the sharp mountain front along the northern edge of the heavily populated Hutt Valley.This stereoscopic image pair was generated using topographic data from the Shuttle Radar Topography Mission, combined with an enhanced true color Landsat7 satellite image. The topography data are used to create two differing perspectives of a single image, one perspective for each eye. In doing so, each point in the image is shifted slightly, depending on its elevation. When stereoscopically merged, the result is a vertically exaggerated view of the Earth's surface in its full three dimensions.Landsat satellites have provided visible light and infrared images of the Earth continuously since 1972. SRTM topographic data match the 30 meter (99 foot) spatial resolution of most Landsat images and will provide a valuable complement for studying the historic and growing Landsat data archive. The Landsat 7 Thematic Mapper image used here was provided to the SRTM project by the United States Geological Survey, Earth Resources Observation Systems (EROS) data Center, Sioux Falls, South Dakota.Elevation data used in this image

  15. SRTM Stereo Pair: Fiji Islands

    Science.gov (United States)

    2000-01-01

    image pair and viewing them with a stereoscope. When stereoscopically merged, the result is a vertically exaggerated view of the Earth's surface in its full three dimensions.This image was acquired by SRTM aboard the Space Shuttle Endeavour, launched on February 11, 2000. SRTM used the same radar instrument that comprised the Spaceborne Imaging Radar-C/X-Band Synthetic Aperture Radar (SIR-C/X-SAR) that flew twice on the Space Shuttle Endeavour in 1994. SRTM was designed to collect three-dimensional measurements of the Earth's surface. To collect the 3-D data, engineers added a 60-meter-long (about 200 feet) mast, installed additional C-band and X-band antennas, and improved tracking and navigation devices. The mission is a cooperative project between the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA), the National Imagery and Mapping Agency (NIMA) of the U.S. Department of Defense (DoD), and the German and Italian space agencies. It is managed by NASA's Jet Propulsion Laboratory, Pasadena, CA, for NASA's Earth Science Enterprise, Washington, DC.Size: 192 km (119 miles) x 142 km (88 miles) Location: 17.8 deg. South lat., 178.0 deg. East lon. Orientation: North at top Date Acquired: February 19, 2000 Image: NASA/JPL/NIMA

  16. Hole pairing induced by antiferromagnetic spin fluctuations

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Su, Z.B.; Yu Lu; Dong, J.M.; Tosatti, E.

    1987-08-01

    The effective interaction induced by antiferromagnetic spin fluctuations is considered in the random phase approximation in the context of the recently discovered high T c oxide superconductors. This effective attraction favours a triplet pairing of holes. The implications of such pairing mechanism are discussed in connection with the current experimental observations. (author). 30 refs, 2 figs

  17. Exploring Pair Programming Benefits for MIS Majors

    Science.gov (United States)

    Dongo, Tendai; Reed, April H.; O'Hara, Margaret

    2016-01-01

    Pair programming is a collaborative programming practice that places participants in dyads, working in tandem at one computer to complete programming assignments. Pair programming studies with Computer Science (CS) and Software Engineering (SE) majors have identified benefits such as technical productivity, program/design quality, academic…

  18. Exclusive production of W pairs in CMS

    CERN Document Server

    INSPIRE-00002838

    2014-01-01

    We report the results on the search for exclusive production of $W$ pairs in the LHC with data collected by the Compact Muon Solenoid detector in proton-proton collisions at $\\sqrt{s}$~=~7~TeV. The analysis comprises the two-photon production of a $W$ pairs, ${pp\\to p\\,W^{+}W^{-}\\,p\\to p\\,\

  19. Exclusive production of $W$ pairs in CMS

    OpenAIRE

    Da Silveira, Gustavo Gil; CMS

    2014-01-01

    We report the results on the search for exclusive production of $W$ pairs in the LHC with data collected by the Compact Muon Solenoid detector in proton-proton collisions at $\\sqrt{s}$~=~7~TeV. The analysis comprises the two-photon production of a $W$ pairs, ${pp\\to p\\,W^{+}W^{-}\\,p\\to p\\,\

  20. Becoming independent through au pair migration

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Dalgas, Karina Märcher

    2015-01-01

    . This article argues that, despite this critique, au pairing does play an important formative role for young Filipinas because it opens up for experiences abroad that enable them to be recognised as independent adults in Philippine society. Rather than autonomy, however, au pairs define their independence...

  1. Drift wave in pair-ion plasma

    Indian Academy of Sciences (India)

    ion plasma are discussed. It is shown that the temperature and/or mass difference of both species could produce drift wave in a pair-ion plasma. The results are discussed in the context of the fullerene pair-ion plasma experiment.

  2. A New Secure Pairing Protocol using Biometrics

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Buhan, I.R.

    2008-01-01

    Secure Pairing enables two devices, which share no prior context with each other, to agree upon a security association that they can use to protect their subsequent communication. Secure pairing offers guarantees of the association partner identity and it should be resistant to eavesdropping or to a

  3. Pair creation at large inherent angles

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Chen, P.; Tauchi, T.; Schroeder, D.V.

    1992-01-01

    In the next-generation linear colliders, the low-energy e + e - pairs created during the collision of high-energy e + e - beams would cause potential deleterious background problems to the detectors. At low collider energies, the pairs are made essentially by the incoherent process, where the pair is created by the interaction of beamstrahlung photons on the individual particles in the oncoming beam. This problem was first identified by Zolotarev, et al. At energies where the beamstrahlung parameter Υ lies approximately in the range 0.6 approx-lt Υ approx-lt 100, pair creation from the beamstrahlung photons is dominated by a coherent process, first noted by Chen. The seriousness of this pair creation problem lies in the transverse momenta that the pair particles carry when leaving the interaction point (IP) with large angles. Since the central issue is the transverse momentum for particles with large angles, the authors notice that there is another source for it. Namely, when the pair particles are created at low energies, the intrinsic angles of these pairs when produced may already be large. In this paper they reinvestigate the problem, following essentially the same equivalent photon approach, but with changes in specific details including the virtual photon spectrum. In addition, various assumptions are made more explicit. The formulas derived are then applied to the collider parameters designed by Palmer

  4. Class of exactly solvable scattering potentials in two dimensions, entangled-state pair generation, and a grazing-angle resonance effect

    Science.gov (United States)

    Loran, Farhang; Mostafazadeh, Ali

    2017-12-01

    We provide an exact solution of the scattering problem for the potentials of the form v (x ,y ) =χa(x ) [v0(x ) +v1(x ) ei α y] , where χa(x ) :=1 for x ∈[0 ,a ] , χa(x ) :=0 for x ∉[0 ,a ] , vj(x ) are real or complex-valued functions, χa(x ) v0(x ) is an exactly solvable scattering potential in one dimension, and α is a positive real parameter. If α exceeds the wave number k of the incident wave, the scattered wave does not depend on the choice of v1(x ) . In particular, v (x ,y ) is invisible if v0(x ) =0 and k α and v1(x ) ≠0 , the scattered wave consists of a finite number of coherent plane-wave pairs ψn± with wave vector: kn=(±√{k2-[nα ] 2 },n α ) , where n =0 ,1 ,2 ,...generating quantum states with a quantized component of momentum and pairs of states with an entangled momentum. We examine a realization of these potentials in terms of certain optical slabs. If k =N α for some positive integer N , ψN± coalesce and their amplitude diverge. If k exceeds N α slightly, ψN± have a much larger amplitude than ψn± with n

  5. Behavior of the irreversibility line in the new superconductor La{sub 1.5+x}Ba{sub 1.5+x-y}Ca{sub y}Cu{sub 3}O{sub z}

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Parra Vargas, C.A. [Grupo de Fisica de Materiales, Escuela de Fisica, Universidad Pedagogica y Tecnologica de Colombia, Tunja (Colombia); Pimentel, J.L.; Pureur, P. [Instituto de Fisica, Universidade Federal do Rio Grande do Sul, 91501-970 Porto Alegre, RS (Brazil); Landinez Tellez, D.A. [Grupo de Fisica de Nuevos Materiales, Departamento de Fisica, Universidad Nacional de Colombia, AA 5997, Bogota DC (Colombia); Roa-Rojas, J., E-mail: carlos.parra@uptc.edu.co [Grupo de Fisica de Nuevos Materiales, Departamento de Fisica, Universidad Nacional de Colombia, AA 5997, Bogota DC (Colombia)

    2012-08-15

    The irreversibility properties of high-T{sub c} superconductors are of major importance for technological applications. For example, a high irreversibility magnetic field is a more desirable quality for a superconductor . The irreversibility line in the H-T plane is constituted by experimental points, which divides the irreversible and reversible behavior of the magnetization. The irreversibility lines for series of La{sub 1.5+x}Ba{sub 1.5+x-y}Ca{sub y}Cu{sub 3}O{sub z} polycrystalline samples with different doping were investigated. The samples were synthesized using the usual solid estate reaction method. Rietveld-type refinement of x-ray diffraction patterns permitted to determine the crystallization of material in a tetragonal structure. Curves of magnetization ZFC-FC for the system La{sub 1.5+x}Ba{sub 1.5+x-y}Ca{sub y}Cu{sub 3}O{sub z}, were measured in magnetic fields of the 10-20,000 Oe, and allowed to obtain the values for the irreversibility and critical temperatures. The data of irreversibility temperature allowed demarcating the irreversibility line, T{sub irr}(H). Two main lines are used for the interpretation of the irreversibility line: one of those which suppose that the vortexes are activated thermally and the other proposes that associated to T{sub irr} a phase transition occurs. The irreversibility line is described by a power law. The obtained results allow concluding that in the system La{sub 1.5+x}Ba{sub 1.5+x-y}Ca{sub y}Cu{sub 3}O{sub z} a characteristic bend of the Almeida-Thouless (AT) tendency is dominant for low fields and a bend Gabay-Toulouse (GT) behavior for high magnetic fields. This feature of the irreversibility line has been reported as a characteristic of granular superconductors and it corroborates the topological effects of vortexes mentioned by several authors .

  6. Structural, dielectric and magnetic properties of Bi{sub 1−x}Y{sub x}FeO{sub 3} (0⩽x⩽0.2) obtained by acid–base co-precipitation

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Medina, Leila María Saleh [Instituto de Química Física de Materiales, Ambiente y Energía (INQUIMAE), Departamento de Química Inorgánica, Analítica y Química Física, Facultad de Ciencias Exactas y Naturales, Universidad de Buenos Aires (Argentina); Jorge, Guillermo A. [Instituto de Ciencias, Universidad Nacional de General Sarmiento, Buenos Aires (Argentina); Martín Negri, R., E-mail: rmn@qi.fcen.uba.ar [Instituto de Química Física de Materiales, Ambiente y Energía (INQUIMAE), Departamento de Química Inorgánica, Analítica y Química Física, Facultad de Ciencias Exactas y Naturales, Universidad de Buenos Aires (Argentina)

    2014-04-01

    Highlights: • Yttrium-substituted bismuth-iron oxides were prepared by co-precipitation synthesis. • Single-phase materials with absence of other bismuth-oxides were obtained. • Strong dependence of magnetic and electrical properties with yttrium percentage at RT. • Magnetic and electric properties are related to particle size and structural changes. - Abstract: Bismuth–iron oxides with partial substitution of bismuth by yttrium, referred as (Bi{sub 1−x}Y{sub x})FeO{sub 3}, were synthesized by simple-low cost acid–base co-precipitation method, which constitutes a difference with the currently used synthetic methods for obtaining BiFeO{sub 3}-doped compounds (e.g. polymer assisted sol–gel, solid state, microwave, etc.) Samples were characterized by XRD, EDS, SEM, TEM, DSC and FTIR. The influence of yttrium (Y) substitution on magnetization curves of (Bi{sub 1−x}Y{sub x})FeO{sub 3} powders were studied at room temperature by VSM. The particle size systematically decreases with the Y percentage. Ferromagnetic curves were obtained at room temperature for Y-percentage lower than 20% with relatively large values of the coercive field, H{sub c}, which increases with Y-substitution, while for 20% yttrium a superparamagnetic behavior is observed. The electrical impedance of compressed disks were investigated also by impedance analysis in the range 1Hz–1MHz and the results were successfully fitted by a simple parallel R–C model. The dc-leakage currents are lower than previously reported for (Bi{sub 1−x}Y{sub x})FeO{sub 3} compounds and for most of the doped-BiFeO{sub 3} ceramics. As a difference with the influence on the magnetic behavior, the doping with yttrium does not seem to have a large influence on the dielectrical properties. These results suggest that magnetization can be systematically modified by the relatively simple co-precipitation synthesis while keeping invariable the dielectrical properties.

  7. Real-Space Bonding Indicator Analysis of the Donor-Acceptor Complexes X3BNY3, X3AlNY3, X3BPY3, and X3AlPY3 (X, Y = H, Me, Cl).

    Science.gov (United States)

    Mebs, Stefan; Beckmann, Jens

    2017-10-12

    Calculations of real-space bonding indicators (RSBI) derived from Atoms-In-Molecules (AIM), Electron Localizability Indicator (ELI-D), Non-Covalent Interactions index (NCI), and Density Overlap Regions Indicator (DORI) toolkits for a set of 36 donor-acceptor complexes X 3 BNY 3 (1, 1a-1h), X 3 AlNY 3 (2, 2a-2h), X 3 BPY 3 (3, 3a-3h), and X 3 AlPY 3 (4, 4a-4h) reveal that the donor-acceptor bonds comprise covalent and ionic interactions in varying extents (X = Y = H for 1-4; X = H, Y = Me for 1a-4a; X = H, Y = Cl for 1b-4b; X = Me, Y = H for 1c-4c; X, Y = Me for 1d-4d; X = Me, Y = Cl for 1e-4e; X = Cl, Y = H for 1f-4f; X = Cl, Y = Me for 1g-4g; X, Y = Cl for 1h-4h). The phosphinoboranes X 3 BPY 3 (3, 3a-3h) in general and Cl 3 BPMe 3 (3f) in particular show the largest covalent contributions and the least ionic contributions. The aminoalanes X 3 AlNY 3 (2, 2a-2h) in general and Me 3 AlNCl 3 (2e) in particular show the least covalent contributions and the largest ionic contributions. The aminoboranes X 3 BNY 3 (1, 1a-1h) and the phosphinoalanes X 3 AlPY 3 (4, 4a-4h) are midway between phosphinoboranes and aminoalanes. The degree of covalency and ionicity correlates with the electronegativity difference BP (ΔEN = 0.15) < AlP (ΔEN = 0.58) < BN (ΔEN = 1.00) < AlN (ΔEN = 1.43) and a previously published energy decomposition analysis (EDA). To illustrate the importance of both contributions in Lewis formula representations, two resonance formulas should be given for all compounds, namely, the canonical form with formal charges denoting covalency and the arrow notation pointing from the donor to the acceptor atom to emphasis ionicity. If the Lewis formula mainly serves to show the atomic connectivity, the most significant should be shown. Thus, it is legitimate to present aminoalanes using arrows; however, for phosphinoboranes the canonical form with formal charges is more appropriate.

  8. String pair production in non homogeneous backgrounds

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Bolognesi, S. [Department of Physics “E. Fermi” University of Pisa, and INFN - Sezione di Pisa,Largo Pontecorvo, 3, Ed. C, 56127 Pisa (Italy); Rabinovici, E. [Racah Institute of Physics, The Hebrew University of Jerusalem,91904 Jerusalem (Israel); Tallarita, G. [Departamento de Ciencias, Facultad de Artes Liberales,Universidad Adolfo Ibáñez, Santiago 7941169 (Chile)

    2016-04-28

    We consider string pair production in non homogeneous electric backgrounds. We study several particular configurations which can be addressed with the Euclidean world-sheet instanton technique, the analogue of the world-line instanton for particles. In the first case the string is suspended between two D-branes in flat space-time, in the second case the string lives in AdS and terminates on one D-brane (this realizes the holographic Schwinger effect). In some regions of parameter space the result is well approximated by the known analytical formulas, either the particle pair production in non-homogeneous background or the string pair production in homogeneous background. In other cases we see effects which are intrinsically stringy and related to the non-homogeneity of the background. The pair production is enhanced already for particles in time dependent electric field backgrounds. The string nature enhances this even further. For spacial varying electrical background fields the string pair production is less suppressed than the rate of particle pair production. We discuss in some detail how the critical field is affected by the non-homogeneity, for both time and space dependent electric field backgrouds. We also comment on what could be an interesting new prediction for the small field limit. The third case we consider is pair production in holographic confining backgrounds with homogeneous and non-homogeneous fields.

  9. Thermodynamics of pairing phase transition in nuclei

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Karim, Afaque; Ahmad, Shakeb

    2014-01-01

    The pairing gaps, pairing energy, heat capacity and entropy are calculated within BCS (Bardeen- Cooper-Schrieffer) based quasi particle approach, including thermal fluctuations on pairing field within pairing model for all nuclei (light, medium, heavy and super heavy nuclei). Quasi particles approach in BCS theory was introduced and reformulated to study various properties. For thermodynamic behavior of nuclei at finite temperatures, the anomalous averages of creation and annihilation operators are introduced. It is solved self consistently at finite temperatures to obtain BCS Hamiltonian. After doing unitary transformation, we obtained the Hamiltonian in the diagonal form. Thus, one gets temperature dependence gap parameter and pairing energy for nuclei. Moreover, the energy at finite temperatures is the sum of the condensation energy and the thermal energy of fermionic quasi particles. With the help of BCS Hamiltonian, specific heat, entropy and free energy are calculated for different nuclei. In this paper the gap parameter occupation number and pairing energy as a function of temperature which is important for all the light, medium, heavy and super heavy nuclei is calculated. Moreover, the various thermo dynamical quantities like specific heat, entropy and free energy is also obtained for different nuclei. Thus, the thermodynamics of pairing phase transition in nuclei is studied

  10. Exploring Pair Programming Benefits for MIS Majors

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    April H. Reed

    2016-12-01

    Full Text Available Pair programming is a collaborative programming practice that places participants in dyads, working in tandem at one computer to complete programming assignments. Pair programming studies with Computer Science (CS and Software Engineering (SE majors have identified benefits such as technical productivity, program/design quality, academic performance, and increased satisfaction for their participants. In this paper, pair programming is studied with Management Information Systems (MIS majors, who (unlike CS and SE majors taking several programming courses typically take only one programming course and often struggle to develop advanced programming skills within that single course. The researchers conducted two pair programming experiments in an introductory software development course for MIS majors over three semesters to determine if pair programming could enhance learning for MIS students. The program results, researchers’ direct observations, and participants’ responses to a survey questionnaire were analyzed after each experiment. The results indicate that pair programming appears to be beneficial to MIS students’ technical productivity and program design quality, specifically the ability to create programs using high-level concepts. Additionally, results confirmed increased student satisfaction and reduced frustration, as the pairs worked collaboratively to produce a program while actively communicating and enjoying the process.

  11. Effect of pairing on nuclear dynamics

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Scamps, Guillaume

    2014-01-01

    Pairing correlations is an essential component for the description of the atomic nuclei. The effects of pairing on static property of nuclei are now well known. In this thesis, the effect of pairing on nuclear dynamics is investigated. Theories that includes pairing are benchmarked in a model case. The TDHF+BCS theory turns out to be a good compromise between the physics taken into account and the numerical cost. This TDHF+BCS theory was retained for realistic calculations. Nevertheless, the application of pairing in the BCS approximation may induce new problems due to (1) the particle number symmetry breaking, (2) the non-conservation of the continuity equation. These difficulties are analysed in detail and solutions are proposed. In this thesis, a 3 dimensional TDHF+BCS code is developed to simulate the nuclear dynamic. Applications to giant resonances show that pairing modify only the low lying peaks. The high lying collective components are only affected by the initial conditions. An exhaustive study of the giant quadrupole resonances with the TDHF+BCS theory is performed on more than 700 spherical or deformed nuclei. Is is shown that the TDHF+BCS theory reproduces well the collective energy of the resonance. After validation on the small amplitude limit problem, the approach was applied to study nucleon transfer in heavy ion reactions. A new method to extract transfer probabilities is introduced. It is demonstrated that pairing significantly increases the two-nucleon transfer probability. (author) [fr

  12. String pair production in non homogeneous backgrounds

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Bolognesi, S.; Rabinovici, E.; Tallarita, G.

    2016-01-01

    We consider string pair production in non homogeneous electric backgrounds. We study several particular configurations which can be addressed with the Euclidean world-sheet instanton technique, the analogue of the world-line instanton for particles. In the first case the string is suspended between two D-branes in flat space-time, in the second case the string lives in AdS and terminates on one D-brane (this realizes the holographic Schwinger effect). In some regions of parameter space the result is well approximated by the known analytical formulas, either the particle pair production in non-homogeneous background or the string pair production in homogeneous background. In other cases we see effects which are intrinsically stringy and related to the non-homogeneity of the background. The pair production is enhanced already for particles in time dependent electric field backgrounds. The string nature enhances this even further. For spacial varying electrical background fields the string pair production is less suppressed than the rate of particle pair production. We discuss in some detail how the critical field is affected by the non-homogeneity, for both time and space dependent electric field backgrouds. We also comment on what could be an interesting new prediction for the small field limit. The third case we consider is pair production in holographic confining backgrounds with homogeneous and non-homogeneous fields.

  13. Nonrandom network connectivity comes in pairs

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Felix Z. Hoffmann

    2017-02-01

    Full Text Available Overrepresentation of bidirectional connections in local cortical networks has been repeatedly reported and is a focus of the ongoing discussion of nonrandom connectivity. Here we show in a brief mathematical analysis that in a network in which connection probabilities are symmetric in pairs, Pij = Pji, the occurrences of bidirectional connections and nonrandom structures are inherently linked; an overabundance of reciprocally connected pairs emerges necessarily when some pairs of neurons are more likely to be connected than others. Our numerical results imply that such overrepresentation can also be sustained when connection probabilities are only approximately symmetric.

  14. Soliton pair creation at finite temperatures

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Grigoriev, D.Yu.; Rubakov, V.A.

    1988-01-01

    Creation of soliton-antisoliton pairs at finite temperature is considered within a (1+1)-dimensional model of a real scalar field. It is argued that at certain temperatures, the soliton pair creation in quantum theory can be investigated by studying classical field evolution in real time. The classical field equations are solved numerically, and the pair creation rate and average number of solitons are evaluated. No peculiar suppression of the rate is observed. Some results on the sphaleron transitions in (1+1)-dimensional abelian Higgs model are also presented. (orig.)

  15. Pairing fluctuations in trapped Fermi gases

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Viverit, Luciano; Bruun, Georg M.; Minguzzi, Anna; Fazio, Rosario

    2004-01-01

    We examine the contribution of pairing fluctuations to the superfluid order parameter for harmonically trapped atomic Fermi gases in the BCS regime. In the limit of small systems we consider, both analytically and numerically, their space and temperature dependence. We predict a parity effect, i.e., that pairing fluctuations show a maximum or a minimum at the center of the trap, depending on the value of the last occupied shell being even or odd. We propose to detect pairing fluctuations by measuring the density-density correlation function after a ballistic expansion of the gas

  16. AudioPairBank: Towards A Large-Scale Tag-Pair-Based Audio Content Analysis

    OpenAIRE

    Sager, Sebastian; Elizalde, Benjamin; Borth, Damian; Schulze, Christian; Raj, Bhiksha; Lane, Ian

    2016-01-01

    Recently, sound recognition has been used to identify sounds, such as car and river. However, sounds have nuances that may be better described by adjective-noun pairs such as slow car, and verb-noun pairs such as flying insects, which are under explored. Therefore, in this work we investigate the relation between audio content and both adjective-noun pairs and verb-noun pairs. Due to the lack of datasets with these kinds of annotations, we collected and processed the AudioPairBank corpus cons...

  17. English for au pairs the au pair's guide to learning English

    CERN Document Server

    Curtis, Lucy

    2014-01-01

    English for Au Pairs has interlinked stories about a group of au pairs new to England. Marta, an 18-year-old from Poland arrives in the UK to work as an au pair. Throughout her year-long stay she has many different experiences - some bad, some good - but with the support of her host family she finds new friends and improves her English. English for Au Pairs offers insight into the joys and difficulties of being an au pair while at the same time reinforcing English language learning through grammar explanations and exercises.

  18. A neutron diffraction study of the superionic transition in (Ca sub 1 sub - sub x Y sub x)F sub 2 sub + sub x with x=0.06

    CERN Document Server

    Hofmann, M; Wilson, C C; McIntyre, G J

    1997-01-01

    We have investigated the high-temperature superionic transition of the anion-excess fluorite (Ca sub 1 sub - sub x Y sub x)F sub 2 sub + sub x with x=0.06 using both monochromatic and time-of-flight Laue single-crystal neutron diffraction. The measured Bragg intensities indicate that the cuboctahedral defect clusters found at ambient temperature start to break up into smaller fragments even below the superionic transition temperature, T sub c approx 1200 K. Information concerning the local defect configuration at T = 1173 K has been provided by modelling the measured distribution of the coherent elastic diffuse scattering within the (11-bar0) plane of reciprocal space. The high-temperature defects are of the 'Willis' type and strongly resemble the short-lived Frenkel clusters found in the pure fluorites such as CaF sub 2 above T sub c. (author)

  19. Crystallisation kinetics of amorphous Fe{sub 72.5-x}Cu{sub 1}Nb{sub 4.5}Si{sub 10+x+y}B{sub 12-y} alloy

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Miglierini, M. [Komenskeho Univ., Bratislava (Czechoslovakia). Dept. of Nuclear Physics and Technics; Lipka, J. [Komenskeho Univ., Bratislava (Czechoslovakia). Dept. of Nuclear Physics and Technics; Sitek, J. [Komenskeho Univ., Bratislava (Czechoslovakia). Dept. of Nuclear Physics and Technics

    1994-11-01

    Fe{sub 73.5}Cu{sub 1}Nb{sub 3}Si{sub 13.5}B{sub 9} and Fe{sub 72.5-x}Cu{sub 1}Nb{sub 4.5}Si{sub 10+x+y}B{sub 12-y} alloys are compared from the point of view of crystallisation behaviour and changes in the short-range order in the amorphous reminder. The increase in Nb to 4.5 at.% in the latter system slows down the formation of nanocrystals to approximately 40% even after 16 hours of anneal at 550 C for x = 0.5, y = 3. Segregation-induced changes in the short-range order are manifested via hyperfine field distributions corresponding to the amorphous reminder. (orig.)

  20. Characterization of a ZnxCd1-xSe/Znx'Cdy'Mg1-x'-y'Se multiple quantum well structure for mid-infrared device applications by contactless electroreflectance and Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Wu, J D; Lin, J W; Huang, Y S; Charles, W O; Shen, A; Zhang, Q; Tamargo, M C

    2009-01-01

    Contactless electroreflectance (CER) and Fourier transform infrared (FTIR) spectroscopy were used to study the intersubband transitions of a Zn x Cd 1-x Se/Zn x' Cd y' Mg 1-x'-y' Se multiple quantum well (MQW) structure grown by molecular beam epitaxy for mid-infrared device applications. The CER spectrum revealed a wide range of possible optical transitions in the MQW structure. The ground state transition was assigned by comparison with the photoluminescence emission signal taken from the same structure. A comprehensive analysis of the CER spectrum led to the identification of various interband transitions. The intersubband transitions were estimated and confirmed by FTIR measurements. The results demonstrate the potential of using CER as a complementary technique for the contactless and nondestructive characterization of the wide band gap II-VI MQW structures for mid-IR intersubband device applications.

  1. Estudio comparativo entre fluorescencia de rayos X y reflectancia difusa de infrarrojos cercanos para la determinación de la retención en madera impregnada con arseniato de cobre cromatado

    OpenAIRE

    Baettig-Palma, Ricardo; Cornejo-Troncoso, Jorge; Salas-Maureira, Marina; Tapia-Sanhueza, Jaime

    2014-01-01

    Se realizó un análisis comparativo de la precisión de los resultados en la determinación de la retención de óxidos de cobre, cromo y arsénico en madera impregnada con arseniato de cobre cromatado entre fluorescencia de rayos X y espectrometría de reflectancia difusa de infrarrojos cercanos. Los resultados de la calidad de las predicciones fueron comparados entre sí y con valores de retención obtenidos experimentalmente por método gravimétrico, absorción atómica y por cenizas resultantes de su...

  2. Variation of sigma-hole magnitude with M valence electron population in MX(n)Y(4-n) molecules (n = 1-4; M = C, Si, Ge; X, Y = F, Cl, Br).

    Science.gov (United States)

    McDowell, Sean A C; Joseph, Jerelle A

    2014-01-14

    Sigma holes are described as electron-deficient regions on atoms, particularly along the extension of covalent bonds, due to non-uniform electron density distribution on the surface of these atoms. A computational study of MX(n)Y(4-n) molecules (n = 1-4; M = C, Si, Ge; X, Y = F, Cl, Br) was undertaken and it is shown that the relative sigma hole potentials on M due to X-M and Y-M can be adequately explained in terms of the variation in the valence electron population of the central M atom. A model is proposed for the depletion of the M valence electron population which explains the trends in sigma hole strengths, especially those that cannot be accounted for solely on the basis of relative electronegativities.

  3. Estudio comparativo entre fluorescencia de rayos X y reflectancia difusa de infrarrojos cercanos para la determinación de la retención en madera impregnada con arseniato de cobre cromatado

    OpenAIRE

    Baettig-Palma,Ricardo; Cornejo-Troncoso,Jorge; Salas-Maureira,Marina; Tapia-Sanhueza,Jaime

    2015-01-01

    Se realizó un análisis comparativo de la precisión de los resultados en la determinación de la retención de óxidos de cobre, cromo y arsénico en madera impregnada con arseniato de cobre cromatado entre fluorescencia de rayos X y espectrometría de reflectancia difusa de infrarrojos cercanos. Los resultados de la calidad de las predicciones fueron comparados entre sí y con valores de retención obtenidos experimentalmente por método gravimétrico, absorción atómica y por cenizas resultantes de su...

  4. Effects of disorder on the electron pairing

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Oviedo-Roa, R.; Wang, C.; Navarro, O.

    1996-01-01

    The electron pairing in randomly disordered lattices is studied by using an attractive Hubbard model, and by mapping the many-body problem onto a tight-binding one in a higher dimensional space, where a diagonal disorder is considered within the coherent-potential approximation. The results show an enhancement of the pair-binding energy as the self-energy difference increases in a binary alloy A x B 1-x . This fact suggests that the pairing process is highly sensitive to the one-particle localization condition. A ground-state phase diagram for on-site interaction disorder shows regions where pairing is avoided for ordered diatomic systems but not for disordered case

  5. Pairing properties of realistic effective interactions

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Gargano A.

    2016-01-01

    Full Text Available We investigate the pairing properties of an effective shell-model interaction defined within a model space outside 132Sn and derived by means of perturbation theory from the CD-Bonn free nucleon-nucleon potential. It turns out that the neutron pairing component of the effective interaction is significantly weaker than the proton one, which accounts for the large pairing gap difference observed in the two-valence identical particle nuclei 134Sn and 134Te. The role of the contribution arising from one particle-one hole excitations in determining the pairing force is discussed and its microscopic structure is also analyzed in terms of the multipole decomposition.

  6. Statistical mechanics of magnetized pair Fermi gas

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Daicic, J.; Frankel, N.E.; Kowalenko, V.

    1993-01-01

    Following previous work on the magnetized pair Bose gas this contribution presents the statistical mechanics of the charged relativistic Fermi gas with pair creation in d spatial dimensions. Initially, the gas in no external fields is studied. As a result, expansions for the various thermodynamic functions are obtained in both the μ/m→0 (neutrino) limit, and about the point μ/m =1, where μ is the chemical potential. The thermodynamics of a gas of quantum-number conserving massless fermions is also discussed. Then a complete study of the pair Fermi gas in a homogeneous magnetic field, is presented investigating the behavior of the magnetization over a wide range of field strengths. The inclusion of pairs leads to new results for the net magnetization due to the paramagnetic moment of the spins and the diamagnetic Landau orbits. 20 refs

  7. Degenerated differential pair with controllable transconductance

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Mensink, Clemens; Mensink, Clemens H.J.; Nauta, Bram

    1998-01-01

    A differential pair with input transistors and provided with a variable degeneration resistor. The degeneration resistor comprises a series arrangement of two branches of coupled resistors which are shunted in mutually corresponding points by respective control transistors whose gates are

  8. Projected entangled pair states: status and prospects

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Verstraete, Frank [Universitaet Wien (Austria)

    2008-07-01

    We report on the progress made to extend the density matrix renormalization group to higher dimensions, discuss the underlying theory of projected entangled pair states (PEPS) and illustrate its potential on the hand of a few examples.

  9. Isovectorial pairing in solvable and algebraic models

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Lerma, Sergio; Vargas, Carlos E; Hirsch, Jorge G

    2011-01-01

    Schematic interactions are useful to gain some insight in the behavior of very complicated systems such as the atomic nuclei. Prototypical examples are, in this context, the pairing interaction and the quadrupole interaction of the Elliot model. In this contribution the interplay between isovectorial pairing, spin-orbit, and quadrupole terms in a harmonic oscillator shell (the so-called pairing-plus-quadrupole model) is studied by algebraic methods. The ability of this model to provide a realistic description of N = Z even-even nuclei in the fp-shell is illustrated with 44 Ti. Our calculations which derive from schematic and simple terms confirm earlier conclusions obtained by using realistic interactions: the SU(3) symmetry of the quadrupole term is broken mainly by the spin-orbit term, but the energies depends strongly on pairing.

  10. Three mirror pairs of fermion families

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Montvay, I.

    1988-01-01

    A simple model with three mirror pairs of fermion families is considered which allows for a substantial mixing between the mirror fermion partners without conflicting with known phenomenology. (orig.)

  11. The Yttrium Effect on Nanoscale Structure, Mechanical Properties, and High-Temperature Oxidation Resistance of (Ti0.6Al0.4)1- x Y x N Multilayer Coatings

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wang, Jingxian; Yazdi, Mohammad Arab Pour; Lomello, Fernando; Billard, Alain; Kovács, András; Schuster, Frédéric; Guet, Claude; White, Timothy J.; Wouters, Yves; Pascal, Céline; Sanchette, Frédéric; Dong, ZhiLi

    2017-09-01

    As machine tool coating specifications become increasingly stringent, the fabrication of protective titanium aluminum nitride (Ti-Al-N) films by physical vapor deposition (PVD) is progressively more demanding. Nanostructural modification through the incorporation of metal dopants can enhance coating mechanical properties. However, dopant selection and their near-atomic-scale role in performance optimization is limited. Here, yttrium was alloyed in multilayered Ti-Al-N films to tune microstructures, microchemistries, and properties, including mechanical characteristics, adhesion, wear resistance, and resilience to oxidation. By regulating processing parameters, the multilayer period (Λ) and Y content could be adjusted, which, in turn, permitted tailoring of grain nucleation and secondary phase formation. With the composition fixed at x = 0.024 in (Ti0.6Al0.4)1- x Y x N and Λ increased from 5.5 to 24 nm, the microstructure transformed from acicular grains with 〈111〉 preferred orientation to equiaxed grains with 〈200〉 texture, while the hardness (40.8 ± 2.8 GPa to 29.7 ± 4.9 GPa) and Young's modulus (490 ± 47 GPa to 424 ± 50 GPa) concomitantly deteriorated. Alternately, when Λ = 5.5 nm and x in (Ti0.6Al0.4)1- x Y x N was raised from 0 to 0.024, the hardness was enhanced (28.7 ± 7.3 GPa to 40.8 ± 2.8 GPa) while adhesion and wear resistance were not compromised. The Ti-Al-N adopted a rock-salt type structure with Y displacing either Ti or Al and stabilizing a secondary wurtzite phase. Moreover, Y effectively retarded coating oxidation at 1073 K (800 °C) in air by inhibiting grain boundary oxygen diffusion.

  12. Temperature-dependent photoluminescence and contactless electroreflectance characterization of a ZnxCd1-xSe/Znx'Cdy'Mg1-x'-y'Se asymmetric coupled quantum well structure

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Wu, J.D.; Huang, Y.S.; Lin, D.Y.; Charles, W.O.; Shen, A.; Tamargo, M.C.; Tiong, K.K.

    2011-01-01

    Research highlights: → We report a detailed study of a ZnxCd 1-x Se/Znx'Cdy'Mg 1-x '-y'Se asymmetric coupled quantum well structure by using temperature-dependent photoluminescence (PL) and contactless electroreflectance (CER) techniques. → The PL peak position yielded information of the fundamental excitonic recombinations. → Analysis of the CER spectra led to the identification of various interband transitions. →Study of the temperature dependence of the excitonic transition energies indicated that main influence of temperature on the quantized transitions is through temperature dependence of the constituent material band gap in the well. - Abstract: Temperature-dependent photoluminescence (PL) and contactless electroreflectance (CER) were used to characterize a Zn x Cd 1-x Se/Zn x' Cd y' Mg 1-x'-y' Se asymmetric coupled quantum well (ACQW) structure in the range of 10-300 K. The PL peak position yielded information of the fundamental excitonic recombinations. A detailed analysis of the CER spectra led to the identification of various interband transitions. The intersubband transitions were then estimated and found to be in a good agreement with the previous report of Fourier-transform infrared absorption measurements. At low temperature, the PL spectra of the sample showed an asymmetric behavior with an exponential tail at the lower-energy side and were attributed to the localized excitonic recombinations due to potential fluctuations. Detailed study of the temperature dependence of the excitonic transition energies indicated that the main influence of temperature on the quantized transitions is through the temperature dependence of the band gap of the constituent material in the well.

  13. Transformation from an easy-plane to an easy-axis antiferromagnetic structure in the mixed rare-earth ferroborates Pr x Y1-x Fe3(BO3)4: magnetic properties and crystal field calculations.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Pankrats, A I; Demidov, A A; Ritter, C; Velikanov, D A; Semenov, S V; Tugarinov, V I; Temerov, V L; Gudim, I A

    2016-10-05

    The magnetic structure of the mixed rare-earth system Pr x Y1-x Fe3(BO3)4 (x  =  0.75, 0.67, 0.55, 0.45, 0.25) was studied via magnetic and resonance measurements. These data evidence the successive spin reorientation from the easy-axis antiferromagnetic structure formed in PrFe3(BO3)4 to the easy-plane one of YFe3(BO3)4 associated with the weakening of the magnetic anisotropy of the Pr subsystem due to its diamagnetic dilution by nonmagnetic Y. This reorientation occurs through the formation of an inclined magnetic structure, as was confirmed by our previous neutron research in the range of x  =  0.67 ÷ 0.45. In the compounds with x  =  0.75 and 0.67 whose magnetic structure is close to the easy-axis one, a two-step spin reorientation takes place in the magnetic field H||c. Such a peculiarity is explained by the formation of an interjacent inclined magnetic structure with magnetic moments of Fe ions located closer to the basal plane than in the initial state, with these intermediate states remaining stable in some ranges of the magnetic field. An approach based on a crystal field model for the Pr(3+) ion and the molecular-field approximation is used to describe the magnetic characteristics of the system Pr x Y1-x Fe3(BO3)4. With the parameters of the d-d and f-d exchange interactions, of the magnetic anisotropy of the iron subsystem and of the crystal field parameters of praseodymium thus determined, it is possible to achieve a good agreement between the experimental and calculated temperature and field dependences of the magnetization curves (up to 90 kOe) and magnetic susceptibilities (2-300 K).

  14. QCD angular correlations for muon pair production

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Kajantie, K.; Raitio, R.; Lindfors, J.

    1978-01-01

    Angular distributions of muons are discussed in the framework of a QCD treatment of muon pair production in hadron-hadron collisions. The predicted angular effects are independent of the infrared behavior of QCD. Measuring them will permit one to determine whether the origin of the large transverse momentum of the pair is in the quark transverse momenta or in a constituent-constituent subprocess. (author)

  15. Pairing interaction method in crystal field theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Dushin, R.B.

    1989-01-01

    Expressions, permitting to describe matrix elements of secular equation for metal-ligand pairs via parameters of the method of pairing interactions, genealogical coefficients and Clebsch-Gordan coefficients, are given. The expressions are applicable to any level or term of f n and d n configurations matrix elements for the terms of the maximum multiplicity of f n and d n configurations and also for the main levels of f n configurations are tabulated

  16. Influence of quadrupole pairing on backbending

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Faessler, A.; Wakai, M.

    1978-01-01

    The backbending phenomenon is attributed to the Coriolis antipairing and the rotational alignment effects. We can consider both effects simultaneously by applying the cranked Hartree-Fock-Bogoliubov theory to the description of the rotational motion of nuclei. In usual treatments of the backbending, however, only the monopole pairing force is considered and pairing forces of other types are neglected. This may be the main reason for starting of the backbending at too small total angular momentum in theoretical results. (orig.) [de

  17. Transverse Momentum Distributions for Heavy Quark Pairs

    OpenAIRE

    Berger, Edmond L.; Meng, Ruibin

    1993-01-01

    We study the transverse momentum distribution for a $pair$ of heavy quarks produced in hadron-hadron interactions. Predictions for the large transverse momentum region are based on exact order $\\alpha_s^3$ QCD perturbation theory. For the small transverse momentum region, we use techniques for all orders resummation of leading logarithmic contributions associated with initial state soft gluon radiation. The combination provides the transverse momentum distribution of heavy quark pairs for all...

  18. Seniority zero pair coupled cluster doubles theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Stein, Tamar; Henderson, Thomas M.; Scuseria, Gustavo E.

    2014-01-01

    Coupled cluster theory with single and double excitations accurately describes weak electron correlation but is known to fail in cases of strong static correlation. Fascinatingly, however, pair coupled cluster doubles (p-CCD), a simplified version of the theory limited to pair excitations that preserve the seniority of the reference determinant (i.e., the number of unpaired electrons), has mean field computational cost and is an excellent approximation to the full configuration interaction (FCI) of the paired space provided that the orbital basis defining the pairing scheme is adequately optimized. In previous work, we have shown that optimization of the pairing scheme in the seniority zero FCI leads to a very accurate description of static correlation. The same conclusion extends to p-CCD if the orbitals are optimized to make the p-CCD energy stationary. We here demonstrate these results with numerous examples. We also explore the contributions of different seniority sectors to the coupled cluster doubles (CCD) correlation energy using different orbital bases. We consider both Hartree-Fock and Brueckner orbitals, and the role of orbital localization. We show how one can pair the orbitals so that the role of the Brueckner orbitals at the CCD level is retained at the p-CCD level. Moreover, we explore ways of extending CCD to accurately describe strongly correlated systems

  19. Base pair probability estimates improve the prediction accuracy of RNA non-canonical base pairs.

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Michael F Sloma

    2017-11-01

    Full Text Available Prediction of RNA tertiary structure from sequence is an important problem, but generating accurate structure models for even short sequences remains difficult. Predictions of RNA tertiary structure tend to be least accurate in loop regions, where non-canonical pairs are important for determining the details of structure. Non-canonical pairs can be predicted using a knowledge-based model of structure that scores nucleotide cyclic motifs, or NCMs. In this work, a partition function algorithm is introduced that allows the estimation of base pairing probabilities for both canonical and non-canonical interactions. Pairs that are predicted to be probable are more likely to be found in the true structure than pairs of lower probability. Pair probability estimates can be further improved by predicting the structure conserved across multiple homologous sequences using the TurboFold algorithm. These pairing probabilities, used in concert with prior knowledge of the canonical secondary structure, allow accurate inference of non-canonical pairs, an important step towards accurate prediction of the full tertiary structure. Software to predict non-canonical base pairs and pairing probabilities is now provided as part of the RNAstructure software package.

  20. Base pair probability estimates improve the prediction accuracy of RNA non-canonical base pairs.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Sloma, Michael F; Mathews, David H

    2017-11-01

    Prediction of RNA tertiary structure from sequence is an important problem, but generating accurate structure models for even short sequences remains difficult. Predictions of RNA tertiary structure tend to be least accurate in loop regions, where non-canonical pairs are important for determining the details of structure. Non-canonical pairs can be predicted using a knowledge-based model of structure that scores nucleotide cyclic motifs, or NCMs. In this work, a partition function algorithm is introduced that allows the estimation of base pairing probabilities for both canonical and non-canonical interactions. Pairs that are predicted to be probable are more likely to be found in the true structure than pairs of lower probability. Pair probability estimates can be further improved by predicting the structure conserved across multiple homologous sequences using the TurboFold algorithm. These pairing probabilities, used in concert with prior knowledge of the canonical secondary structure, allow accurate inference of non-canonical pairs, an important step towards accurate prediction of the full tertiary structure. Software to predict non-canonical base pairs and pairing probabilities is now provided as part of the RNAstructure software package.

  1. Generalized pairing strategies-a bridge from pairing strategies to colorings

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Győrffy Lajos

    2016-12-01

    Full Text Available In this paper we define a bridge between pairings and colorings of the hypergraphs by introducing a generalization of pairs called t-cakes for t ∈ ℕ, t ≥ 2. For t = 2 the 2-cakes are the same as the well-known pairs of system of distinct representatives, that can be turned to pairing strategies in Maker-Breaker hypergraph games, see Hales and Jewett [12]. The two-colorings are the other extremity of t-cakes, in which the whole ground set of the hypergraph is one big cake that we divide into two parts (color classes. Starting from the pairings (2-cake placement and two-colorings we define the generalized t-cake placements where we pair p elements by q elements (p, q ∈ ℕ, 1 ≤ p, q < t, p + q = t.

  2. Radical-pair based avian magnetoreception

    Science.gov (United States)

    Procopio, Maria; Ritz, Thorsten

    2014-03-01

    Behavioural experiments suggest that migratory birds possess a magnetic compass sensor able to detect the direction of the geomagnetic. One hypothesis for the basis of this remarkable sensory ability is that the coherent quantum spin dynamics of photoinduced radical pair reactions transduces directional magnetic information from the geomagnetic field into changes of reaction yields, possibly involving the photoreceptor cryptochrome in the birds retina. The suggested radical-pair based avian magnetoreception has attracted attention in the field of quantum biology as an example of a biological sensor which might exploit quantum coherences for its biological function. Investigations on such a spin-based sensor have focussed on uncovering the design features for the design of a biomimetic magnetic field sensor. We study the effects of slow fluctuations in the nuclear spin environment on the directional signal. We quantitatively evaluate the robustness of signals under fluctuations on a timescale longer than the lifetime of a radical pair, utilizing two models of radical pairs. Our results suggest design principles for building a radical-pair based compass sensor that is both robust and highly directional sensitive.

  3. Isominkowskian theory of Cooper Pairs in superconductors

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Animalu, A.O.E.

    1993-01-01

    Via the use of Santilli's isominkowskian space, the author presents a relativistic extension of the author's recent treatment of the Cooper Pair in superconductivity based on the Lie-isotopic lifting of quantum mechanics known as Hadronic Mechanics. The isominkowskian treatment reduces the solution of the eiganvalue problem for the quasiparticle energy spectrum to a geometric problem of specifying the metric of the isominkowskian space inside the pair in various models of ordinary high T c superconductors. The use of an intriguing realization of the metric due to Dirac reduces the dimensionality of the interior space to two yielding a spin mutation from 1/2 to zero inside a Cooper pair in two-band BCS and Hubbard models. 12 refs

  4. On pair-absorption in intrinsic vapours

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Hotop, R.; Niemax, K.; Schlueter, D.

    1982-01-01

    The bound-state pair-absorption bands Cs(6 2 S 1 sub(/) 2 ) + Cs(6 2 S 1 sub(/) 2 ) + hν → Cs(5 2 D 5 sub(/) 2 sub(,) 3 sub(/) 2 ) + Cs(6 2 P 1 sub(/) 2 ) and the K-K continuum-state pair-absorptions in the wavelength region 2.350 <= lambda <= 2.850 Angstroem have been investigated experimentally. In the case of the bound-state pair-absorption bands a theoretical approach for the absorption cross section at the band centre is given which is in good agreement with the experimental observation. Differences between our and the theoretical formulas given by the Stanford group are discussed. (orig.)

  5. Pair production by a deep potential well

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Nikishov, A.I.

    1987-01-01

    Solutions are obtained for the Dirac and Klein-Gordon equations with a one-dimensional symmetric potential well, having a flat bottom and arbitrary depth, width and field strengths at the walls. Quasi-stationary solutions describing a pair production by the well and the inverse process are obtained. It is shown that if the pair production probability is small, it is expressed in terms of the pair production probability on one wall and the particle oscillation frequency in the well. If the well has a supercritical depth, the lower continuum contains positron resonance scattering states at energies close to the real part of the quasi-stationary level energy (Zeldovich's effect). The qualitative dependence of the positron penetration coefficient through the wall on its energy and the well depth is an evidence that the solution of the so called one-particle Dirac equation describes in fact a many-particle system with a charge of 0 or 1

  6. The inverse problem for Schwinger pair production

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    F. Hebenstreit

    2016-02-01

    Full Text Available The production of electron–positron pairs in time-dependent electric fields (Schwinger mechanism depends non-linearly on the applied field profile. Accordingly, the resulting momentum spectrum is extremely sensitive to small variations of the field parameters. Owing to this non-linear dependence it is so far unpredictable how to choose a field configuration such that a predetermined momentum distribution is generated. We show that quantum kinetic theory along with optimal control theory can be used to approximately solve this inverse problem for Schwinger pair production. We exemplify this by studying the superposition of a small number of harmonic components resulting in predetermined signatures in the asymptotic momentum spectrum. In the long run, our results could facilitate the observation of this yet unobserved pair production mechanism in quantum electrodynamics by providing suggestions for tailored field configurations.

  7. Hadronic production of massive lepton pairs

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Berger, E.L.

    1982-12-01

    A review is presented of recent experimental and theoretical progress in studies of the production of massive lepton pairs in hadronic collisions. I begin with the classical Drell-Yan annihilation model and its predictions. Subsequently, I discuss deviations from scaling, the status of the proofs of factorization in the parton model, higher-order terms in the perturbative QCD expansion, the discrepancy between measured and predicted yields (K factor), high-twist terms, soft gluon effects, transverse-momentum distributions, implications for weak vector boson (W +- and Z 0 ) yields and production properties, nuclear A dependence effects, correlations of the lepton pair with hadrons in the final state, and angular distributions in the lepton-pair rest frame

  8. Charged topological black hole pair creation

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Mann, R.B.

    1998-01-01

    I examine the pair creation of black holes in space-times with a cosmological constant of either sign. I consider cosmological C-metrics and show that the conical singularities in this metric vanish only for three distinct classes of black hole metric, two of which have compact event horizons on each spatial slice. One class is a generalization of the Reissner-Nordstroem (anti-)de Sitter black holes in which the event horizons are the direct product of a null line with a 2-surface with topology of genus g. The other class consists of neutral black holes whose event horizons are the direct product of a null conoid with a circle. In the presence of a domain wall, black hole pairs of all possible types will be pair created for a wide range of mass and charge, including even negative mass black holes. I determine the relevant instantons and Euclidean actions for each case. (orig.)

  9. Theory of antiferromagnetic pairing in cuprate superconductors

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Plakida, N.M.

    2006-01-01

    A review of the antiferromagnetic exchange and spin-fluctuation pairing theory in the cuprate superconductors is given. We briefly discuss a phenomenological approach and a theory in the limit of weak Coulomb correlations. A microscopic theory in the strong correlation limit is presented in more detail. In particular, results of our recently developed theory for the effective p-d Hubbard model and the reduced t-J model are given. We have proved that retardation effects for the antiferromagnetic exchange interaction are unimportant that results in pairing of all charge carriers in the conduction band and high Tc proportional to the Fermi energy. The spin-fluctuation interaction caused by kinematic interaction gives an additional contribution to the d-wave pairing. Dependence of Tc on the hole concentration and the lattice constant (or pressure) and an oxygen isotope shift are discussed

  10. Holographic EPR pairs, wormholes and radiation

    Science.gov (United States)

    Chernicoff, Mariano; Güijosa, Alberto; Pedraza, Juan F.

    2013-10-01

    As evidence for the ER = EPR conjecture, it has recently been observed that the string that is holographically dual to an entangled quark-antiquark pair separating with (asymptotically) uniform acceleration has a wormhole on its worldsheet. We point out that a two-sided horizon and a wormhole actually appear for much more generic quark-antiquark trajectories, which is consistent with the fact that the members of an EPR pair need not be permanently out of causal contact. The feature that determines whether the causal structure of the string worldsheet is trivial or not turns out to be the emission of gluonic radiation by the dual quark and antiquark. In the strongly-coupled gauge theory, it is only when radiation is emitted that one obtains an unambiguous separation of the pair into entangled subsystems, and this is what is reflected on the gravity side by the existence of the worldsheet horizon.

  11. Drell-Yan lepton pair photoproduction

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Badalyan, R.G.; Grabskij, V.O.; Matinyan, S.G.

    1989-01-01

    The study of photon structure functions by spectra of massive lepton pairs (M l + l - ≥ 2 GeV) in photon fragmentation region in γp-interactions at high energies is suggested. In calculations of Drell-Yan lepton pair inclusive spectra in γp-interactions for photon structure functions there are used results obtained within QCD, data on γγ-interactions in e + e - → e + e - X on colliders as well as results from the analysis of vector meson non-diffractive photoproduction at high energies. It is shown that there exists a sufficienly wide kinematic region over variables X l + l - and M l + l - , wherein photon structure functions can be studied by spectra of Grell-Yan lepton pairs in the processes of their photoproduction. 31 refs.; 6 figs.; 1 tab

  12. Lax pairs: a novel type of separability

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Fokas, A S

    2009-01-01

    An attempt is made to place into historical context the fundamental concept of Lax pairs. For economy of presentation, emphasis is placed on the effectiveness of Lax pairs for the analysis of integrable nonlinear evolution PDEs. It is argued that Lax pairs provide a deeper type of separability than the classical separation of variables. Indeed, it is shown that: (a) the solution of the Cauchy problem of evolution equations is based on the derivation of a nonlinear Fourier transform pair, and this is achieved by employing the spectral analysis of one of the two eigenvalue equations forming a Lax pair; thus, although this methodology still follows the reverent philosophy of the classical separation of variables and transform methods, it can be applied to a class of nonlinear PDEs. (b) The solution of initial-boundary-value problems of evolution equations is based on the simultaneous spectral analysis of both equations forming a Lax pair and hence, in a sense, it employs the synthesis instead of the separation of variables; this methodology does not have a direct classical analogue, however, it can be considered as the nonlinearization of a method which combines Green's function classical integral representations with an analogue of the method of images, but which are now formulated in the spectral (Fourier) instead of the physical space. In addition to presenting a general methodology for analysing initial- and initial-boundary-value problems for nonlinear integrable evolution equations in one and two spatial variables, recent progress is reviewed for the derivation and the solution of integrable nonlinear evolution PDEs formulated in higher than two spatial dimensions. (topical review)

  13. Top quark pair production in ATLAS

    CERN Document Server

    Moreno Llacer, M; The ATLAS collaboration

    2010-01-01

    Top-quark pairs are expected to be produced at the LHC, even at the lower beam energy and luminosity in the first years of running. Establishing the top-pair signal and measuring the production cross-section are important benchmarks for ATLAS, and will help understand the detector performance for events with high-pT leptons, high jet multiplicity, missing transverse energy. The prospects for early top physics measurements will be shown, with a particular emphasis on the progress achieved with data so far.

  14. Mass resolution for lepton pairs at Isabelle

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Baltay, C.; Paige, F.E.

    1978-01-01

    Experiments measuring e + e - and μ + μ-pairs will be the principal way of searching at ISABELLE for the Z 0 and for vector mesons made from new heavy quark-antiquark (Q anti Q ) pairs. Although the best possible mass resolution is clearly of benefit in such experiments, excessive resolution would lead to an unnecessarily large detector. It is believed that a mass resolution of a few percent is appropriate in searching both for the Z 0 and for new Q anti Q states. However, there are some interesting experiments which would require much better mass resolution, of order 1/4% FWHM. 9 references

  15. Ponderomotive effects in multiphoton pair production

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kohlfürst, Christian; Alkofer, Reinhard

    2018-02-01

    The Dirac-Heisenberg-Wigner formalism is employed to investigate electron-positron pair production in cylindrically symmetric but otherwise spatially inhomogeneous, oscillating electric fields. The oscillation frequencies are hereby tuned to obtain multiphoton pair production in the nonperturbative threshold regime. An effective mass, as well as a trajectory-based semiclassical analysis, is introduced in order to interpret the numerical results for the distribution functions as well as for the particle yields and spectra. The results, including the asymptotic particle spectra, display clear signatures of ponderomotive forces.

  16. Holographic EPR Pairs, Wormholes and Radiation

    OpenAIRE

    Chernicoff, Mariano; Güijosa, Alberto; Pedraza, Juan F.

    2013-01-01

    As evidence for the ER=EPR conjecture, it has recently been observed that the string that is holographically dual to an entangled quark-antiquark pair separating with (asymptotically) uniform acceleration has a wormhole on its worldsheet. We point out that a two-sided horizon and a wormhole actually appear for much more generic quark-antiquark trajectories, which is consistent with the fact that the members of an EPR pair need not be permanently out of causal contact. The feature that determi...

  17. Gluino-pair production at the Tevatron

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Beenakker, W.; Spira, M.; Zerwas, P.M.

    1995-05-01

    The next-to-leading order QCD corrections to the production of gluino pairs at the Tevatron are presented in this paper. Similar to the production of squark-antisquark pairs, the dependence of the cross section on the renormalization/factorization scale is reduced considerably by including the higher-order corrections. The cross section increases with respect to the lowest-order calculation which, in previous experimental analyses, had been evaluated at the scale of the invariant energy of the partonic subprocesses. (orig.)

  18. Facial expressions and pair bonds in hylobatids.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Florkiewicz, Brittany; Skollar, Gabriella; Reichard, Ulrich H

    2018-06-06

    Facial expressions are an important component of primate communication that functions to transmit social information and modulate intentions and motivations. Chimpanzees and macaques, for example, produce a variety of facial expressions when communicating with conspecifics. Hylobatids also produce various facial expressions; however, the origin and function of these facial expressions are still largely unclear. It has been suggested that larger facial expression repertoires may have evolved in the context of social complexity, but this link has yet to be tested at a broader empirical basis. The social complexity hypothesis offers a possible explanation for the evolution of complex communicative signals such as facial expressions, because as the complexity of an individual's social environment increases so does the need for communicative signals. We used an intraspecies, pair-focused study design to test the link between facial expressions and sociality within hylobatids, specifically the strength of pair-bonds. The current study compared 206 hr of video and 103 hr of focal animal data for ten hylobatid pairs from three genera (Nomascus, Hoolock, and Hylobates) living at the Gibbon Conservation Center. Using video footage, we explored 5,969 facial expressions along three dimensions: repertoire use, repertoire breadth, and facial expression synchrony [FES]. We then used focal animal data to compare dimensions of facial expressiveness to pair bond strength and behavioral synchrony. Hylobatids in our study overlapped in only half of their facial expressions (50%) with the only other detailed, quantitative study of hylobatid facial expressions, while 27 facial expressions were uniquely observed in our study animals. Taken together, hylobatids have a large facial expression repertoire of at least 80 unique facial expressions. Contrary to our prediction, facial repertoire composition was not significantly correlated with pair bond strength, rates of territorial synchrony

  19. Dislocation processes in quasicrystals-Kink-pair formation control or jog-pair formation control

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Takeuchi, Shin

    2005-01-01

    A computer simulation of dislocation in a model quasiperiodic lattice indicates that the dislocation feels a large Peierls potential when oriented in particular directions. For a dislocation with a high Peierls potential, the glide velocity and the climb velocity of the dislocation can be described almost in parallel in terms of the kink-pair formation followed by kink motion and the jog-pair formation followed by jog motion, respectively. The activation enthalpy of the kink-pair formation is the sum of the kink-pair formation enthalpy and the atomic jump activation enthalpy, while the activation enthalpy of the jog-pair formation involves the jog-pair enthalpy and the self-diffusion enthalpy. Since the kink-pair energy can be considerably larger than the jog-pair energy, the climb velocity can be faster than the glide velocity, so that the plastic deformation of quasicrystals can be brought not by dislocation glide but by dislocation climb at high temperatures

  20. Pair- ${v}$ -SVR: A Novel and Efficient Pairing nu-Support Vector Regression Algorithm.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hao, Pei-Yi

    This paper proposes a novel and efficient pairing nu-support vector regression (pair--SVR) algorithm that combines successfully the superior advantages of twin support vector regression (TSVR) and classical -SVR algorithms. In spirit of TSVR, the proposed pair--SVR solves two quadratic programming problems (QPPs) of smaller size rather than a single larger QPP, and thus has faster learning speed than classical -SVR. The significant advantage of our pair--SVR over TSVR is the improvement in the prediction speed and generalization ability by introducing the concepts of the insensitive zone and the regularization term that embodies the essence of statistical learning theory. Moreover, pair--SVR has additional advantage of using parameter for controlling the bounds on fractions of SVs and errors. Furthermore, the upper bound and lower bound functions of the regression model estimated by pair--SVR capture well the characteristics of data distributions, thus facilitating automatic estimation of the conditional mean and predictive variance simultaneously. This may be useful in many cases, especially when the noise is heteroscedastic and depends strongly on the input values. The experimental results validate the superiority of our pair--SVR in both training/prediction speed and generalization ability.This paper proposes a novel and efficient pairing nu-support vector regression (pair--SVR) algorithm that combines successfully the superior advantages of twin support vector regression (TSVR) and classical -SVR algorithms. In spirit of TSVR, the proposed pair--SVR solves two quadratic programming problems (QPPs) of smaller size rather than a single larger QPP, and thus has faster learning speed than classical -SVR. The significant advantage of our pair--SVR over TSVR is the improvement in the prediction speed and generalization ability by introducing the concepts of the insensitive zone and the regularization term that embodies the essence of statistical learning theory

  1. Collective neutrino-pair emission due to Cooper pairing of protons in superconducting neutron stars

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Leinson, L.B.

    2001-01-01

    The neutrino emission due to formation and breaking of Cooper pairs of protons in superconducting cores of neutron stars is considered with taking into account the electromagnetic coupling of protons to ambient electrons. It is shown that collective response of electrons to the proton quantum transition contributes coherently to the complete interaction with a neutrino field and enhances the neutrino-pair production. Our calculation shows that the contribution of the vector weak current to the ννbar emissivity of protons is much larger than that calculated by different authors without taking into account the plasma effects. Partial contribution of the pairing protons to the total neutrino radiation from the neutron star core is very sensitive to the critical temperatures for the proton and neutron pairing. We show domains of these parameters where the neutrino radiation, caused by a singlet-state pairing of protons is dominating

  2. Intermittent pair-housing, pair relationship qualities, and HPA activity in adult female rhesus macaques.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hannibal, Darcy L; Cassidy, Lauren C; Vandeleest, Jessica; Semple, Stuart; Barnard, Allison; Chun, Katie; Winkler, Sasha; McCowan, Brenda

    2018-05-02

    Laboratory rhesus macaques are often housed in pairs and may be temporarily or permanently separated for research, health, or management reasons. While both long-term social separations and introductions can stimulate a stress response that impacts inflammation and immune function, the effects of short-term overnight separations and whether qualities of the pair relationship mediate these effects are unknown. In this study, we investigated the effects of overnight separations on the urinary cortisol concentration of 20 differentially paired adult female rhesus macaques (Macaca mulatta) at the California National Primate Research Center. These females were initially kept in either continuous (no overnight separation) or intermittent (with overnight separation) pair-housing and then switched to the alternate pair-housing condition part way through the study. Each study subject was observed for 5 weeks, during which we collected measures of affiliative, aggressive, anxious, abnormal, and activity-state behaviors in both pair-housing conditions. Additionally, up to three urine samples were collected from each subject per week and assayed for urinary free cortisol and creatinine. Lastly, the behavioral observer scored each pair on four relationship quality attributes ("Anxious," "Tense," "Well-meshed," and "Friendly") using a seven-point scale. Data were analyzed using a generalized linear model with gamma distribution and an information theoretic approach to determine the best model set. An interaction between the intermittent pairing condition and tense pair adjective rating was in the top three models of the best model set. Dominance and rates of affiliation were also important for explaining urinary cortisol variation. Our results suggest that to prevent significant changes in HPA-axis activation in rhesus macaque females, which could have unintended effects on research outcomes, pairs with "Tense" relationships and overnight separations preventing tactile contact

  3. Pair Negotiation When Developing English Speaking Tasks

    Science.gov (United States)

    Bohórquez Suárez, Ingrid Liliana; Gómez Sará, Mary Mily; Medina Mosquera, Sindy Lorena

    2011-01-01

    This study analyzes what characterizes the negotiations of seventh graders at a public school in Bogotá when working in pairs to develop speaking tasks in EFL classes. The inquiry is a descriptive case study that follows the qualitative paradigm. As a result of analyzing the data, we obtained four consecutive steps that characterize students'…

  4. Drift wave in pair-ion plasma

    Indian Academy of Sciences (India)

    of charged particles in electromagnetic fields. The linear and nonlinear collective modes in electron-positron plasma have been investigated theoretically [3–6]. Recently, Oohara and Hatakeyama [7] have developed a novel method for generating a pair plasma con- sisting of only negative and positive ions with equal mass ...

  5. Klein tunneling phenomenon with pair creation process

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wu, G. Z.; Zhou, C. T.; Fu, L. B.

    2018-01-01

    In this paper, we study the Klein tunneling phenomenon with electron-positron pair creation process. Pairs can be created from the vacuum by a supercritical single-well potential (for electrons). In the time region, the time-dependent growth pattern of the created pairs can be characterized by four distinct regimes which can be considered as four different statuses of the single well. We find that if positrons penetrate the single well by Klein tunneling in different statuses, the total number of the tunneling positrons will be different. If Klein tunneling begins at the initial stage of the first status i.e. when the sing well is empty, the tunneling process and the total number of tunneling positrons are similar to the traditional Klein tunneling case without considering the pair creation process. As the tunneling begins later, the total tunneling positron number increases. The number will finally settle to an asymptotic value when the tunneling begins later than the settling-down time t s of the single well which has been defined in this paper.

  6. Effective pair potentials for spherical nanoparticles

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Van Zon, Ramses

    2009-01-01

    An effective description for rigid spherical nanoparticles in a fluid of point particles is presented. The points inside the nanoparticles and the point particles are assumed to interact via spherically symmetric additive pair potentials, while the distribution of points inside the nanoparticles is taken to be spherically symmetric and smooth. The resulting effective pair interactions between a nanoparticle and a point particle, as well as between two nanoparticles, are then given by spherically symmetric potentials. If overlap between particles is allowed, as can occur for some forms of the pair potentials, the effective potential generally has non-analytic points. It is shown that for each effective potential the expressions for different overlapping cases can be written in terms of one analytic auxiliary potential. Even when only non-overlapping situations are possible, the auxiliary potentials facilitate the formulation of the effective potentials. Effective potentials for hollow nanoparticles (appropriate e.g. for buckyballs) are also considered and shown to be related to those for solid nanoparticles. For hollow nanoparticles overlap is more physical, since this covers the case of a smaller particle embedded in a larger, hollow nanoparticle. Finally, explicit expressions are given for the effective potentials derived from basic pair potentials of power law and exponential form, as well as from the commonly used London–van der Waals, Morse, Buckingham, and Lennard-Jones potentials. The applicability of the latter is demonstrated by comparison with an atomic description of nanoparticles with an internal face centered cubic structure

  7. Odd-frequency pairing in superconducting heterostructures

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Golubov, A A [Faculty of Science and Technology and MESA Institute for Nanotechnology, University of Twente, 7500 AE Enschede (Netherlands); Tanaka, Y [Department of Applied Physics, Nagoya University, Nagoya, 464-8603 (Japan); Asano, Y [Department of Applied Physics, Hokkaido University, Sapporo 060-8628 (Japan); Tanuma, Y [Institute of Physics, Kanagawa University, 3-7-1, Rokkakubashi, Kanagawa-ku, Yokohama 221-8686 (Japan)], E-mail: a.golubov@utwente.nl

    2009-04-22

    We review the theory of odd-frequency pairing in superconducting heterostructures, where an odd-frequency pairing component is induced near interfaces. A general description of the superconducting proximity effect in a normal metal or a ferromagnet attached to an unconventional superconductor (S) is given within quasiclassical kinetic theory for various types of symmetry state in S. Various possible symmetry classes in a superconductor are considered which are consistent with the Pauli principle: even-frequency spin-singlet even-parity (ESE) state, even-frequency spin-triplet odd-parity (ETO) state, odd-frequency spin-triplet even-parity (OTE) state and odd-frequency spin-singlet odd-parity (OSO) state. As an example, we consider a junction between a diffusive normal metal (DN) and a p-wave superconductor (even-frequency spin-triplet odd-parity symmetry), where the pairing amplitude in DN belongs to an odd-frequency spin-triplet even-parity symmetry class. We also discuss the manifestation of odd-frequency pairing in conventional superconductor/normal (S/N) proximity systems and its relation to the classical McMillan-Rowell oscillations.

  8. Impact of Paired Tutoring and Mentoring.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Bruce, Jennifer E.; Trammell, Jack

    2003-01-01

    Discusses a study that examines the effects of paired tutoring and mentoring on academic achievement of college freshmen in a probationary program. Results show that students with mentoring and tutoring services by the same person show greater academic gains as measured by compliance and academic achievement than do those students who were…

  9. Pair breaking and charge relaxation in superconductors

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Nielson, J.B.; Pethick, C.J.; Rammer, J.; Smith, H.

    1982-01-01

    We present a general formalism based on the quasiclassical Green's function for calculating charge imbalance in nonequilibrium superconductors. Our discussion is sufficiently general that it applies at arbitrary temperatures, and under conditions when the width of quasiparticle states are appreciable due to pair breaking processes, and when strong coupling effects are significant. As a first application we demonstrate in detail how in the limit of smallpair breaking and for a weak coupling superconductor the collision term in the formalism reduces to the one in the quasiparticle Boltzmann equation. We next treat the case of charge imbalance generated by tunnel injection, with pair breaking by phonons and magnetic impurities. Over the range of temperatures investigated exerimentally to date, the calculated charge imbalance is rather close to that evaluated using the Boltzmann equation, even if pair braeking is so strong as almost to destroy superconductivity. Finally we consider charge imbalance generated by the combined influence of a supercurrent and a temperature gradient. We give calculations for a dirty superconductor with scattering by phonons as the pair breaking mechanism, and the results give a reasonable account of the experimental data of Clarke, Fjordboge, and Lindelof. We carry out calculations for the case of impurity scattering along which are valid not only in the clean and dirty limits, but also for intermediate situations. These enable us to see how the large contribution to the charge imbalance found for energies close to the gap edge in the clean case is reduced with increasing impurity scattering

  10. Pseudopotential transformation of correlated-pair equations

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Szasz, L.; Brown, L.

    1975-01-01

    A pseudopotential transformation for correlated-pair equations is derived that yields solutions that are pseudowavefunctions, i.e., they do not have to be orthogonal to the core functions. The approximate solutions for the transformation will be much simpler to compute, but they do not involve a loss of accuracy

  11. Predictive labeling with dependency pairs using SAT

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Koprowski, A.; Middeldorp, A.; Pfenning, F.

    2007-01-01

    This paper combines predictive labeling with dependency pairs and reports on its implementation. Our starting point is the method of proving termination of rewrite systems using semantic labeling with infinite models in combination with lexicographic path orders. We replace semantic labeling with

  12. Multipole pair vibrations in superfluid 3He

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Baldo, M.; Giansiracusa, G.; Lombardo, U.; Pucci, R.; Petronio, G.

    1978-01-01

    Starting from a path integral formation of the 3 He superfluidity, the authors study the pair vibrations around the BCS solution. For both the BW and ABM states get a set of possible excitations. In particular it is shown that a new type of excitation is present for pure 1 = 2 spin singlet vibration. (Auth.)

  13. Pion-pair production by two photons

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Terazawa, Hidezumi.

    1994-07-01

    The cross section for pion-pair production by two photons is calculated approximately by using the low energy theorem previously derived from partially-conserved-axial-vector-current hypothesis and current algebra, and found to agree very well with the experimental data recently obtained by the Mark II, TPC/Two-Gamma and CLEO Collaborations. (author)

  14. Computing Hypercrossed Complex Pairings in Digital Images

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Simge Öztunç

    2013-01-01

    Full Text Available We consider an additive group structure in digital images and introduce the commutator in digital images. Then we calculate the hypercrossed complex pairings which generates a normal subgroup in dimension 2 and in dimension 3 by using 8-adjacency and 26-adjacency.

  15. Phenomena, dynamics and instabilities of vortex pairs

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Williamson, C H K; Asselin, D J; Leweke, T; Harris, D M

    2014-01-01

    Our motivation for studying the dynamics of vortex pairs stems initially from an interest in the trailing wake vortices from aircraft and the dynamics of longitudinal vortices close to a vehicle surface. However, our motivation also comes from the fact that vortex–vortex interactions and vortex–wall interactions are fundamental to many turbulent flows. The intent of the paper is to present an overview of some of our recent work concerning the formation and structure of counter-rotating vortex pairs. We are interested in the long-wave and short-wave three-dimensional instabilities that evolve for an isolated vortex pair, but also we would like to know how vortex pairs interact with a wall, including both two-dimensional interactions, and also the influence of the surface on the three-dimensional instabilities. The emphasis of this presentation is on physical mechanisms by which vortices interact with each other and with surfaces, principally from an experimental approach, but also coupled with analytical studies. (paper)

  16. A Novel Approach for Collaborative Pair Programming

    Science.gov (United States)

    Goel, Sanjay; Kathuria, Vanshi

    2010-01-01

    The majority of an engineer's time in the software industry is spent working with other programmers. Agile methods of software development like eXtreme Programming strongly rely upon practices like daily meetings and pair programming. Hence, the need to learn the skill of working collaboratively is of primary importance for software developers.…

  17. Pair production of intermediate vector bosons

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Mikaelian, K.O.

    1979-01-01

    The production of intermediate vector boson pairs W + W - , Z 0 Z 0 , W +- Z 0 and W +- γ in pp and p anti p collisions is discussed. The motivation is to detect the self-interactions among the four intermediate vector bosons

  18. Pairing the Adult Learner and Boutique Wineries

    Science.gov (United States)

    Holyoke, Laura; Heath-Simpson, Delta

    2013-01-01

    This study explored connections between adult learners and their experiences in the context of small boutique wineries operating in the start-up phase of the organizational life cycle. The research objective was to gain insight regarding the pairing of adult learners with the entering of a specialty industry. Fourteen individuals from four…

  19. Plasma analog of particle-pair production

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Tsidulko, Yu.A.; Berk, H.L.

    1996-09-01

    It is shown that the plasma axial shear flow instability satisfies the Klein-Gordon equation. The plasma instability is then shown to be analogous to spontaneous particle-pair production when a potential energy is present that is greater than twice the particle rest mass energy. Stability criteria can be inferred based on field theoretical conservation laws

  20. Frustrated Lewis pairs: Design and reactivity

    Indian Academy of Sciences (India)

    for FLP systems and their unique reactivity are discussed here. Keywords. Lewis .... we will concentrate on the design principles of such. FLPs and the ... Designs of frustrated Lewis pairs ..... 64 and neutral titanium (III) complex [Cp2TiOC6.

  1. Environmentally benign working pairs for adsorption refrigeration

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Cui Qun; Tao Gang; Chen Haijun; Guo Xinyue; Yao Huqing

    2005-01-01

    This paper begins from adsorption working pairs: water and ethanol were selected as refrigerants; 13x molecular sieve, silica gel, activated carbon, adsorbent NA and NB, proposed by authors, were selected as adsorbents, and the performance of adsorption working pairs in adsorption refrigeration cycle was studied. The adsorption isotherms of adsorbents (NA and NB) were obtained by high-vacuum gravimetric method. Desorption properties of adsorbents were analyzed and compared by thermal analysis method. The performance of adsorption refrigeration was studied on simulation device of adsorption refrigeration cycle. After presentation of adsorption isotherms, the thermodynamic performance for their use in adsorption refrigeration system was calculated. The results show: (1) the maximum adsorption capacity of water on adsorbent NA reaches 0.7 kg/kg, and the maximum adsorption capacity of ethanol on adsorbent NB is 0.68 kg/kg, which is three times that of ethanol on activated carbon, (2) the refrigeration capacity of NA-water working pair is 922 kJ/kg, the refrigeration capacity of NB-ethanol is 2.4 times that of activated carbon-methanol, (3) as environmental friendly and no public hazard adsorption working pair, NA-H 2 O and NB-ethanol can substitute activated carbon-methanol in adsorption refrigeration system using low-grade heat source

  2. Fermion pair physics at LEP2

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Georgios, Anagnostou

    2004-01-01

    Combined measurements of the 4 LEP collaborations for the fermion pair processes e + e - →f anti f are presented. The results show no significant deviations when compared with the Standard Model predictions and are used to set limits on contact interactions, Z' gauge bosons and low scale gravity models with large extra dimensions. (orig.)

  3. Frustrated Lewis pairs-assisted tritium labeling

    Czech Academy of Sciences Publication Activity Database

    Marek, Aleš; Široká, Sabina; Elbert, Tomáš

    2016-01-01

    Roč. 14, č. 5 (2016), s. 219 ISSN 2336-7202. [Sjezd českých a slovenských chemických společností /68./. 04.09.2016-07.09.2016, Praha] Institutional support: RVO:61388963 Keywords : frustrated Lewis pairs * one-pot synthesis * tritium -labeling Subject RIV: CC - Organic Chemistry

  4. Angular assymetries in a shielded pair line

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Fanchiotti, H.; Garcia Canal, C.A.; Vucetich, H.

    1979-01-01

    The capacitance matrix and surface charge density distribution of an unbalanced pair line with both longitudinal and balanced excitations is presented. In particular the case in which the axes of the inner wires are not restricted to lie on a line through the axis of the shield is discussed

  5. Structural, electronic and vibrational properties of small Ga{sub x}N{sub y} (x+y = 2-5) nanoclusters: a B3LYP-DFT study

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Yadav, P S; Yadav, R K; Agrawal, B K [Physics Department, Allahabad University, Allahabad-211002 (India)

    2007-02-21

    An ab initio study of the stability, structural and electronic properties has been made for 49 gallium nitride nanoclusters, Ga{sub x}N{sub y} (x+y = 2-5). Among the various configurations corresponding to a fixed x+y = n value, the configuration possessing the maximum value of binding energy (BE) is named as the most stable structure. The vibrational and optical properties have been investigated only for the most stable structures. A B3LYP-DFT/6-311G(3df) method has been employed to optimize the geometries of the nanoclusters fully. The binding energies (BEs), highest-occupied and lowest-unoccupied molecular orbital (HOMO-LUMO) gaps and the bond lengths have been obtained for all the clusters. We have considered the zero-point energy (ZPE) corrections ignored by the earlier workers. The adiabatic and vertical ionization potentials (IPs) and electron affinities (EAs), charge on atoms, dipole moments, vibrational frequencies, infrared intensities (IR Int.), relative infrared intensities (Rel. IR Int.) and Raman scattering activities have been investigated for the most stable structures. The configurations containing the N atoms in majority are seen to be the most stable structures. The strong N-N bond has an important role in stabilizing the clusters. For clusters containing one Ga atom and all the others as N atoms, the BE increases monotonically with the number of the N atoms. The HOMO-LUMO gap and IP fluctuate with the cluster size n, having larger values for the clusters containing odd number of N atoms. On the other hand, the EA decreases with the cluster size up to n = 3, and shows slow fluctuations thereafter for the larger clusters. In general, the adiabatic IP (EA) is smaller (greater) than the vertical IP (EA) because of the lower energies of the most stable ground state of the cationic (anionic) clusters. The optical absorption spectrum or electron energy loss spectrum (EELS) is unique for every cluster, and may be used to characterize a specific cluster

  6. Binaries and triples among asteroid pairs

    Science.gov (United States)

    Pravec, Petr; Scheirich, Peter; Kušnirák, Peter; Hornoch, Kamil; Galád, Adrián

    2015-08-01

    Despite major achievements obtained during the past two decades, our knowledge of the population and properties of small binary and multiple asteroid systems is still far from advanced. There is a numerous indirect evidence for that most small asteroid systems were formed by rotational fission of cohesionless parent asteroids that were spun up to the critical frequency presumably by YORP, but details of the process are lacking. Furthermore, as we proceed with observations of more and more binary and paired asteroids, we reveal new facts that substantially refine and sometimes change our understanding of the asteroid systems. One significant new finding we have recently obtained is that primaries of many asteroid pairs are actually binary or triple systems. The first such case found is (3749) Balam (Vokrouhlický, ApJL 706, L37, 2009). We have found 9 more binary systems among asteroid pairs within our ongoing NEOSource photometric project since October 2012. They are (6369) 1983 UC, (8306) Shoko, (9783) Tensho-kan, (10123) Fideoja, (21436) Chaoyichi, (43008) 1999 UD31, (44620) 1999 RS43, (46829) 1998 OS14 and (80218) 1999 VO123. We will review their characteristics. These paired binaries as we call them are mostly similar to binaries in the general ("background") population (of unpaired asteroids), but there are a few trends. The paired binaries tend to have larger secondaries with D_2/D_1 = 0.3 to 0.5 and they also tend to be wider systems with 8 of the 10 having orbital periods between 30 and 81 hours, than average among binaries in the general population. There may be also a larger fraction of triples; (3749) Balam is a confirmed triple, having a larger close and a smaller distant satellite, and (8306) Shoko and (10123) Fideoja are suspect triples as they show additional rotational lightcurve components with periods of 61 and 38.8 h that differ from the orbital period of 36.2 and 56.5 h, respectively. The unbound secondaries tend to be of the same size or

  7. Metal-mediated DNA base pairing: alternatives to hydrogen-bonded Watson-Crick base pairs.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Takezawa, Yusuke; Shionoya, Mitsuhiko

    2012-12-18

    With its capacity to store and transfer the genetic information within a sequence of monomers, DNA forms its central role in chemical evolution through replication and amplification. This elegant behavior is largely based on highly specific molecular recognition between nucleobases through the specific hydrogen bonds in the Watson-Crick base pairing system. While the native base pairs have been amazingly sophisticated through the long history of evolution, synthetic chemists have devoted considerable efforts to create alternative base pairing systems in recent decades. Most of these new systems were designed based on the shape complementarity of the pairs or the rearrangement of hydrogen-bonding patterns. We wondered whether metal coordination could serve as an alternative driving force for DNA base pairing and why hydrogen bonding was selected on Earth in the course of molecular evolution. Therefore, we envisioned an alternative design strategy: we replaced hydrogen bonding with another important scheme in biological systems, metal-coordination bonding. In this Account, we provide an overview of the chemistry of metal-mediated base pairing including basic concepts, molecular design, characteristic structures and properties, and possible applications of DNA-based molecular systems. We describe several examples of artificial metal-mediated base pairs, such as Cu(2+)-mediated hydroxypyridone base pair, H-Cu(2+)-H (where H denotes a hydroxypyridone-bearing nucleoside), developed by us and other researchers. To design the metallo-base pairs we carefully chose appropriate combinations of ligand-bearing nucleosides and metal ions. As expected from their stronger bonding through metal coordination, DNA duplexes possessing metallo-base pairs exhibited higher thermal stability than natural hydrogen-bonded DNAs. Furthermore, we could also use metal-mediated base pairs to construct or induce other high-order structures. These features could lead to metal-responsive functional

  8. Schwinger pair creation of Kaluza-Klein particles: Pair creation without tunneling

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Friedmann, Tamar; Verlinde, Herman

    2005-01-01

    We study Schwinger pair creation of charged Kaluza-Klein (KK) particles from a static KK electric field. We find that the gravitational backreaction of the electric field on the geometry--which is incorporated via the electric KK-Melvin solution--prevents the electrostatic potential from overcoming the rest mass of the KK particles, thus impeding the tunneling mechanism which is often thought of as responsible for the pair creation. However, we find that pair creation still occurs with a finite rate formally similar to the classic Schwinger result, but via an apparently different mechanism, involving a combination of the Unruh effect and vacuum polarization due to the E-field

  9. Neutron pair and proton pair transfer reactions between identical cores in the sulfur region

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Mermaz, M.C.

    1995-12-01

    Optical model and exact finite range distorted-wave Born approximation analyses were performed on neutron pair exchange between identical cores for 32 S and 34 S nuclei and on proton pair exchange between identical cores for 30 Si and 32 S. The extracted spectroscopic factors were compared with theoretical ones deduced from Hartree-Fock calculations on these pair of nuclei. The enhancement of the experimental cross sections with respect to the theoretical ones strongly suggests evidence for a nuclear Josephson effect. (author). 15 refs., 5 figs., 3 tabs

  10. Tunable metal-insulator transition in Nd{sub 1−x}Y{sub x}NiO{sub 3} (x = 0.3, 0.4) perovskites thin film at near room temperature

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Shao, Tao; Qi, Zeming, E-mail: zmqi@ustc.edu.cn; Wang, Yuyin; Li, Yuanyuan; Yang, Mei; Zhang, Guobin [National Synchrotron Radiation Laboratory, University of Science and Technology of China, Hefei, Anhui 230029 (China); Wang, Yu [Shanghai Synchrotron Radiation Facility, Shanghai Institute of Applied Physics, Chinese Academy of Science, Shanghai 201204 (China); Liu, Miao [Environmental Energy Technologies Division, Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory, Berkeley, California 94720 (United States)

    2015-07-13

    Metal-insulator transition (MIT) occurs due to the charge disproportionation and lattice distortions in rare-earth nickelates. Existing studies revealed that the MIT behavior of rare-earth nickelates is fairly sensitive to external stress/pressure, suggesting a viable route for MIT strain engineering. Unlike applying extrinsic strain, the MIT can also be modulated by through rare-earth cation mixing, which can be viewed as intrinsic quantum stress. We choose Nd{sub 1−X}Y{sub X}NiO{sub 3} (x = 0.3, 0.4) perovskites thin films as a prototype system to exhibit the tunable sharp MIT at near room temperature. By adjusting Y concentration, the transition temperature of the thin films can be changed within the range of 340–360 K. X-ray diffraction, X-ray absorption fine structure (XAFS), and in situ infrared spectroscopy are employed to probe the structural and optical property variation affected by composition and temperature. The infrared transmission intensity decreases with temperature across the MIT, indicating a pronounced thermochromic effect. Meanwhile, the XAFS result exhibits that the crystal atomistic structure changes accompanying with the Y atoms incorporation and MIT phase transition. The heavily doped Y atoms result in the pre-edge peak descent and Ni-O bond elongation, suggesting an enhanced charge disproportionation effect and the weakening of hybridization between Ni-3d and O-2p orbits.

  11. A study on the redox, spectroscopic, and photophysical characteristics of a series of octahedral hexamolybdenum(ii) clusters: [{Mo6X8}Y6]2- (X, Y = Cl, Br, or I).

    Science.gov (United States)

    Akagi, Soichiro; Fujii, Sho; Kitamura, Noboru

    2018-01-23

    We report a systematic study on the redox, spectroscopic, and photophysical properties of a series of [{Mo 6 X 8 }Y 6 ] 2- (X, Y = Cl, Br, or I. 1-9). All of the [{Mo 6 X 8 }Y 6 ] 2- clusters show intense and long-lived phosphorescence in both CH 3 CN and crystalline phases at 298 K. We found that the emission quantum yields (Φ em ) of 1-9 increase in the sequences X = Cl Br Br Br < Cl for given {Mo 6 X 8 } 4+ -core clusters. The present data demonstrate that arbitrary combinations of X and Y in [{Mo 6 X 8 }Y 6 ] 2- could tune τ em and Φ em in the ranges of 85-300 μs and 0.09-0.47, respectively. Both capping (X) and terminal ligand (Y) effects on the photophysical properties of the clusters are discussed on the basis of the energy gap (i.e., emission energy) dependence of the nonradiative decay rate constant.

  12. As-Deposited (La1-xSrx)(Ga1-y-zMgyCoz)O3-(x+y+z)/2 Crystallized Thin Films Prepared by Pulsed Laser Deposition for Application to Solid Oxide Fuel Cell Electrolyte

    Science.gov (United States)

    Mitsugi, Fumiaki; Kanazawa, Seiji; Ohkubo, Toshikazu; Nomoto, Yukiharu; Ishihara, Tatsumi; Takita, Yusaku

    2004-01-01

    Doped lanthanum gallate (La1-xSrx)(Ga1-y-zMgyCoz)O3-(x+y+z)/2 (LSGMCO) perovskite oxide films were deposited on a quartz glass, LaAlO3 single-crystal substrate and porous anode electrode of a solid oxide fuel cell (SOFC) by pulsed laser deposition. It was necessary to increase the substrate temperature up to 800°C for a crystallization of the LSGMCO films. The film deposited on the LaAlO3 single-crystal substrate grew along the c-axis. The as-deposited LSGMCO thick film fabricated on the porous substrate at 800°C and at an oxygen pressure of 20Pa was formed from polycrystal columns and showed a high conductivity of 0.7S/cm at a measurement temperature of 800°C. The activation energies were 0.72 eV at 600-800°C and 1.05 eV at 400-600°C.

  13. Electronic, Structural, and Electrochemical Properties of LiNixCuyMn2-x-yO4 (0 < x < 0.5, 0 < y < 0.5) High-Voltage Spinel Materials

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Yang, Ming-Che; Xu, Bo; Cheng, Ju-Hsiang; Pan, Chun-Jern; Hwang, Bing-Joe; Meng, Ying S.

    2011-01-01

    First principles computation is carried out for investigating the electronic, structural, and electrochemical properties of LiM 1/2 Mn 3/2 O 4 (M = Ti, V, Cr, Fe, Co, Ni, and Cu). The computation results suggest that doping with Co or Cu can potentially lower Li diffusion barrier as compared to Ni doping. Our experimental research has focused on LiNi x Cu y Mn 2-x-y O 4 (0 x Cu y Mn 2-x-6 O 4 (0 0.25 Cu 0.25 Mn 1.50 O 4 , the proposed explanation of the voltage profile by the first principles computation was proven, a second plateau at 4.2 V originates from the oxidation of Cu 2+ to Cu 3+ , and the plateau at 4.95 V may originate from extra electrons provided by oxygen ions. Although the reversible discharge capacity decreases with increasing Cu amount, optimized composition such as LiCu 0.25 Ni 0.25 Mn 1.5 O 4 exhibits high capacities at high rates.

  14. A reduced order electrochemical and thermal model for a pouch type lithium ion polymer battery with LiNixMnyCo1-x-yO2/LiFePO4 blended cathode

    Science.gov (United States)

    Li, Xueyan; Choe, Song-Yul; Joe, Won Tae

    2015-10-01

    LiNixMnyCo1-x-yO2 (NMC) and LiFePO4 (LFP) as a cathode material have been widely employed for cells designed for high power applications. However, NMC needs further improvements in rate capability and stability that can be accomplished by blending it with LFP. Working mechanism of the blended cells is very complex and hard to understand. In addition, characteristics of the blended cells, particularly the plateau and path dependence of LFP materials, make it extremely difficult to estimate the state of charge and state of health using classical electric equivalent circuit models. Therefore, a reduced order model based on electrochemical and thermal principles is developed with objectives for real time applications and validated against experimental data collected from a large format pouch type of lithium ion polymer battery. The model for LFP is based on a shrinking core model along with moving boundary and then integrated into NMC model. Responses of the model that include SOC estimation and responses of current and voltage are compared with those of experiments at CC/CV charging and CC discharging along with different current rates and temperatures. In addition, the model is used to analyze effects of mass ratios between two materials on terminal voltage and heat generation rate.

  15. BURNY-SQUID, 2-D Burnup of UO{sub 2} and Mix UO{sub 2} PuO{sub 2} Fuel in X-Y or R-Z Geometry

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Rosa, I; Zara, G; Guidotti, R [ENEL-DCO, Via G.B. Martini, 3, 00198 Rome (Italy)

    1974-08-01

    1 - Nature of physical problem solved: - Multigroup neutron diffusion and burnup equations for two- to five- energy groups over a rectangular region of the x-y or r-z plane. - For a given geometry and initial enrichment, it calculates the two- to five- group flux distributions, the nuclides burnt in a time step t, and then the flux distribution again. This process is repeated until the maximum burn-up is reached. - Criticality search by uniform variation of a control isotope. - Solution of problems with fuel having different geometrical parameters, by means of super-compositions. - Recycle and restart options are available. - UO{sub 2} and PUO{sub 2}-UO{sub 2} fuel can be handled. 2 - Method of solution: The zero-dimension burn-up program RIBOT-5 is coupled with the two-dimension program SQUID and alternately executed. The differential equations are solved by the difference method. 3 - Restrictions on the complexity of the problem: 200 maximum number of compositions 10,000 maximum number of mesh points 5 maximum Number of groups. 4 maximum number of super-compositions. Diagonal symmetry allowed.

  16. Model for pairing phase transition in atomic nuclei

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Schiller, A.; Guttormsen, M.; Hjorth-Jensen, M.; Rekstad, J.; Siem, S.

    2002-01-01

    A model is developed which allows the investigation and classification of the pairing phase transition in atomic nuclei. The regions of the parameter space are discussed for which a pairing phase transition can be observed. The model parameters include number of particles, attenuation of pairing correlations with increasing seniority, single-particle level spacing, and pairing gap parameter

  17. Paired peer learning through engineering education outreach

    Science.gov (United States)

    Fogg-Rogers, Laura; Lewis, Fay; Edmonds, Juliet

    2017-01-01

    Undergraduate education incorporating active learning and vicarious experience through education outreach presents a critical opportunity to influence future engineering teaching and practice capabilities. Engineering education outreach activities have been shown to have multiple benefits; increasing interest and engagement with science and engineering for school children, providing teachers with expert contributions to engineering subject knowledge, and developing professional generic skills for engineers such as communication and teamwork. This pilot intervention paired 10 pre-service teachers and 11 student engineers to enact engineering outreach in primary schools, reaching 269 children. A longitudinal mixed methods design was employed to measure change in attitudes and Education Outreach Self-Efficacy in student engineers; alongside attitudes, Teaching Engineering Self-Efficacy and Engineering Subject Knowledge Confidence in pre-service teachers. Highly significant improvements were noted in the pre-service teachers' confidence and self-efficacy, while both the teachers and engineers qualitatively described benefits arising from the paired peer mentor model.

  18. Top quark pair production beyond NNLO

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Muselli, Claudio [TIF Lab, Dipartimento di Fisica, Università di Milano, and INFN - Sezione di Milano,Via Celoria 16, I-20133 Milano (Italy); Bonvini, Marco [Rudolf Peierls Centre for Theoretical Physics, University of Oxford,1 Keble Road, OX1 3NP, Oxford (United Kingdom); Forte, Stefano [TIF Lab, Dipartimento di Fisica, Università di Milano, and INFN - Sezione di Milano,Via Celoria 16, I-20133 Milano (Italy); Marzani, Simone [Center for Theoretical Physics, Massachusetts Institute of Technology,77 Massachusetts Avenue, Cambridge, MA 02139 (United States); Ridolfi, Giovanni [Dipartimento di Fisica, Università di Genova and INFN - Sezione di Genova,Via Dodecaneso 33, I-16146 Genova (Italy)

    2015-08-17

    We construct an approximate expression for the total cross section for the production of a heavy quark-antiquark pair in hadronic collisions at next-to-next-to-next-to-leading order (N{sup 3}LO) in α{sub s}. We use a technique which exploits the analyticity of the Mellin space cross section, and the information on its singularity structure coming from large N (soft gluon, Sudakov) and small N (high energy, BFKL) all order resummations, previously introduced and used in the case of Higgs production. We validate our method by comparing to available exact results up to NNLO. We find that N{sup 3}LO corrections increase the predicted top pair cross section at the LHC by about 4% over the NNLO.

  19. Top quark pair production beyond NNLO

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Muselli, Claudio; Bonvini, Marco; Forte, Stefano; Marzani, Simone; Ridolfi, Giovanni

    2015-01-01

    We construct an approximate expression for the total cross section for the production of a heavy quark-antiquark pair in hadronic collisions at next-to-next-to-next-to-leading order (N 3 LO) in α s . We use a technique which exploits the analyticity of the Mellin space cross section, and the information on its singularity structure coming from large N (soft gluon, Sudakov) and small N (high energy, BFKL) all order resummations, previously introduced and used in the case of Higgs production. We validate our method by comparing to available exact results up to NNLO. We find that N 3 LO corrections increase the predicted top pair cross section at the LHC by about 4% over the NNLO.

  20. Photoproduction of Drell-Yan lepton pairs

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Jones, L.M.; Sullivan, J.D.; Willen, D.E.; Wyld, H.W.

    1979-01-01

    We investigate the Drell-Yan reaction γp → (μ + μ - ) X with an eye to experimental determination of the photon structure functions. Contributions to the process from both the nonhadronic anomaly and the vector-dominance piece are estimated: we find that the cross section from the anomaly dominates the vector-dominance contribution at large Q 2 . The background from Bethe-Heitler pairs is also calculated; it is somewhat suppressed by going to y=0, and further suppressed relative to the Drell-Yan contribution for fixed Q 2 by looking at high center-of-mass energies and at small Q/sub perpendicular/ for the pair. Overall we find that the absolute Drell-Yan cross sections in the regions of interest are very small; experimental study of the process will be difficult

  1. A search for resonant Z pair production

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Boveia, Antonio [Univ. of California, Santa Barbara, CA (United States)

    2008-12-01

    I describe a search for anomalous production of Z pairs through a new massive resonance X in 2.5-2.9 fb-1 of p$\\bar{p}$ collisions at √s = 1.96 TeV using the CDFII Detector at the Fermilab Tevatron. I reconstruct Z pairs through their decays to electrons, muons, and quarks. To achieve perhaps the most efficient lepton reconstruction ever used at CDF, I apply a thorough understanding of the detector and new reconstruction software heavily revised for this purpose. In particular, I have designed and employ new general-purpose algorithms for tracking at large η in order to increase muon acceptance. Upon analyzing the unblinded signal samples, I observe no X → ZZ candidates and set upper limits on the production cross section using a Kaluza-Klein graviton-like acceptance.

  2. Magnetically-enhanced open string pair production

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lu, J. X.

    2017-12-01

    We consider the stringy interaction between two parallel stacks of D3 branes placed at a separation. Each stack of D3 branes in a similar fashion carry an electric flux and a magnetic flux with the two sharing no common field strength index. The interaction amplitude has an imaginary part, giving rise to the Schwinger-like pair production of open strings. We find a significantly enhanced rate of this production when the two electric fluxes are almost identical and the brane separation is on the order of string scale. This enhancement will be largest if the two magnetic fluxes are opposite in direction. This novel enhancement results from the interplay of the non-perturbative Schwinger-type pair production due to the electric flux and the stringy tachyon due to the magnetic flux, and may have realistic physical applications.

  3. Radiation- and pair-loaded shocks

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lyutikov, Maxim

    2018-06-01

    We consider the structure of mildly relativistic shocks in dense media, taking into account the radiation and pair loading, and diffusive radiation energy transfer within the flow. For increasing shock velocity (increasing post-shock temperature), the first important effect is the efficient energy redistribution by radiation within the shock that leads to the appearance of an isothermal jump, whereby the flow reaches the final state through a discontinuous isothermal transition. The isothermal jump, on scales much smaller than the photon diffusion length, consists of a weak shock and a quick relaxation to the isothermal conditions. Highly radiation-dominated shocks do not form isothermal jump. Pair production can mildly increase the overall shock compression ratio to ≈10 (4 for matter-dominated shocks and 7 of the radiation-dominated shocks).

  4. Dynamics and Instabilities of Vortex Pairs

    Science.gov (United States)

    Leweke, Thomas; Le Dizès, Stéphane; Williamson, Charles H. K.

    2016-01-01

    This article reviews the characteristics and behavior of counter-rotating and corotating vortex pairs, which are seemingly simple flow configurations yet immensely rich in phenomena. Since the reviews in this journal by Widnall (1975) and Spalart (1998) , who studied the fundamental structure and dynamics of vortices and airplane trailing vortices, respectively, there have been many analytical, computational, and experimental studies of vortex pair flows. We discuss two-dimensional dynamics, including the merging of same-sign vortices and the interaction with the mutually induced strain, as well as three-dimensional displacement and core instabilities resulting from this interaction. Flows subject to combined instabilities are also considered, in particular the impingement of opposite-sign vortices on a ground plane. We emphasize the physical mechanisms responsible for the flow phenomena and clearly present the key results that are useful to the reader for predicting the dynamics and instabilities of parallel vortices.

  5. Space-Efficient Re-Pair Compression

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Bille, Philip; Gørtz, Inge Li; Prezza, Nicola

    2017-01-01

    Re-Pair [5] is an effective grammar-based compression scheme achieving strong compression rates in practice. Let n, σ, and d be the text length, alphabet size, and dictionary size of the final grammar, respectively. In their original paper, the authors show how to compute the Re-Pair grammar...... in expected linear time and 5n + 4σ2 + 4d + √n words of working space on top of the text. In this work, we propose two algorithms improving on the space of their original solution. Our model assumes a memory word of [log2 n] bits and a re-writable input text composed by n such words. Our first algorithm runs...

  6. Glass scintillator pair for compensation neutron logging

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Ji Changsong; Li Xuezhi; Yiu Guangduo

    1985-01-01

    Glass scintillator pair types ST 1604 and ST 1605 for compensation of neutron logging is developed. The neutron sensitive material used is multistick lithium glass scintillators 3 and 4 mm in diameter respectively. Thermoneutron detection efficiencies are 50-60% and 100% respectively. The detection efficiency for 60 Co γ ray is lower than 0.3%. The type ST 1604 and ST 1605 may also be used as high sensitive neutron detectors in an intensive γ ray field

  7. On $ \\phi $ -amicable pairs (with appendix)

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    G.L. Cohen; H.J.J. te Riele (Herman)

    1995-01-01

    textabstractLet $\\phi(n)$ denote Euler's totient function, i.e., the number of positive integers~$pairs of positive integers $(a_0,a_1)$ with $a_0\\le a_1$ such that $\\phi(a_0)=\\phi(a_1)=(a_0+a_1)/k$ for some integer $k\\ge1$. We call these numbers $\\phi$--{\\it

  8. Signature scheme based on bilinear pairs

    Science.gov (United States)

    Tong, Rui Y.; Geng, Yong J.

    2013-03-01

    An identity-based signature scheme is proposed by using bilinear pairs technology. The scheme uses user's identity information as public key such as email address, IP address, telephone number so that it erases the cost of forming and managing public key infrastructure and avoids the problem of user private generating center generating forgery signature by using CL-PKC framework to generate user's private key.

  9. Hadronic production of lepton pairs (experimental)

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Boucrot, J.

    1980-12-01

    Hadonic production of lepton pairs has become a good testground of Q.C.D. The large effects predicted in cross sections and in Psub(T) distributions are seen and may be one of the good indirect proofs of the existence of gluons. Detailed experimental results are available, and clearly it is necessary that higher order Q.C.D. corrections should be estimated

  10. W+- pairs and neutral currents at ISABELLE

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Mikaelian, K.O.

    1975-01-01

    A report is presented on two different types of processes which may form part of the weak interactions program. The first is the production of pairs of charged weak bosons in the process pp → W + W - X; the second involves searching for neutral current effects in the rate for ordinary lepton production, without measuring any charge asymmetry or helicities using the reaction pp → l + l - X

  11. Narrowband polarization entangled telecom photon pair source

    OpenAIRE

    Kaiser , Florian; Issautier , Amandine; Alibart , Olivier; Martin , Anthony; Tanzilli , Sébastien

    2011-01-01

    Contributed Talk; International audience; During the last decade, quantum entanglement has paved the way out to of the lab modern applications such as quantum computation and communication. Today, small scale quantum networks exist already, but they are limited to a few 100 km distance, due to intrinsic fiber transmission losses and non perfect detectors. These networks are typically established using photon pair sources based on spontaneous parametric down conversion (SPDC). Widely used enta...

  12. Determination of the pairing-strength constants in the isovector plus isoscalar pairing case

    Science.gov (United States)

    Mokhtari, D.; Fellah, M.; Allal, N. H.

    2016-05-01

    A method for the determination of the pairing-strength constants, in the neutron-proton (n-p) isovector plus isoscalar pairing case, is proposed in the framework of the BCS theory. It is based on the fitting of these constants to reproduce the experimentally known pairing gap parameters as well as the root-mean-squared (r.m.s) charge radii values. The method is applied to some proton-rich even-even nuclei. The single-particle energies used are those of a deformed Woods-Saxon mean field. It is shown that the obtained value of the ratio GnpT=0/G npT=1 is of the same order as the ones, arbitrary chosen, of some previous works. The effect of the inclusion of the isoscalar n-p pairing in the r.m.s matter radii is then numerically studied for the same nuclei.

  13. Neutrino signal from pair-instability supernovae

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wright, Warren P.; Gilmer, Matthew S.; Fröhlich, Carla; Kneller, James P.

    2017-11-01

    A very massive star with a carbon-oxygen core in the range of 64M ⊙Earth from two, one-dimensional pair-instability supernova simulations which bracket the mass range of stars which explode by this mechanism taking into account the full time and energy dependence of the neutrino emission and the flavor evolution through the outer layers of the star. We calculate the neutrino signals in five different detectors chosen to represent present or near future designs. We find the more massive progenitors explode as pair-instability supernova which can easily be detected in multiple different neutrino detectors at the "standard" supernova distance of 10 kpc producing several events in DUNE, JUNO, and Super-Kamiokande, while the lightest progenitors produce only a handful of events (if any) in the same detectors. The proposed Hyper-Kamiokande detector would detect neutrinos from a large pair-instability supernova as far as ˜50 kpc allowing it to reach the Megallanic Clouds and the several very high mass stars known to exist there.

  14. Exclusive production of W pairs in CMS

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Silveira Da

    2014-04-01

    Full Text Available We report the results on the search for exclusive production of W pairs in the LHC with data collected by the Compact Muon Solenoid detector in proton-proton collisions at √s = 7 TeV. The analysis comprises the two-photon production of a W pairs, pp → pW+ W− p → p νe± νµ∓ p. Two events are observed in data for pT(ℓ > 4 GeV, |η(ℓ| 20 GeV, in agreement with the standard model prediction of 2.2 ± 0.4 signal events with 0.84 ± 0.15 background events. Moreover, a study of the tail of the lepton pair transverse momentum distribution is performed to search for an evidence of anomalous quartic gauge couplings in the γγ → W+ W− vertex. As no events are observed in data, it results in a model-independent upper limits for the anomalous W quartic gauge couplings aW0,C/Λ2, which are of the order of 10−4.

  15. Galactic Pairs in the Early Universe

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kohler, Susanna

    2018-02-01

    In the spirit of Valentines Day, today well be exploring apparent pairs of galaxies in the distant, early universe. How can we tell whether these duos are actually paired galaxies, as opposed to disguised singles?Real Pair, or Trick of the Light?In the schematic timeline of the universe, the epoch of reionization is when the first galaxies and quasars began to form and evolve. [NASA]The statistics of merging galaxies throughout the universe reveal not only direct information about how galaxies interact, but also cosmological information about the structure of the universe. While weve observed many merging galaxy pairs at low redshift, however, its much more challenging to identify these duos in the early universe.A merging pair of galaxies at high redshift appears to us as a pair of unresolved blobs that lie close to each other in the sky. But spotting such a set of objects doesnt necessarily mean were looking at a merger! There are three possible scenarios to explain an observed apparent duo:Its a pair of galaxies in a stage of merger.Its a projection coincidence; the two galaxies arent truly near each other.Its a single galaxy being gravitationally lensed by a foreground object. This strong lensing produces the appearance of multiple galaxies.Hubble photometry of one of the three galaxy groups identified at z 8, with the galaxies in the image labeled with their corresponding approximate photometric redshifts. [Adapted from Chaikin et al. 2018]Hunting for Distant DuosIn a recent study led by Evgenii Chaikin (Peter the Great St. Petersburg Polytechnic University, Russia), a team of scientists has explored the Hubble Ultra Deep Field in search ofhigh-redshift galaxies merging during the epoch of reionization, when the first galaxies formed and evolved.Using an approach called the dropout technique, which leverages the visibility of the galaxies in different wavelength filters, Chaikin and collaborators obtain approximate redshifts for an initial sample of 7

  16. Pair formation by a deep potential well

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Nikishov, A.I.

    1987-01-01

    We obtain solutions of the Dirac and Klein-Gordon equations for a symmetric one-dimensional potential well with a flat bottom, and arbitrary depth, width, and field strength at the walls. Quasistationary solutions are found describing pair creation by the well, and the inverse process. It is shown that when the probability of pair creation by the well is small, it can be expressed in terms of the probability of pair creation at one of the walls and the oscillation frequency of the particle in the well. Among the states of the lower continuum, there are positron resonance scattering states for supercritical well depths. The energies of these states are close to the real part of the quasistationary energy level (the Zel'dovich effect). The qualitative dependence of the transmission coefficient of the positron through the well on its energy and the well width supports the idea that the solution of the so-called one-particle Dirac equation describes a many-particle system with charge 0 or 1

  17. Pair creation by dynamic field configurations

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Aoyama, H.

    1982-01-01

    This thesis deals with the dynamics of the classical configuration of a quantum field unstable due to pair creation. The effective action method is developed first to treat such problems for a simple two-field model. Physical quantities such as pair creation probabilities are related to a complex function called the effective configuration, which is defined to minimize the effective action. Unitarity of the S-matrix is verified at the lowest order of the weak-field approximation. At the same order, the real valued vacuum expectation value of the quantum field, named the real configuration, is constructed in terms of the effective configuration. An integro-differential equation for the real configuration is given and is used to show that the real configuration is causal, while the effective configuration is not. Two practical applications of the effective action method are discussed. The first deals with pair creation in an anisotropic universe, and the real geometry is given in terms of the effective geometry in the samll anisotropy limit. The second deals with expanding vacuum bubbles. Corresponding to three possible situations, three kinds of field equations of each of the effective configuration and the real configuration are obtained. The behavior of the bubble is also studied by a semi-classical method, and one of the three situations is suggested to be plausible

  18. Quantitative evaluation of pairs and RS steganalysis

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ker, Andrew D.

    2004-06-01

    We give initial results from a new project which performs statistically accurate evaluation of the reliability of image steganalysis algorithms. The focus here is on the Pairs and RS methods, for detection of simple LSB steganography in grayscale bitmaps, due to Fridrich et al. Using libraries totalling around 30,000 images we have measured the performance of these methods and suggest changes which lead to significant improvements. Particular results from the project presented here include notes on the distribution of the RS statistic, the relative merits of different "masks" used in the RS algorithm, the effect on reliability when previously compressed cover images are used, and the effect of repeating steganalysis on the transposed image. We also discuss improvements to the Pairs algorithm, restricting it to spatially close pairs of pixels, which leads to a substantial performance improvement, even to the extent of surpassing the RS statistic which was previously thought superior for grayscale images. We also describe some of the questions for a general methodology of evaluation of steganalysis, and potential pitfalls caused by the differences between uncompressed, compressed, and resampled cover images.

  19. Pair-correlations in swimmer suspensions

    Science.gov (United States)

    Nambiar, Sankalp; Subramanian, Ganesh

    2017-11-01

    Suspensions of rear-actuated swimming microorganisms, such as E.coli, exhibit several interesting phenomena including spontaneous pattern formation above a critical concentration, novel rheological properties, shear-induced concentration banding etc. Explanations based on mean-field theory are only qualitative, since interactions between swimmers are important for typical experimental concentrations. We analytically characterize the hydrodynamic pair-interactions in a quiescent suspension of slender straight swimmers. The pair-correlation, calculated at leading order by integrating the swimmer velocity disturbances along straight trajectories, decays as 1/r2 for r >> L (L being the swimmer size). This allows us to characterize both polar and nematic correlations in an interacting swimmer suspension. In the absence of correlations, the velocity covariance asymptotes from a constant for r > L, the latter being characteristic of a suspension of non-interacting point force-dipoles. On including correlations, the slow decay of the pair-orientation correlation leads to an additional contribution to the velocity covariance that diverges logarithmically with system size.

  20. Estimating Eulerian spectra from pairs of drifters

    Science.gov (United States)

    LaCasce, Joe

    2017-04-01

    GPS-tracked surface drifters offer the possibility of sampling energetic variations at the ocean surface on scales of only 10s of meters, much less than that resolved by satellite. Here we investigate whether velocity differences between pairs of drifters can be used to estimate kinetic energy spectra. Theoretical relations between the spectrum and the second-order longitudinal structure function for 2D non-divergent flow are derived. The structure function is a natural statistic for particle pairs and is easily calculated. However it integrates contributions across wavenumber, and this tends to obscure the spectral dependencies when turbulent inertial ranges are of finite extent. Nevertheless, the transform from spectrum to structure function is robust, as illustrated with Eulerian data collected from aircraft. The inverse transform, from structure function to spectrum, is much less robust, yielding poor results in particular at large wavenumbers. This occurs because the transform involves a filter function which magnifies contributions from large pair separations, which tend to be noisy. Fitting the structure function to a polynomial improves the spectral estimate, but not sufficiently to distinguish correct inertial range dependencies. Thus with Lagrangian data, it is appears preferable to focus on structure functions, despite their shortcomings.

  1. Magnetic Pair Creation Transparency in Pulsars

    Science.gov (United States)

    Story, Sarah; Baring, M. G.

    2013-04-01

    The Fermi gamma-ray pulsar database now exceeds 115 sources and has defined an important part of Fermi's science legacy, providing rich information for the interpretation of young energetic pulsars and old millisecond pulsars. Among the well established population characteristics is the common occurrence of exponential turnovers in the 1-10 GeV range. These turnovers are too gradual to arise from magnetic pair creation in the strong magnetic fields of pulsar inner magnetospheres, so their energy can be used to provide lower bounds to the typical altitude of GeV band emission. We explore such constraints due to single-photon pair creation transparency below the turnover energy. We adopt a semi-analytic approach, spanning both domains when general relativistic influences are important and locales where flat spacetime photon propagation is modified by rotational aberration effects. Our work clearly demonstrates that including near-threshold physics in the pair creation rate is essential to deriving accurate attenuation lengths. The altitude bounds, typically in the range of 2-6 neutron star radii, provide key information on the emission altitude in radio quiet pulsars that do not possess double-peaked pulse profiles. For the Crab pulsar, which emits pulsed radiation up to energies of 120 GeV, we obtain a lower bound of around 15 neutron star radii to its emission altitude.

  2. Paired and interacting galaxies: Conference summary

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Norman, C.A.

    1990-01-01

    The author gives a summary of the conference proceedings. The conference began with the presentation of the basic data sets on pairs, groups, and interacting galaxies with the latter being further discussed with respect to both global properties and properties of the galactic nuclei. Then followed the theory, modelling and interpretation using analytic techniques, simulations and general modelling for spirals and ellipticals, starbursts and active galactic nuclei. Before the conference the author wrote down the three questions concerning pairs, groups and interacting galaxies that he hoped would be answered at the meeting: (1) How do they form, including the role of initial conditions, the importance of subclustering, the evolution of groups to compact groups, and the fate of compact groups; (2) How do they evolve, including issues such as relevant timescales, the role of halos and the problem of overmerging, the triggering and enhancement of star formation and activity in the galactic nuclei, and the relative importance of dwarf versus giant encounters; and (3) Are they important, including the frequency of pairs and interactions, whether merging and interactions are very important aspects of the life of a normal galaxy at formation, during its evolution, in forming bars, shells, rings, bulges, etc., and in the formation and evolution of active galaxies? Where possible he focuses on these three central issues in the summary

  3. Orthogonal expansions related to compact Gelfand pairs

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Berg, Christian; Peron, Ana P.; Porcu, Emilio

    2017-01-01

    . The functions of this class are the functions having a uniformly convergent expansion ∑ϕεZB(ϕ)(u)ϕ(x) for xεG,uεL, where the sum is over the space Z of positive definite spherical functions ϕ:G→C for the Gelfand pair, and (B(ϕ))ϕεZ is a family of continuous positive definite functions on L such that ∑ϕε......For a locally compact group G, let P(G) denote the set of continuous positive definite functions f:G→C. Given a compact Gelfand pair (G,K) and a locally compact group L, we characterize the class PK#(G,L) of functions fεP(G×L) which are bi-invariant in the G-variable with respect to K......(d)) and (U(q),U(q-1)) as well as for the product of these Gelfand pairs.The result generalizes recent theorems of Berg-Porcu (2016) and Guella-Menegatto (2016)....

  4. Strong pairing approximation in comparison with the exact solutions to the pairing Hamiltonian

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Lunyov A.V.

    2016-01-01

    Full Text Available Results of the Strong Pairing Approximation (SPA as a method with the exact particle number conservation are compared with those of the quasiparticle method (QM. It is shown that SPA comes to the same equations as QM for the gap parameter, chemical potential and one- and two-quasiparticle states. Calculations are performed for 14864Gd84 as an example, and compared with the exact solutions to the pairing Hamiltonian.

  5. Detecting nonlocal Cooper pair entanglement by optical Bell inequality violation

    OpenAIRE

    Nigg, Simon E.; Tiwari, Rakesh P.; Walter, Stefan; Schmidt, Thomas L.

    2014-01-01

    Based on the Bardeen Cooper Schrieffer (BCS) theory of superconductivity, the coherent splitting of Cooper pairs from a superconductor to two spatially separated quantum dots has been predicted to generate nonlocal pairs of entangled electrons. In order to test this hypothesis, we propose a scheme to transfer the spin state of a split Cooper pair onto the polarization state of a pair of optical photons. We show that the produced photon pairs can be used to violate a Bell inequality, unambiguo...

  6. The paired-domination and the upper paired-domination numbers of graphs

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Włodzimierz Ulatowski

    2015-01-01

    Full Text Available In this paper we continue the study of paired-domination in graphs. A paired-dominating set, abbreviated PDS, of a graph \\(G\\ with no isolated vertex is a dominating set of vertices whose induced subgraph has a perfect matching. The paired-domination number of \\(G\\, denoted by \\(\\gamma_{p}(G\\, is the minimum cardinality of a PDS of \\(G\\. The upper paired-domination number of \\(G\\, denoted by \\(\\Gamma_{p}(G\\, is the maximum cardinality of a minimal PDS of \\(G\\. Let \\(G\\ be a connected graph of order \\(n\\geq 3\\. Haynes and Slater in [Paired-domination in graphs, Networks 32 (1998, 199-206], showed that \\(\\gamma_{p}(G\\leq n-1\\ and they determine the extremal graphs \\(G\\ achieving this bound. In this paper we obtain analogous results for \\(\\Gamma_{p}(G\\. Dorbec, Henning and McCoy in [Upper total domination versus upper paired-domination, Questiones Mathematicae 30 (2007, 1-12] determine \\(\\Gamma_{p}(P_n\\, instead in this paper we determine \\(\\Gamma_{p}(C_n\\. Moreover, we describe some families of graphs \\(G\\ for which the equality \\(\\gamma_{p}(G=\\Gamma_{p}(G\\ holds.

  7. Top quark pair production at the LHC

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Baernreuther, Peter

    2012-06-28

    One of the most interesting and manifold processes in the Standard Model of elementary particle physics is the top quark pair production. It enabled the discovery of the top quark at the Tevatron in 1995 and the determination of many of its properties. By means of a precise measurement and calculation of the cross section of top quark pair production it is possible to extract the top quark mass. Improvements in the gluon parton distribution functions (important for the Higgs boson production) or improvements in the prediction of the Higgs mass are also closely linked with the top quark pair production. Furthermore, the production process plays an important role in the discovery of new physics. On the one hand the top quark pair decays form the largest part of the background in many BSM models, on the other hand BSM physics can be detected directly in the decay process by investigating the charge symmetry or the invariant mass spectrum. At the LHC it will be possible for the first time to produce a large amount of top quarks; thereby the statistical errors of the observables will be strongly reduced. The enormous increase in the production rate has two reasons. On the one hand, the acceleration energy of the LHC (14 TeV and 7 TeV) is significantly greater than that of the Tevatron (1.96 Tev). This leads to an increase of the cross section by a factor of 100 ({proportional_to}7.3 pb at the Tevatron to {proportional_to}800 pb at 14 TeV LHC). On the other hand, the luminosity of the LHC outperforms the Tevatron by a factor of 10-100. The reduced experimental errors for the observables demand an improvement of the theoretical error. The experimental accuracy of the LHC and the great relevance of the process led to an intensive activity of different research groups in order to improve the calculation of the cross section of top quark pair production. This work presents for the first time a complete numerical result for the full NNLO correction for the top quark pair

  8. Top quark pair production at the LHC

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Baernreuther, Peter

    2012-01-01

    One of the most interesting and manifold processes in the Standard Model of elementary particle physics is the top quark pair production. It enabled the discovery of the top quark at the Tevatron in 1995 and the determination of many of its properties. By means of a precise measurement and calculation of the cross section of top quark pair production it is possible to extract the top quark mass. Improvements in the gluon parton distribution functions (important for the Higgs boson production) or improvements in the prediction of the Higgs mass are also closely linked with the top quark pair production. Furthermore, the production process plays an important role in the discovery of new physics. On the one hand the top quark pair decays form the largest part of the background in many BSM models, on the other hand BSM physics can be detected directly in the decay process by investigating the charge symmetry or the invariant mass spectrum. At the LHC it will be possible for the first time to produce a large amount of top quarks; thereby the statistical errors of the observables will be strongly reduced. The enormous increase in the production rate has two reasons. On the one hand, the acceleration energy of the LHC (14 TeV and 7 TeV) is significantly greater than that of the Tevatron (1.96 Tev). This leads to an increase of the cross section by a factor of 100 (∝7.3 pb at the Tevatron to ∝800 pb at 14 TeV LHC). On the other hand, the luminosity of the LHC outperforms the Tevatron by a factor of 10-100. The reduced experimental errors for the observables demand an improvement of the theoretical error. The experimental accuracy of the LHC and the great relevance of the process led to an intensive activity of different research groups in order to improve the calculation of the cross section of top quark pair production. This work presents for the first time a complete numerical result for the full NNLO correction for the top quark pair production in quark anti

  9. Older Galaxy Pair Has Surprisingly Youthful Glow

    Science.gov (United States)

    2007-01-01

    [figure removed for brevity, see original site] Poster Version A pair of interacting galaxies might be experiencing the galactic equivalent of a mid-life crisis. For some reason, the pair, called Arp 82, didn't make their stars early on as is typical of most galaxies. Instead, they got a second wind later in life -- about 2 billion years ago -- and started pumping out waves of new stars as if they were young again. Arp 82 is an interacting pair of galaxies with a strong bridge and a long tail. NGC 2535 is the big galaxy and NGC 2536 is its smaller companion. The disk of the main galaxy looks like an eye, with a bright 'pupil' in the center and oval-shaped 'eyelids.' Dramatic 'beads on a string' features are visible as chains of evenly spaced star-formation complexes along the eyelids. These are presumably the result of large-scale gaseous shocks from a grazing encounter. The colors of this galaxy indicate that the observed stars are young to intermediate in age, around 2 million to 2 billion years old, much less than the age of the universe (13.7 billion years). The puzzle is: why didn't Arp 82 form many stars earlier, like most galaxies of that mass range? Scientifically, it is an oddball and provides a relatively nearby lab for studying the age of intermediate-mass galaxies. This picture is a composite captured by Spitzer's infrared array camera with light at wavelength 8 microns shown in red, NASA's Galaxy Evolution Explorer combined 1530 and 2310 Angstroms shown in blue, and the Southeastern Association for Research in Astronomy Observatory light at 6940 Angstroms shown in green.

  10. Augmenting Think-Pair-Share with Simulations

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lee, Kevin M.; Siedell, C. M.; Prather, E. E.; CATS

    2009-01-01

    Computer simulations are valuable tools for the teaching and learning of introductory astronomy. They enable students to link together small pieces of information into mental models of complex physical systems that are far beyond their everyday experience. They can also be used to authentically test a student's conceptual understanding of a physical system by asking the student to make predictions regarding its behavior. Students receive formative feedback by testing their predictions in simulations. Think-Pair-Share - the posing of conceptual questions to students and having them vote on the answer before and after discussion with their peers - can benefit considerably from the incorporation of simulations. Simulations can be used for delivering content that precedes Think-Pair-Share, as the prompt the questions is based upon, or as a feedback tool to illustrate the answer to a question. These techniques are utilized in ClassAction - a collection of materials designed to enhance the metacognitive skills of Astro 101 students by promoting interactive engagement and providing rapid feedback. The main focus is dynamic conceptual questions largely based upon graphics that can be projected in the classroom. Many questions are available in a Flash computer database and instructors have the capability to recast these questions into alternate permutations based on their own preferences and student responses. Outlines, graphics, and simulations are included which instructors can use to provide feedback. This poster provides examples of simulation usage in Think-Pair-Share related to sky motions, lunar phases, and stellar properties. A multi-institutional classroom validation study of ClassAction is currently underway as a Collaboration of Astronomy Teaching Scholars (CATS) research project. All materials are publicly available at http://astro.unl.edu. We would like to thank the NSF for funding under Grant Nos. 0404988 and 0715517, a CCLI Phase III Grant for the

  11. Paired structures and bipolar knowledge representation

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Montero, Javier; Bustince, Humberto; Franco, Camilo

    In this strictly positional paper we propose a general approach to bipolar knowledge representation, where the meaning of concepts can be modelled by examining their decomposition into opposite and neutral categories. In particular, it is the semantic relationship between the opposite categories...... and at the same time the type of neutrality rising in between opposites. Based on this first level of bipolar knowledge representation, paired structures in fact offer the means to characterize a specific bipolar valuation scale depending on the meaning of the concept that has to be verified. In this sense...

  12. Z Boson Pair-Production at LEP

    CERN Document Server

    Achard, P; Aguilar-Benítez, M; Alcaraz, J; Alemanni, G; Allaby, James V; Aloisio, A; Alviggi, M G; Anderhub, H; Andreev, V P; Anselmo, F; Arefev, A; Azemoon, T; Aziz, T; Bagnaia, P; Bajo, A; Baksay, G; Baksay, L; Baldew, S V; Banerjee, S; Banerjee, Sw; Barczyk, A; Barillère, R; Bartalini, P; Basile, M; Batalova, N; Battiston, R; Bay, A; Becattini, F; Becker, U; Behner, F; Bellucci, L; Berbeco, R; Berdugo, J; Berges, P; Bertucci, B; Betev, B L; Biasini, M; Biglietti, M; Biland, A; Blaising, J J; Blyth, S C; Bobbink, Gerjan J; Böhm, A; Boldizsar, L; Borgia, B; Bottai, S; Bourilkov, D; Bourquin, Maurice; Braccini, S; Branson, J G; Brochu, F; Burger, J D; Burger, W J; Cai, X D; Capell, M; Cara Romeo, G; Carlino, G; Cartacci, A M; Casaus, J; Cavallari, F; Cavallo, N; Cecchi, C; Cerrada, M; Chamizo-Llatas, M; Chang, Y H; Chemarin, M; Chen, A; Chen, G; Chen, G M; Chen, H F; Chen, H S; Chiefari, G; Cifarelli, Luisa; Cindolo, F; Clare, I; Clare, R; Coignet, G; Colino, N; Costantini, S; de la Cruz, B; Cucciarelli, S; van Dalen, J A; De Asmundis, R; Déglon, P L; Debreczeni, J; Degré, A; Dehmelt, K; Deiters, K; Della Volpe, D; Delmeire, E; Denes, P; De Notaristefani, F; De Salvo, A; Diemoz, M; Dierckxsens, M; Dionisi, C; Dittmar, M; Doria, A; Dova, M T; Duchesneau, D; Duda, M; Echenard, B; Eline, A; El-Hage, A; El-Mamouni, H; Engler, A; Eppling, F J; Extermann, P; Falagán, M A; Falciano, S; Favara, A; Fay, J; Fedin, O; Felcini, M; Ferguson, T; Fesefeldt, H S; Fiandrini, E; Field, J H; Filthaut, Frank; Fisher, P H; Fisher, W; Fisk, I; Forconi, G; Freudenreich, Klaus; Furetta, C; Galaktionov, Yu; Ganguli, S N; García-Abia, P; Gataullin, M; Gentile, S; Giagu, S; Gong, Z F; Grenier, G; Grimm, O; Grünewald, M W; Guida, M; van Gulik, R; Gupta, V K; Gurtu, A; Gutay, L J; Haas, D; Hatzifotiadou, D; Hebbeker, T; Hervé, A; Hirschfelder, J; Hofer, H; Hohlmann, M; Holzner, G; Hou, S R; Hu, Y; Jin, B N; Jones, L W; de Jong, P; Josa-Mutuberria, I; Käfer, D; Kaur, M; Kienzle-Focacci, M N; Kim, J K; Kirkby, Jasper; Kittel, E W; Klimentov, A; König, A C; Kopal, M; Koutsenko, V F; Kräber, M H; Krämer, R W; Krüger, A; Kunin, A; Ladrón de Guevara, P; Laktineh, I; Landi, G; Lebeau, M; Lebedev, A; Lebrun, P; Lecomte, P; Lecoq, P; Le Coultre, P; Le Goff, J M; Leiste, R; Levtchenko, M; Levchenko, P M; Li, C; Likhoded, S; Lin, C H; Lin, W T; Linde, Frank L; Lista, L; Liu, Z A; Lohmann, W; Longo, E; Lü, Y S; Luci, C; Luminari, L; Lustermann, W; Ma Wen Gan; Malgeri, L; Malinin, A; Maña, C; Mans, J; Martin, J P; Marzano, F; Mazumdar, K; McNeil, R R; Mele, S; Merola, L; Meschini, M; Metzger, W J; Mihul, A; Milcent, H; Mirabelli, G; Mnich, J; Mohanty, G B; Muanza, G S; Muijs, A J M; Musicar, B; Musy, M; Nagy, S; Natale, S; Napolitano, M; Nessi-Tedaldi, F; Newman, H; Nisati, A; Novák, T; Nowak, H; Ofierzynski, R A; Organtini, G; Pal, I; Palomares, C; Paolucci, P; Paramatti, R; Passaleva, G; Patricelli, S; Paul, T; Pauluzzi, M; Paus, C; Pauss, Felicitas; Pedace, M; Pensotti, S; Perret-Gallix, D; Petersen, B; Piccolo, D; Pierella, F; Pioppi, M; Piroué, P A; Pistolesi, E; Plyaskin, V; Pohl, M; Pozhidaev, V; Pothier, J; Prokofev, D; Prokofiev, D O; Quartieri, J; Rahal-Callot, G; Rahaman, M A; Raics, P; Raja, N; Ramelli, R; Rancoita, P G; Ranieri, R; Raspereza, A V; Razis, P A; Ren, D; Rescigno, M; Reucroft, S; Riemann, S; Riles, K; Roe, B P; Romero, L; Rosca, A; Rosier-Lees, S; Roth, S; Rosenbleck, C; Roux, B; Rubio, J A; Ruggiero, G; Rykaczewski, H; Sakharov, A; Saremi, S; Sarkar, S; Salicio, J; Sánchez, E; Schäfer, C; Shchegelskii, V; Schopper, Herwig Franz; Schotanus, D J; Sciacca, C; Servoli, L; Shevchenko, S; Shivarov, N; Shoutko, V; Shumilov, E; Shvorob, A V; Son, D; Souga, C; Spillantini, P; Steuer, M; Stickland, D P; Stoyanov, B; Strässner, A; Sudhakar, K; Sultanov, G G; Sun, L Z; Sushkov, S; Suter, H; Swain, J D; Szillási, Z; Tang, X W; Tarjan, P; Tauscher, Ludwig; Taylor, L; Tellili, B; Teyssier, D; Timmermans, C; Ting, Samuel C C; Ting, S M; Tonwar, S C; Tóth, J; Tully, C; Tung, K L; Ulbricht, J; Valente, E; Van de Walle, R T; Vásquez, R; Veszpremi, V; Vesztergombi, G; Vetlitskii, I; Vicinanza, D; Viertel, Gert M; Villa, S; Vivargent, M; Vlachos, S; Vodopyanov, I; Vogel, H; Vogt, H; Vorobev, I; Vorobyov, A A; Wadhwa, M; Wang, Q; Wang, X L; Wang, Z M; Weber, M; Wienemann, P; Wilkens, H; Wynhoff, S; Xia, L; Xu, Z Z; Yamamoto, J; Yang, B Z; Yang, C G; Yang, H J; Yang, M; Yeh, S C; Zalite, A; Zalite, Yu; Zhang, Z P; Zhao, J; Zhu, G Y; Zhu, R Y; Zhuang, H L; Zichichi, A; Zimmermann, B; Zöller, M

    2003-01-01

    Events stemming from the pair-production of Z bosons in e^+e^- collisions are studied using 217.4 pb^-1 of data collected with the L3 detector at centre-of-mass energies from 200 GeV up to 209 GeV. The special case of events with b quarks is also investigated. Combining these events with those collected at lower centre-of-mass energies, the Standard Model predictions for the production mechanism are verified. In addition, limits are set on anomalous couplings of neutral gauge bosons and on effects of extra space dimensions.

  13. Pair Negotiation When Developing English Speaking Tasks

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Ingrid Liliana Bohórquez Suárez

    2011-12-01

    Full Text Available This study analyzes what characterizes the negotiations of seventh graders at a public school in Bogotá when working in pairs to develop speaking tasks in EFL classes. The inquiry is a descriptive case study that follows the qualitative paradigm. As a result of analyzing the data, we obtained four consecutive steps that characterize students’ negotiations: Establishing a connection with a partner to work with, proposing practical alternatives, refusing mates’ propositions, and making practical decisions. Moreover, we found that the constant performance of the process of negotiation provokes students to construct a sociolinguistic identity that allows agreements to emerge.

  14. Production of supersymmetric pairs at antipp colliders

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Peschanski, R.

    1985-02-01

    Production and decay rates of squarks and gluinos at antipp colliders are shown to depend not only on the mass scale but on the ratio of squark to gluino mass. In the degenerate case which is shown to be natural in a large class of broken Supergravity models with minimal field content the predicted cross-sections are enhanced by a sizeable factor. This gives an improved bound on the squark mass (70 GeV) from the analysis of Cern monojets and indications for the search of squark decay modes of supersymmetric pairs at antipp colliders in the near future

  15. Pairing correlations in a fissioning potential well

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Krappe, H.J.; Fadeev, S.

    1999-01-01

    To describe pairing correlations in a fissioning system one commonly projects the BCS wave function separately onto good particle numbers in each fragment in the exit channel, but only onto the total number of particles in the parent system. We propose to interpolate between these limiting situations by the generator-coordinate method with the particle-number difference between the nascent fragments as the generator coordinate. Model calculations are presented for the Hill-Wheeler box potential with a δ-function diaphragm to mimic scission

  16. Hadroproduction of massive lepton pairs and QCD

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Berger, E.L.

    1979-04-01

    A survey is presented of some current issues of interest in attempts to describe the production of massive lepton pairs in hadronic collisions at high energies. I concentrate on the interpretation of data in terms of the parton model and on predictions derived from quantum-chromodynamics (QCD), their reliability and their confrontation with experiment. Among topics treated are the connection with deep-inelastic lepton scattering, universality of structure functions, and the behavior of cross-sections as a function of transverse momentum

  17. Dimer pair correlations on the brick lattice

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Yokoi, C.S.O.; Nagle, J.F.; Sulinas, S.R.

    1986-01-01

    Using exact methods, pair-correlation functions are studied in the dimer model defined on a brick lattice. At long distances these functions exhibit strongly anisotropic algebraic decay and, near criticality, the length scales diverge differently in the two principal directions. The critical exponents are v /sub x/ =1/2 and v /sub y/ =1. These results are in agreement with deductions drawn from recent exact finite-size scaling calculations. We also interpret our results in the light of domain wall theories of commensurate-incommensurate transitions, and in particular we study the relation of the present model to the discrete version of the Pokrovsky-Talapov model introduced by Villain

  18. Calculations of reactivity based in the solution of the Neutron transport equation in X Y geometry and Lineal perturbation theory; Calculos de reactividad basados en la solucion de la Ecuacion de transporte de neutrones en geometria XY y Teoria de perturbacion lineal

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Valle G, E. del; Mugica R, C.A. [IPN, ESFM, Departamento de Ingenieria Nuclear, 07738 Mexico D.F. (Mexico)]. e-mail: cmugica@ipn.mx

    2005-07-01

    In our country, in last congresses, Gomez et al carried out reactivity calculations based on the solution of the diffusion equation for an energy group using nodal methods in one dimension and the TPL approach (Lineal Perturbation Theory). Later on, Mugica extended the application to the case of multigroup so much so much in one as in two dimensions (X Y geometry) with excellent results. Presently work is carried out similar calculations but this time based on the solution of the neutron transport equation in X Y geometry using nodal methods and again the TPL approximation. The idea is to provide a calculation method that allows to obtain in quick form the reactivity solving the direct problem as well as the enclosed problem of the not perturbed problem. A test problem for the one that results are provided for the effective multiplication factor is described and its are offered some conclusions. (Author)

  19. Local and Nanoscale Structure and Speciation in the PuO{sub 2+x-y}(OH){sub 2y} {center_dot}zH{sub 2}O System

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Conradson, Steven D.; Begg, Bruce D.; Clark, David L.; Den Auwer, Christophe J.; Ding, Mei; Dorhout, Peter K.; Espinosa-Faller, Francisco J.; Gordon, Pamela L.; Haire, Richard G.; Hess, Nancy J.; Hess, Ryan F.; Keogh, D. Webster; Morales, Luis A.; Neu, Mary P.; Paviet-Hartmann, Patricia; Runde, Wolfgang; Tait, C DREW.; Veirs, D. Kirk; Villella, Phillip M.

    2004-09-26

    Pu L3 X-ray absorption fine structure spectra from 24 samples of PuO{sub 2+x} (and two related Pu substituted oxides), prepared by a variety of methods, demonstrate that (1) although the Pu sublattice remains the ordered part of the Pu distribution, the nearest-neighbor O atoms even at x = 0 are found in a multisite distribution with Pu-O distances consistent with the stable incorporation of OH{sup -} (and possibly H{sub 2}O and H{sup +}) into the PuO{sub 2} lattice; (2) the excess O from oxidation is found at Pu-O distances <1.9 {angstrom}, consistent with the multiply bound ''oxo''-type ligands found in molecular complexes of Pu(V) and Pu(VI); (3) the Pu associated with these oxo groups is most likely Pu(V), so that the excess O probably occurs as PuO{sub 2}{sup +} moieties that are aperiodically distributed through the lattice; and (4) the collective interactions between these defect sites most likely cause them to cluster so as give nanoscale heterogeneity in the form of domains that may have unusual reactivity, observed as sequential oxidation by H{sub 2}O at ambient conditions. The most accurate description of PuO{sub 2} is therefore actually PuO{sub 2+x-y}(OH){sub 2y} {center_dot} zH{sub 2}O, with pure, ordered, homogeneous PuO{sub 2} attained only when H{sub 2}O is rigorously excluded and the O activity is relatively low.

  20. Structural changes of Bi sub 1. 8 Sr sub 2 (Ca sub 1 minus x Y sub x )Cu sub 2. 2 O sub z ceramics with yttrium content studied by electron diffraction and high-resolution electron microscopy

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Onozuka, T.; Iwabuchi, Y.; Fukase, T. (Institute for Materials Research, Tohoku University, Sendai 980, Japan (JP)); Sato, H. (School of Materials Engineering, Purdue University, West Lafayette, Indiana 47907 (USA)); Mitchell, T.E. (Los Alamos National Laboratory, Los Alamos, New Mexico 87545 (USA))

    1991-06-01

    The mode of the incommensurate modulation in the {ital b} direction of the Bi{sub 1.8}Sr{sub 2}(Ca{sub 1{minus}{ital x}}Y{sub {ital x}})Cu{sub 2.2}O{sub {ital z}} (0.05{lt}{ital x}{lt}0.75) system is investigated by means of electron diffraction and high-resolution lattice imaging. The change of period of the long-period structure with {ital x} is found to be basically due to the mixing ratio of domains of two modulation periods with {ital b}=4.5{ital b}{sub 0} and 5{ital b}{sub 0} or 4.5{ital b}{sub 0} and 4{ital b}{sub 0}, thus creating periods of {ital b}=4.75{ital b}{sub 0--}4.0{ital b}{sub 0}. The fundamental orthorhombic lattice has dimensions of {ital a}{congruent}{ital b}{congruent}{ital b}{sub 0} (0.54 nm) and {ital c}{congruent}{ital c}{sub 0} (3.1 nm). The change of the mixing mode from one to the other mentioned above occurs just in the yttrium concentration range, 0.45{lt}{ital x}{lt}0.65, which also corresponds to the superconductor (metallic)-to-semiconductor transition boundary. The mixing modes of the domains are directly recorded as a contrast modulation with half periods, 4.5{ital b}{sub 0}/2 and 5{ital b}{sub 0}/2 or 4.5{ital b}{sub 0}/2 and 4{ital b}{sub 0}/2 in high-resolution lattice images. These images are reproduced well by a multislice computer-simulation technique.

  1. Crystal structure investigations of ZrAsxSey (x>y, x+y≤2) by single crystal neutron diffraction at 300 K, 25 K and 2.3 K

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Niewa, Rainer; Czulucki, Andreas; Schmidt, Marcus; Auffermann, Gudrun; Cichorek, Tomasz; Meven, Martin; Pedersen, Bjoern; Steglich, Frank; Kniep, Ruediger

    2010-01-01

    Large single crystals of ZrAs x Se y (x>y, x+y≤2, PbFCl type of structure, space group P4/nmm) were grown by Chemical Transport. Structural details were studied by single crystal neutron diffraction techniques at various temperatures. One single crystal specimen with chemical composition ZrAs 1.595(3) Se 0.393(1) was studied at ambient temperature (R1=5.10 %, wR2=13.18 %), and a second crystal with composition ZrAs 1.420(3) Se 0.560(1) was investigated at 25 K (R1=2.70%, wR2=5.70 %) and 2.3 K (R1=2.30 %, wR2=4.70 %), respectively. The chemical compositions of the crystals under investigation were determined by wavelength dispersive X-ray spectroscopy. The quantification of trace elements was carried out by Laser Ablation-Inductively Coupled Plasma-Mass Spectrometry. According to the crystal structure refinements the crystallographic 2a site is occupied by As, together with a significant amount of vacancies. One of the 2c sites is fully occupied by As and Se (random distribution). With respect to the fractional coordinates of the atoms, the crystal structure determinations based on the data obtained at 25.0 K and 2.3 K did not show significant deviations from ambient temperature results. The temperature dependence of the displacement parameters indicates a static displacement of As on the 2a sites (located on the (0 0 1) planes) for all temperatures. No indications for any occupation of interstitial sites or the presence of vacancies on the Zr (2a) site were found. - Graphical abstract: Large single crystals of ZrAs x Se y grown by Chemical Transport to study structural details as the As-Se order scheme by single crystal neutron diffraction.

  2. EFECTO DE UN PLAN DE ENTRENAMIENTO FÍSICO EN EL CONSUMO MÁXIMO DE OXÍGENO (VO2MÁX Y EL PESO EN PACIENTES HIPERTENSOS ADULTOS MAYORES ADSCRITOS A LA IPS CAJASAN (BUCARAMANGA

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Jorge Luis Pérez Sierra

    2014-11-01

    Full Text Available El ejercicio físico adquiere cada vez más importancia en el tratamiento de los pacientes con hipertensión arterial, sobrepeso y obesidad. Desde hace más de cinco décadas se sabe que el ejercicio físico tiene efectos favorables en el tratamiento de la hipertensión arterial y otros factores de riesgo, es coadyuvante en el tratamiento de las enfermedades cardiovasculares y favorece el consumo máximo de oxígeno (VO2máx. El objetivo de este trabajo fue determinar el efecto de un plan de entrenamiento físico sobre el VO2máx y el peso en adultos mayores hipertensos adscritos a la IPS Cajasan Bucaramanga. Es una investigación cuasiexperimental, se tomaron cuarenta pacientes entre 60 y 75 años, en dos grupos iguales, uno con entrenamiento aeróbico, fuerza y flexibilidad (intervención, el otro, caminata diaria, (control, con duración de doce semanas. Se tomó pretest y postest con prueba de esfuerzo, peso, índice de masa corporal, perímetro de cintura. Se compararon los resultados. En el grupo intervención, el VO2máx aumentó 27%, el peso disminuyó 2,2 %, el perímetro de cintura bajó el 2%. En el grupo control no hubo cambios significativos.

  3. Detecting nonlocal Cooper pair entanglement by optical Bell inequality violation

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Nigg, Simon E.; Tiwari, Rakesh P.; Walter, Stefan; Schmidt, Thomas L. [Department of Physics, University of Basel, Klingelbergstrasse 82, 4056 Basel (Switzerland)

    2015-07-01

    Based on the Bardeen Cooper Schrieffer (BCS) theory of superconductivity, the coherent splitting of Cooper pairs from a superconductor to two spatially separated quantum dots has been predicted to generate nonlocal pairs of entangled electrons. In order to test this hypothesis, we propose a scheme to transfer the spin state of a split Cooper pair onto the polarization state of a pair of optical photons. We show that the produced photon pairs can be used to violate a Bell inequality, unambiguously demonstrating the entanglement of the split Cooper pairs.

  4. Detecting nonlocal Cooper pair entanglement by optical Bell inequality violation

    Science.gov (United States)

    Nigg, Simon E.; Tiwari, Rakesh P.; Walter, Stefan; Schmidt, Thomas L.

    2015-03-01

    Based on the Bardeen-Cooper-Schrieffer theory of superconductivity, the coherent splitting of Cooper pairs from a superconductor to two spatially separated quantum dots has been predicted to generate nonlocal pairs of entangled electrons. In order to test this hypothesis, we propose a scheme to transfer the spin state of a split Cooper pair onto the polarization state of a pair of optical photons. We show that the photon pairs produced can be used to violate a Bell inequality, unambiguously demonstrating the entanglement of the split Cooper pairs.

  5. Frequent Pairs in Data Streams: Exploiting Parallelism and Skew

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Campagna, Andrea; Kutzkow, Konstantin; Pagh, Rasmus

    2011-01-01

    We introduce the Pair Streaming Engine (PairSE) that detects frequent pairs in a data stream of transactions. Our algorithm finds the most frequent pairs with high probability, and gives tight bounds on their frequency. It is particularly space efficient for skewed distribution of pair supports...... items mining in data streams. We show how to efficiently scale these approaches to handle large transactions. We report experimental results showcasing precision and recall of our method. In particular, we find that often our method achieves excellent precision, returning identical upper and lower...... bounds on the supports of the most frequent pairs....

  6. Magnetic and transport properties of the (Tb{sub 1-} {sub x} Y {sub x} )Mn{sub 2}Si{sub 2} and TbMn{sub 2}(Si{sub 1-} {sub y} Ge {sub y} ){sub 2} systems

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Granovsky, S.A. [Department of Physics, M.V. Lomonosov Moscow State University, Leninskie Gory GSP-2 119992 Moscow (Russian Federation) and TU Dresden, Institut fuer Festkoerperphysik, D-01062, Dresden (Germany)]. E-mail: ser@plms.phys.msu.ru; Gaidukova, I.Yu. [Department of Physics, M.V. Lomonosov Moscow State University, Leninskie Gory GSP-2 119992 Moscow (Russian Federation); Doerr, M. [TU Dresden, Institut fuer Festkoerperphysik, D-01062, Dresden (Germany); Loewenhaupt, M. [TU Dresden, Institut fuer Festkoerperphysik, D-01062, Dresden (Germany); Markosyan, A.S. [Department of Physics, M.V. Lomonosov Moscow State University, Leninskie Gory GSP-2 119992 Moscow (Russian Federation)

    2005-04-15

    Magnetic and transport characteristics of pseudo-ternary compounds (Tb{sub 1-} {sub x} Y {sub x} )Mn{sub 2}Si{sub 2} and TbMn{sub 2}(Si{sub 1-} {sub y} Ge {sub y} ){sub 2} have been studied. The role of the 4f-3d exchange and Mn-Mn distances in the formation of the magnetic structure of these compounds is discussed.

  7. Pair Production Constraints on Superluminal Neutrinos Revisited

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Brodsky, Stanley

    2012-01-01

    We revisit the pair creation constraint on superluminal neutrinos considered by Cohen and Glashow in order to clarify which types of superluminal models are constrained. We show that a model in which the superluminal neutrino is effectively light-like can evade the Cohen-Glashow constraint. In summary, any model for which the CG pair production process operates is excluded because such timelike neutrinos would not be detected by OPERA or other experiments. However, a superluminal neutrino which is effectively lightlike with fixed p 2 can evade the Cohen-Glashow constraint because of energy-momentum conservation. The coincidence involved in explaining the SN1987A constraint certainly makes such a picture improbable - but it is still intrinsically possible. The lightlike model is appealing in that it does not violate Lorentz symmetry in particle interactions, although one would expect Hughes-Drever tests to turn up a violation eventually. Other evasions of the CG constraints are also possible; perhaps, e.g., the neutrino takes a 'short cut' through extra dimensions or suffers anomalous acceleration in matter. Irrespective of the OPERA result, Lorentz-violating interactions remain possible, and ongoing experimental investigation of such possibilities should continue.

  8. Using Dictionary Pair Learning for Seizure Detection.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ma, Xin; Yu, Nana; Zhou, Weidong

    2018-02-13

    Automatic seizure detection is extremely important in the monitoring and diagnosis of epilepsy. The paper presents a novel method based on dictionary pair learning (DPL) for seizure detection in the long-term intracranial electroencephalogram (EEG) recordings. First, for the EEG data, wavelet filtering and differential filtering are applied, and the kernel function is performed to make the signal linearly separable. In DPL, the synthesis dictionary and analysis dictionary are learned jointly from original training samples with alternating minimization method, and sparse coefficients are obtained by using of linear projection instead of costly [Formula: see text]-norm or [Formula: see text]-norm optimization. At last, the reconstructed residuals associated with seizure and nonseizure sub-dictionary pairs are calculated as the decision values, and the postprocessing is performed for improving the recognition rate and reducing the false detection rate of the system. A total of 530[Formula: see text]h from 20 patients with 81 seizures were used to evaluate the system. Our proposed method has achieved an average segment-based sensitivity of 93.39%, specificity of 98.51%, and event-based sensitivity of 96.36% with false detection rate of 0.236/h.

  9. Generalized quantum interference of correlated photon pairs

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kim, Heonoh; Lee, Sang Min; Moon, Han Seb

    2015-01-01

    Superposition and indistinguishablility between probability amplitudes have played an essential role in observing quantum interference effects of correlated photons. The Hong-Ou-Mandel interference and interferences of the path-entangled photon number state are of special interest in the field of quantum information technologies. However, a fully generalized two-photon quantum interferometric scheme accounting for the Hong-Ou-Mandel scheme and path-entangled photon number states has not yet been proposed. Here we report the experimental demonstrations of the generalized two-photon interferometry with both the interferometric properties of the Hong-Ou-Mandel effect and the fully unfolded version of the path-entangled photon number state using photon-pair sources, which are independently generated by spontaneous parametric down-conversion. Our experimental scheme explains two-photon interference fringes revealing single- and two-photon coherence properties in a single interferometer setup. Using the proposed interferometric measurement, it is possible to directly estimate the joint spectral intensity of a photon pair source. PMID:25951143

  10. Odd-frequency pairing in superconducting heterostructures .

    Science.gov (United States)

    Golubov, A. A.; Tanaka, Y.; Yokoyama, T.; Asano, Y.

    2007-03-01

    We present a general theory of the proximity effect in junctions between unconventional superconductors and diffusive normal metals (DN) or ferromagnets (DF). We consider all possible symmetry classes in a superconductor allowed by the Pauli principle: even-frequency spin-singlet even-parity state, even-frequency spin-triplet odd-parity state, odd-frequency spin-triplet even-parity state and odd-frequency spin-singlet odd-parity state. For each of the above states, symmetry and spectral properties of the induced pair amplitude in the DN (DF) are determined. The cases of junctions with spin-singlet s- and d-wave superconductors and spin-triplet p-wave superconductors are adressed in detail. We discuss the interplay between the proximity effect and midgap Andreev bound states arising at interfaces in unconventional (d- or p-wave) junctions. The most striking property is the odd-frequency symmetry of the pairing amplitude induced in DN (DF) in contacts with p-wave superconductors. This leads to zero-energy singularity in the density of states and to anomalous screening of an external magnetic field. Peculiarities of Josephson effect in d- or p-wave junctions are discussed. Experiments are suggested to detect an order parameter symmetry using heterostructures with unconventional superconductors.

  11. The leptoquark hunter's guide: pair production

    Science.gov (United States)

    Diaz, Bastian; Schmaltz, Martin; Zhong, Yi-Ming

    2017-10-01

    Leptoquarks occur in many new physics scenarios and could be the next big discovery at the LHC. The purpose of this paper is to point out that a model-independent search strategy covering all possible leptoquarks is possible and has not yet been fully exploited. To be systematic we organize the possible leptoquark final states according to a leptoquark matrix with entries corresponding to nine experimentally distinguishable leptoquark decays: any of {light-jet, b-jet, top} with any of {neutrino, e/ μ, τ}. The 9 possibilities can be explored in a largely model-independent fashion with pair-production of leptoquarks at the LHC. We review the status of experimental searches for the 9 components of the leptoquark matrix, pointing out which 3 have not been adequately covered. We plead that experimenters publish bounds on leptoquark cross sections as functions of mass for as wide a range of leptoquark masses as possible. Such bounds are essential for reliable recasts to general leptoquark models. To demonstrate the utility of the leptoquark matrix approach we collect and summarize searches with the same final states as leptoquark pair production and use them to derive bounds on a complete set of Minimal Leptoquark models which span all possible flavor and gauge representations for scalar and vector leptoquarks.

  12. Cooperative interactions between paired domain and homeodomain.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Jun, S; Desplan, C

    1996-09-01

    The Pax proteins are a family of transcriptional regulators involved in many developmental processes in all higher eukaryotes. They are characterized by the presence of a paired domain (PD), a bipartite DNA binding domain composed of two helix-turn-helix (HTH) motifs,the PAI and RED domains. The PD is also often associated with a homeodomain (HD) which is itself able to form homo- and hetero-dimers on DNA. Many of these proteins therefore contain three HTH motifs each able to recognize DNA. However, all PDs recognize highly related DNA sequences, and most HDs also recognize almost identical sites. We show here that different Pax proteins use multiple combinations of their HTHs to recognize several types of target sites. For instance, the Drosophila Paired protein can bind, in vitro, exclusively through its PAI domain, or through a dimer of its HD, or through cooperative interaction between PAI domain and HD. However, prd function in vivo requires the synergistic action of both the PAI domain and the HD. Pax proteins with only a PD appear to require both PAI and RED domains, while a Pax-6 isoform and a new Pax protein, Lune, may rely on the RED domain and HD. We propose a model by which Pax proteins recognize different target genes in vivo through various combinations of their DNA binding domains, thus expanding their recognition repertoire.

  13. Optimisation of a quantum pair space thruster

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Valeriu DRAGAN

    2012-06-01

    Full Text Available The paper addresses the problem of propulsion for long term space missions. Traditionally a space propulsion unit has a propellant mass which is ejected trough a nozzle to generate thrust; this is also the case with inert gases energized by an on-board power unit. Unconventional methods for propulsion include high energy LASERs that rely on the momentum of photons to generate thrust. Anti-matter has also been proposed for energy storage. Although the momentum of ejected gas is significantly higher, the LASER propulsion offers the perspective of unlimited operational time – provided there is a power source. The paper will propose the use of the quantum pair formation for generating a working mass, this is different than conventional anti-matter thrusters since the material particles generated are used as propellant not as energy storage.Two methods will be compared: LASER and positron-electron, quantum pair formation. The latter will be shown to offer better momentum above certain energy levels.For the demonstrations an analytical solution is obtained and provided in the form of various coefficients. The implications are, for now, theoretical however the practicality of an optimized thruster using such particles is not to be neglected for long term space missions.

  14. Understanding Fomalhaut as a Cooper pair

    Science.gov (United States)

    Feng, F.; Jones, H. R. A.

    2018-03-01

    Fomalhaut is a nearby stellar system and has been found to be a triple based on astrometric observations. With new radial velocity and astrometric data, we study the association between Fomalhaut A, B, and C in a Bayesian framework, finding that the system is gravitationally bound or at least associated. Based on simulations of the system, we find that Fomalhaut C can be easily destabilized through combined perturbations from the Galactic tide and stellar encounters. Considering that observing the disruption of a triple is probably rare in the solar neighbourhood, we conclude that Fomalhaut C is a so-called `gravitational pair' of Fomalhaut A and B. Like the Cooper pair mechanism in superconductors, this phenomenon only appears once the orbital energy of a component becomes comparable with the energy fluctuations caused by the environment. Based on our simulations, we find (1) an upper limit of 8 km s-1 velocity difference is appropriate when selecting binary candidates, and (2) an empirical formula for the escape radius, which is more appropriate than tidal radius when measuring the stability of wide binaries.

  15. Leptoquark pair production in hadronic interactions

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Bluemlein, J.; Boos, E.; Moskovskij Gosudarstvennyj Univ., Moscow; Kryukov, A.; Moskovskij Gosudarstvennyj Univ., Moscow

    1996-10-01

    The scalar and vector leptoquark pair production cross sections in hadronic collisions are calculated. In a model independent analysis we consider the most general C and P conserving couplings of gluons to both scalar and vector leptoquarks described by an effective low-energy Lagangian which obeys SU(3) c invariance. Analytrical expressions are derived for the differential and integral scattering cross sections including the case of anomalous vector leptoquark couplings, κ G and λ G , to the gluon field. Numerical predictions are given for the kinematic range of the TEVATRON and LHC. The pair production cross sections are also calculated for the resolved photon contributions to ep → e anti ΦΦX at HERA and LEP x LHC, and for the process γγ → Φ anti ΦX at possible future e + e - linear colliders and γγ colliders. Estimates of the search potential for scalar and vector leptoquarks at present and future high energy colliders are given. (orig.)

  16. Synergy between pair coupled cluster doubles and pair density functional theory

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Garza, Alejandro J.; Bulik, Ireneusz W. [Department of Chemistry, Rice University, Houston, Texas 77251-1892 (United States); Henderson, Thomas M. [Department of Chemistry and Department of Physics and Astronomy, Rice University, Houston, Texas 77251-1892 (United States); Scuseria, Gustavo E. [Department of Chemistry and Department of Physics and Astronomy, Rice University, Houston, Texas 77251-1892 (United States); Chemistry Department, Faculty of Science, King Abdulaziz University, Jeddah 21589 (Saudi Arabia)

    2015-01-28

    Pair coupled cluster doubles (pCCD) has been recently studied as a method capable of accounting for static correlation with low polynomial cost. We present three combinations of pCCD with Kohn–Sham functionals of the density and on-top pair density (the probability of finding two electrons on top of each other) to add dynamic correlation to pCCD without double counting. With a negligible increase in computational cost, these pCCD+DFT blends greatly improve upon pCCD in the description of typical problems where static and dynamic correlations are both important. We argue that—as a black-box method with low scaling, size-extensivity, size-consistency, and a simple quasidiagonal two-particle density matrix—pCCD is an excellent match for pair density functionals in this type of fusion of multireference wavefunctions with DFT.

  17. Treatment of pairing correlations based on the equations of motion for zero-coupled pair operators

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Andreozzi, F.; Covello, A.; Gargano, A.; Ye, L.J.; Porrino, A.

    1985-01-01

    The pairing problem is treated by means of the equations of motion for zero-coupled pair operators. Exact equations for the seniority-v states of N particles are derived. These equations can be solved by a step-by-step procedure which consists of progressively adding pairs of particles to a core. The theory can be applied at several levels of approximation depending on the number of core states which are taken into account. Some numerical applications to the treatment of v = 0, v = 1, and v = 2 states in the Ni isotopes are performed. The accuracy of various approximations is tested by comparison with exact results. For the seniority-one and seniority-two problems it turns out that the results obtained from the first-order theory are very accurate, while those of higher order calculations are practically exact. Concerning the seniority-zero problem, a fifth-order calculation reproduces quite well the three lowest states

  18. Quantifying inbreeding avoidance through extra-pair reproduction.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Reid, Jane M; Arcese, Peter; Keller, Lukas F; Germain, Ryan R; Duthie, A Bradley; Losdat, Sylvain; Wolak, Matthew E; Nietlisbach, Pirmin

    2015-01-01

    Extra-pair reproduction is widely hypothesized to allow females to avoid inbreeding with related socially paired males. Consequently, numerous field studies have tested the key predictions that extra-pair offspring are less inbred than females' alternative within-pair offspring, and that the probability of extra-pair reproduction increases with a female's relatedness to her socially paired male. However, such studies rarely measure inbreeding or relatedness sufficiently precisely to detect subtle effects, or consider biases stemming from failure to observe inbred offspring that die during early development. Analyses of multigenerational song sparrow (Melospiza melodia) pedigree data showed that most females had opportunity to increase or decrease the coefficient of inbreeding of their offspring through extra-pair reproduction with neighboring males. In practice, observed extra-pair offspring had lower inbreeding coefficients than females' within-pair offspring on average, while the probability of extra-pair reproduction increased substantially with the coefficient of kinship between a female and her socially paired male. However, simulations showed that such effects could simply reflect bias stemming from inbreeding depression in early offspring survival. The null hypothesis that extra-pair reproduction is random with respect to kinship therefore cannot be definitively rejected in song sparrows, and existing general evidence that females avoid inbreeding through extra-pair reproduction requires reevaluation given such biases. © 2014 The Author(s). Evolution © 2014 The Society for the Study of Evolution.

  19. Enhanced stability of bound pairs at nonzero lattice momenta

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Kornilovitch, Pavel

    2004-01-01

    A two-body problem on the square lattice is analyzed. The interaction potential consists of strong on-site repulsion and nearest-neighbor attraction. The exact pairing conditions are derived for s-, p-, and d-symmetric bound states. The pairing conditions are strong functions of the total pair momentum K. It is found that the stability of pairs increases with K. At weak attraction, the pairs do not form at the Γ point but stabilize at lattice momenta close to the Brillouin zone boundary. The phase boundaries in the momentum space, which separate stable and unstable pairs, are calculated. It is found that the pairs are formed easier along the (π,0) direction than along the (π,π) direction. This might lead to the appearance of 'hot pairing spots' on the K x and K y axes

  20. Pair formation models for sexually transmitted infections : A primer

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Kretzschmar, MEE; Heijne, Janneke C M

    For modelling sexually transmitted infections, duration of partnerships can strongly influence the transmission dynamics of the infection. If partnerships are monogamous, pairs of susceptible individuals are protected from becoming infected, while pairs of infected individuals delay onward

  1. Theoretical analysis of noncanonical base pairing interactions in ...

    Indian Academy of Sciences (India)

    PRAKASH KUMAR

    Noncanonical base pairs in RNA have strong structural and functional implications but are currently not considered ..... Full optimizations of the systems were also carried out using ... of the individual bases in the base pair through the equation.

  2. Quasi spin pairing and the structure of the Lipkin model

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Cambiaggio, M.C.; Plastino, A.

    1978-01-01

    By introducing the concepts of quasi-spin pairing and quasi-spin seniority, the Lipkin model is extended to a variable number of particles. The properties of quasi-spin pairing are seen to be quite similar to those of ordinary pairing. The quasi-spin seniority allows one to obtain a simple classification of excited multiplets. A 'pairing plus monopole' model is studied in connection with the Hartree-Fock theory. (orig.) [de

  3. Extensions of Bessel sequences to dual pairs of frames

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Christensen, Ole; Kim, Hong Oh; Kim, Rae Young

    2013-01-01

    Tight frames in Hilbert spaces have been studied intensively for the past years. In this paper we demonstrate that it often is an advantage to use pairs of dual frames rather than tight frames. We show that in any separable Hilbert space, any pairs of Bessel sequences can be extended to a pair of...... be extended to a pair of dual frames. © 2012 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved....

  4. Pair production by a superhard photon in a crystal

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Kalashnikov, N.P.; Kovalev, G.V.; Strikhanov, M.N.

    1980-01-01

    Electron-positron pair production by a hard photon moving almost parallelly to the crystallographic axis or monocrystal plane is considered. Calculation is conducted of the production differential by the energies of pair components and total cross section of pair production in the case when primary photon moved at a small angle THETA 0 m 2 /U [ru

  5. Evolution of closely linked gene pairs in vertebrate genomes

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Franck, E.; Hulsen, T.; Huynen, M.A.; Jong, de W.W.; Lunsen, N.H.; Madsen, O.

    2008-01-01

    The orientation of closely linked genes in mammalian genomes is not random: there are more head-to-head (h2h) gene pairs than expected. To understand the origin of this enrichment in h2h gene pairs, we have analyzed the phylogenetic distribution of gene pairs separated by less than 600 bp of

  6. (RN) pair production by photons in a hot Maxwellian plasma

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Haug, E.

    2004-01-01

    The production of electron-positron pairs by photons in the Coulomb Field of electrons and positrons (triplet production) in hot thermal plasmas is investigated. The pair production rate for this process is calculated as a function of the photon energy and compared with the rate of photon-nucleus pair production for semi-relativistic and relativistic plasma temperatures. (author)

  7. A Golub-Kahan-type reduction method for matrix pairs

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Hochstenbach, M.E.; Reichel, L.; Yu, X.

    2015-01-01

    We describe a novel method for reducing a pair of large matrices {A;B} to a pair of small matrices {H;K}. The method is an extension of Golub-Kahan bidiagonalization to matrix pairs, and simplifies to the latter method when B is the identity matrix. Applications to Tikhonov regularization of large

  8. A Golub-Kahan-type reduction method for matrix pairs

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Hochstenbach, M.E.; Reichel, L.; Yu, X.

    2015-01-01

    We describe a novel method for reducing a pair of large matrices {A,B} to a pair of small matrices {H,K}. The method is an extension of Golub–Kahan bidiagonalization to matrix pairs, and simplifies to the latter method when B is the identity matrix. Applications to Tikhonov regularization of large

  9. On extensions of wavelet systems to dual pairs of frames

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Christensen, Ole; Kim, Hong Oh; Kim, Rae Young

    2015-01-01

    It is an open problem whether any pair of Bessel sequences with wavelet structure can be extended to a pair of dual frames by adding a pair of singly generated wavelet systems. We consider the particular case where the given wavelet systems are generated by the multiscale setup with trigonometric...

  10. QSO Pairs across Active Galaxies: Evidence of Blueshifts? D. Basu

    Indian Academy of Sciences (India)

    2006-12-04

    Dec 4, 2006 ... Abstract. Several QSO pairs have been reported and their redshifts determined, where the two objects in each pair are located across an active galaxy. The usually accepted explanation of such occurrences is that the pair is ejected from the parent galaxy. Currently interpreted redshifted spec- tra for both ...

  11. Sharp corners as sources of spiral pairs

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Biton, Y.; Rabinovitch, A.; Braunstein, D.; Friedman, M.; Aviram, I.

    2010-01-01

    It is demonstrated that using the FitzHugh-Nagumo model, stimulation of excitable media inside a region possessing sharp corners, can lead to the appearance of sources of spiral-pairs of sustained activity. The two conditions for such source creation are: The corners should be less than 120 deg. and the range of stimulating amplitudes should be small, occurring just above the threshold value and decreasing with the corner angle. The basic mechanisms driving the phenomenon are discussed. These include: A. If the corner angle is below 120 deg., the wave generated inside cannot emerge at the corner tip, resulting in the creation of two free edges which start spiraling towards each other. B. Spiraling must be strong enough; otherwise annihilation of the rotating arms would occur too soon to create a viable source. C. The intricacies of the different radii involved are elucidated. Possible applications in heart stimulation and in chemical reactions are considered.

  12. Neutron area monitor with TLD pairs

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Guzman G, K. A.; Borja H, C. G.; Valero L, C.; Hernandez D, V. M.; Vega C, H. R.

    2011-11-01

    The response of a passive neutron area monitor with pairs of thermoluminescent dosimeters has been calculated using the Monte Carlo code MCNP5. The response was calculated for one TLD 600 located at the center of a polyethylene cylinder, as moderator. When neutrons collide with the moderator lose their energy reaching the TLD with thermal energies where the ambient dose equivalent is calculated. The response was calculated for 47 monoenergetic neutron sources ranging from 1E(-9) to 20 MeV. Response was calculated using two irradiation geometries, one with an upper source and another with a lateral source. For both irradiation schemes the response was calculated with the TLDs in two positions, one parallel to the source and another perpendicular to the source. The advantage of this passive neutron monitor area is that can be used in locations with intense, pulsed and mixed radiation fields. (Author)

  13. Radiative corrections for the leptonic pair production

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Elend, H H

    1971-01-01

    The one-photon bremsstrahlung correction for symmetrical lepton pair production is newly calculated. For this, from all the Feynman diagrams, the subset is picked out for this process which essentially contributes to the symmetrical case. The matrix element square value for the chosen sub-set is expressed by the Bethe-Heitler matrix element square value provided with certain kinematic factors (Huld relationship), where a) a development after the energy of the Bremsquantum, assumed to be small, is carried out and the series is cut off after the second term beyond the infrared section, b) a high-energy approximation is made. Furthermore, c) the structure of the target nucleus and of the recoil transfered to it is neglected, d) the integration on the phase space of the bremsquantitum is carried out with a peaking approximation. All these approximations are individually discussed, and the validity limits which they set for the bremsstrahlung in the result are accurately given.

  14. One Monopole-Antimonopole Pair Solutions

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Teh, Rosy; Wong, K.-M.

    2009-01-01

    We present new classical generalized one monopole-antimonopole pair solutions of the SU(2) Yang-Mills-Higgs theory with the Higgs field in the adjoint representation. We show that in general the one monopole-antimonopole solution need not be solved by imposing mθ-winding number to be integer greater than one. We also show that this solution can be solved when m = 1 by transforming the large distance asymptotic solutions to general solutions that depend on a parameter p. Secondly we show that these large distance asymptotic solutions can be further generalized to the Jacobi elliptic functions. We focus our numerical calculation on the Jacobi elliptic functions solution when the nφ-winding number is one and show that this generalized Jacobi elliptic 1-MAP solution possesses lower energy. All these solutions are numerical finite energy non-BPS solutions of the Yang-Mills-Higgs field theory.

  15. An advanced KB mirror pair for microfocusing

    CERN Document Server

    Ferme, J J

    2001-01-01

    A new range of micro-focusing mirrors based on KB pairs has been developed by SESO for Beamline Nanospectroscopy at the Elettra Storage Ring in Trieste, Italy. Both the focusing and the aspheric shape are adjustable with stepper motors. The goal of the beamline is to have a high photon density spot with a variable size in the experimental chamber over the whole soft X-ray range. The estimated dimension of the final spot should be smaller than 4 mu m sup 2 FWHM, with a photon density of the order of 10 sup 1 sup 3 photons/s mu m sup 2; this may be achieved only by accepting an angular divergence on these mirrors of between 5 and 10 mrad. This condition can be fulfilled only with elliptical (or plane elliptical) mirrors with very limited residual slope errors (below 1 mu rad RMS) that are able to correct even small focal distance errors.

  16. Na Cl ion pair association in water-DMSO mixtures: Effect of ion pair ...

    Indian Academy of Sciences (India)

    The 12-6-1 potential model predicts running coordination numbers closest to experimental data. Keywords. ... value of interaction energy minimum between the Na. + and Cl. − ..... ion pair mostly remains as a CIP, a fair amount of SAIP is also ...

  17. Asteroid clusters similar to asteroid pairs

    Science.gov (United States)

    Pravec, P.; Fatka, P.; Vokrouhlický, D.; Scheeres, D. J.; Kušnirák, P.; Hornoch, K.; Galád, A.; Vraštil, J.; Pray, D. P.; Krugly, Yu. N.; Gaftonyuk, N. M.; Inasaridze, R. Ya.; Ayvazian, V. R.; Kvaratskhelia, O. I.; Zhuzhunadze, V. T.; Husárik, M.; Cooney, W. R.; Gross, J.; Terrell, D.; Világi, J.; Kornoš, L.; Gajdoš, Š.; Burkhonov, O.; Ehgamberdiev, Sh. A.; Donchev, Z.; Borisov, G.; Bonev, T.; Rumyantsev, V. V.; Molotov, I. E.

    2018-04-01

    We studied the membership, size ratio and rotational properties of 13 asteroid clusters consisting of between 3 and 19 known members that are on similar heliocentric orbits. By backward integrations of their orbits, we confirmed their cluster membership and estimated times elapsed since separation of the secondaries (the smaller cluster members) from the primary (i.e., cluster age) that are between 105 and a few 106 years. We ran photometric observations for all the cluster primaries and a sample of secondaries and we derived their accurate absolute magnitudes and rotation periods. We found that 11 of the 13 clusters follow the same trend of primary rotation period vs mass ratio as asteroid pairs that was revealed by Pravec et al. (2010). We generalized the model of the post-fission system for asteroid pairs by Pravec et al. (2010) to a system of N components formed by rotational fission and we found excellent agreement between the data for the 11 asteroid clusters and the prediction from the theory of their formation by rotational fission. The two exceptions are the high-mass ratio (q > 0.7) clusters of (18777) Hobson and (22280) Mandragora for which a different formation mechanism is needed. Two candidate mechanisms for formation of more than one secondary by rotational fission were published: the secondary fission process proposed by Jacobson and Scheeres (2011) and a cratering collision event onto a nearly critically rotating primary proposed by Vokrouhlický et al. (2017). It will have to be revealed from future studies which of the clusters were formed by one or the other process. To that point, we found certain further interesting properties and features of the asteroid clusters that place constraints on the theories of their formation, among them the most intriguing being the possibility of a cascade disruption for some of the clusters.

  18. PAIR'14 / PAIR'15 STUDENT CONFERENCES ON PLANNING IN ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND ROBOTICS

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Editorial Foreword

    2015-12-01

    Full Text Available Dear Readerthe original idea of the student conference on “Planning in Artificial Intelligence and Robotics” (PAIR is to join young researchers from particular laboratories in Czech Republic, where planning problems are investigated from artificial intelligence (AI or robotics points of view. The first year of PAIR has been organized at the Dept. of Computer Science, Faculty Electrical Engineering, Czech Technical University in 2014.At PAIR 2014, laboratories from Prague and Brno were presented. In particular, students and researchers from Charles University, Czech Technical University in Prague, Brno University of Technology, and Central European Institute of Technology participated at the event. Beside an introduction of the particular research groups and their topics, students presented contributions on their current research results. Ten papers were presented on topics ranging from domain–independent planning, trajectory planning to applications for unmanned aerial and legged robots. This first event provides us an initial experience with the community of young researchers in Czech Republic that are working planning in robotic or AI. Based on the success of PAIR 2014, we decided to continue with our effort to establish a suitable fora for students that are geographically very close, but usually do not meet, because of participation on different Robotics and AI events.The second student conference on Planning in Artificial Intelligence and Robotics (PAIR 2015 successfully continues the tradition of the first year of the conference organized in Prague. This year, the conference was collocated with 10th anniversary of RoboTour contest in Písek. This format enable us to extend the impact of the PAIR conference and improve the visibility of the growing student community. The conference reached a good amount of interesting papers focused on image processing for mobile robots, swarm control, driving simulation, robot control, or domain

  19. A natively paired antibody library yields drug leads with higher sensitivity and specificity than a randomly paired antibody library.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Adler, Adam S; Bedinger, Daniel; Adams, Matthew S; Asensio, Michael A; Edgar, Robert C; Leong, Renee; Leong, Jackson; Mizrahi, Rena A; Spindler, Matthew J; Bandi, Srinivasa Rao; Huang, Haichun; Tawde, Pallavi; Brams, Peter; Johnson, David S

    2018-04-01

    Deep sequencing and single-chain variable fragment (scFv) yeast display methods are becoming more popular for discovery of therapeutic antibody candidates in mouse B cell repertoires. In this study, we compare a deep sequencing and scFv display method that retains native heavy and light chain pairing with a related method that randomly pairs heavy and light chain. We performed the studies in a humanized mouse, using interleukin 21 receptor (IL-21R) as a test immunogen. We identified 44 high-affinity binder scFv with the native pairing method and 100 high-affinity binder scFv with the random pairing method. 30% of the natively paired scFv binders were also discovered with the randomly paired method, and 13% of the randomly paired binders were also discovered with the natively paired method. Additionally, 33% of the scFv binders discovered only in the randomly paired library were initially present in the natively paired pre-sort library. Thus, a significant proportion of "randomly paired" scFv were actually natively paired. We synthesized and produced 46 of the candidates as full-length antibodies and subjected them to a panel of binding assays to characterize their therapeutic potential. 87% of the antibodies were verified as binding IL-21R by at least one assay. We found that antibodies with native light chains were more likely to bind IL-21R than antibodies with non-native light chains, suggesting a higher false positive rate for antibodies from the randomly paired library. Additionally, the randomly paired method failed to identify nearly half of the true natively paired binders, suggesting a higher false negative rate. We conclude that natively paired libraries have critical advantages in sensitivity and specificity for antibody discovery programs.

  20. Demographic mechanisms of inbreeding adjustment through extra-pair reproduction.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Reid, Jane M; Duthie, A Bradley; Wolak, Matthew E; Arcese, Peter

    2015-07-01

    One hypothesis explaining extra-pair reproduction is that socially monogamous females mate with extra-pair males to adjust the coefficient of inbreeding (f) of extra-pair offspring (EPO) relative to that of within-pair offspring (WPO) they would produce with their socially paired male. Such adjustment of offspring f requires non-random extra-pair reproduction with respect to relatedness, which is in turn often assumed to require some mechanism of explicit pre-copulatory or post-copulatory kin discrimination. We propose three demographic processes that could potentially cause mean f to differ between individual females' EPO and WPO given random extra-pair reproduction with available males without necessarily requiring explicit kin discrimination. Specifically, such a difference could arise if social pairings formed non-randomly with respect to relatedness or persisted non-randomly with respect to relatedness, or if the distribution of relatedness between females and their sets of potential mates changed during the period through which social pairings persisted. We used comprehensive pedigree and pairing data from free-living song sparrows (Melospiza melodia) to quantify these three processes and hence investigate how individual females could adjust mean offspring f through instantaneously random extra-pair reproduction. Female song sparrows tended to form social pairings with unrelated or distantly related males slightly less frequently than expected given random pairing within the defined set of available males. Furthermore, social pairings between more closely related mates tended to be more likely to persist across years than social pairings between less closely related mates. However, these effects were small and the mean relatedness between females and their sets of potential extra-pair males did not change substantially across the years through which social pairings persisted. Our framework and analyses illustrate how demographic and social structuring within

  1. Behavior of Halogen Bonds of the Y-X⋅⋅⋅π Type (X, Y=F, Cl, Br, I) in the Benzene π System, Elucidated by Using a Quantum Theory of Atoms in Molecules Dual-Functional Analysis.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Sugibayashi, Yuji; Hayashi, Satoko; Nakanishi, Waro

    2016-08-18

    The nature of halogen bonds of the Y-X-✶-π(C6 H6 ) type (X, Y=F, Cl, Br, and I) have been elucidated by using the quantum theory of atoms in molecules (QTAIM) dual-functional analysis (QTAIM-DFA), which we proposed recently. Asterisks (✶) emphasize the presence of bond-critical points (BCPs) in the interactions in question. Total electron energy densities, Hb (rc ), are plotted versus Hb (rc )-Vb (rc )/2 [=(ħ(2) /8m)∇(2) ρb (rc )] for the interactions in QTAIM-DFA, in which Vb (rc ) are potential energy densities at the BCPs. Data for perturbed structures around fully optimized structures were used for the plots, in addition to those of the fully optimized ones. The plots were analyzed by using the polar (R, θ) coordinate for the data of fully optimized structures with (θp , κp ) for those that contained the perturbed structures; θp corresponds to the tangent line of the plot and κp is the curvature. Whereas (R, θ) corresponds to the static nature, (θp , κp ) represents the dynamic nature of the interactions. All interactions in Y-X-✶-π(C6 H6 ) are classified by pure closed-shell interactions and characterized to have vdW nature, except for Y-I-✶-π(C6 H6 ) (Y=F, Cl, Br) and F-Br-✶-π(C6 H6 ), which have typical hydrogen-bond nature without covalency. I-I-✶-π(C6 H6 ) has a borderline nature between the two. Y-F-✶-π(C6 H6 ) (Y=Br, I) were optimized as bent forms, in which Y-✶-π interactions were detected. The Y-✶-π interactions in the bent forms are predicted to be substantially weaker than those in the linear F-Y-✶-π(C6 H6 ) forms. © 2016 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.

  2. Isolated galaxies, pairs, and groups of galaxies

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Kuneva, I.; Kalinkov, M.

    1990-01-01

    The authors searched for isolated galaxies, pairs and groups of galaxies in the CfA survey (Huchra et al. 1983). It was assumed that the distances to galaxies are given by R = V/H sub o, where H sub o = 100 km s(exp -1) Mpc(exp -1) and R greater than 6 Mpc. The searching procedure is close to those, applied to find superclusters of galaxies (Kalinkov and Kuneva 1985, 1986). A sphere with fixed radius r (asterisk) is described around each galaxy. The mean spatial density in the sphere is m. Let G 1 be any galaxy and G 2 be its nearest neighbor at a distance R 2 . If R sub 2 exceeds the 95 percent quintile in the distribution of the distances of the second neighbors, then G 1 is an isolated galaxy. Let the midpoint of G 1 and G 2 be O 2 and r 2 =R 2 2. For the volume V 2 , defined with the radius r 2 , the density D 2 less than k mu, the galaxy G 2 is a single one and the procedure for searching for pairs and groups, beginning with this object is over and we have to pass to another object. Here the authors present the groups - isolated and nonisolated - with n greater than 3, found in the CfA survey in the Northern galactic hemisphere. The parameters used are k = 10 and r (asterisk) = 5 Mpc. Table 1 contains: (1) the group number, (2) the galaxy, nearest to the multiplet center, (3) multiplicity n, (4) the brightest galaxy if it is not listed in (2); (5) and (6) are R.A. and Dec. (1950), (7) - mean distance D in Mpc. Further there are the mean density rho (8) of the multiplet (galaxies Mpc (exp -3)), (9) the density rho (asterisk) for r (asterisk) = 5 Mpc and (10) the density rho sub g for the group with its nearest neighbor. The parenthesized digits for densities in the last three columns are powers of ten

  3. Investigation of tau pair production at PETRA

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Kuester, H.

    1983-11-01

    The reaction e + e - -> tau + tau - has been measured at center of mass energies around 34 GeV. The selection is sensitive to 93% of the tau pair decays, thus making possible a high identification efficiency of proportional 70% over a large solid angle. The total cross section has been measured to Rsub(tau) = sigmasub(tautau)/sigmasub(point) = .94 +- .06(stat.) +- .06(syst.). In the differential cross section a charge asymmetry of Asub(tau) = (-(9.0 +- 6.6)% was observed, corresponding to a tau axial vector coupling to the weak neutral current of asub(tau) = -.94 +- 0.69. Moreover, final states from the decays tau -> πν, tau -> eνν, and tau -> μνν have been isolated and branching ratios into these channels have been determined. From the inclusive momentum spectra of the observed decay products (including the channel tau -> rhoν) the forward backward asymmetry of tau polarization has been determined to Asub(p,tau) = -(1 +- 22)% which corresponds to vsub(tau) = -.1 +- 2.9. Tests on factorization are discussed. (orig.) [de

  4. Perpendicular relativistic shocks in magnetized pair plasma

    Science.gov (United States)

    Plotnikov, Illya; Grassi, Anna; Grech, Mickael

    2018-04-01

    Perpendicular relativistic (γ0 = 10) shocks in magnetized pair plasmas are investigated using two dimensional Particle-in-Cell simulations. A systematic survey, from unmagnetized to strongly magnetized shocks, is presented accurately capturing the transition from Weibel-mediated to magnetic-reflection-shaped shocks. This transition is found to occur for upstream flow magnetizations 10-3 10-2, it leaves place to a purely electromagnetic precursor following from the strong emission of electromagnetic waves at the shock front. Particle acceleration is found to be efficient in weakly magnetized perpendicular shocks in agreement with previous works, and is fully suppressed for σ > 10-2. Diffusive Shock Acceleration is observed only in weakly magnetized shocks, while a dominant contribution of Shock Drift Acceleration is evidenced at intermediate magnetizations. The spatial diffusion coefficients are extracted from the simulations allowing for a deeper insight into the self-consistent particle kinematics and scale with the square of the particle energy in weakly magnetized shocks. These results have implications for particle acceleration in the internal shocks of AGN jets and in the termination shocks of Pulsar Wind Nebulae.

  5. Development of pair distribution function analysis

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Vondreele, R.; Billinge, S.; Kwei, G.; Lawson, A.

    1996-01-01

    This is the final report of a 3-year LDRD project at LANL. It has become more and more evident that structural coherence in the CuO 2 planes of high-T c superconducting materials over some intermediate length scale (nm range) is important to superconductivity. In recent years, the pair distribution function (PDF) analysis of powder diffraction data has been developed for extracting structural information on these length scales. This project sought to expand and develop this technique, use it to analyze neutron powder diffraction data, and apply it to problems. In particular, interest is in the area of high-T c superconductors, although we planned to extend the study to the closely related perovskite ferroelectric materials andother materials where the local structure affects the properties where detailed knowledge of the local and intermediate range structure is important. In addition, we planned to carry out single crystal experiments to look for diffuse scattering. This information augments the information from the PDF

  6. Efficient Implementation of the Pairing on Mobilephones Using BREW

    Science.gov (United States)

    Yoshitomi, Motoi; Takagi, Tsuyoshi; Kiyomoto, Shinsaku; Tanaka, Toshiaki

    Pairing based cryptosystems can accomplish novel security applications such as ID-based cryptosystems, which have not been constructed efficiently without the pairing. The processing speed of the pairing based cryptosystems is relatively slow compared with the other conventional public key cryptosystems. However, several efficient algorithms for computing the pairing have been proposed, namely Duursma-Lee algorithm and its variant ηT pairing. In this paper, we present an efficient implementation of the pairing over some mobilephones. Moreover, we compare the processing speed of the pairing with that of the other standard public key cryptosystems, i. e. RSA cryptosystem and elliptic curve cryptosystem. Indeed the processing speed of our implementation in ARM9 processors on BREW achieves under 100 milliseconds using the supersingular curve over F397. In addition, the pairing is more efficient than the other public key cryptosystems, and the pairing can be achieved enough also on BREW mobilephones. It has become efficient enough to implement security applications, such as short signature, ID-based cryptosystems or broadcast encryption, using the pairing on BREW mobilephones.

  7. Observing Pair-Work Task in an English Speaking Class

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Diana Achmad

    2014-01-01

    Full Text Available This paper reports on students’ pair-work interactions to develop their speaking skills in an ELT classroom which consisted of international learners. A number of 16 learners of intermediate proficiency with IELTS score band 5.5 were observed. The teacher had paired those he considered among them to be the more competent ones (hereafter, stronger with the less competent ones (hereafter, weaker; therefore, eight pairs were observed during the lesson. The task given to the students was to express ‘Agree and Disagree’ in the context of giving opinions related to social life. Based on the observations, the task was successfully implemented by six pairs; thus, the two others faced some problems. From the first pair, it was seen that the stronger student had intimated the weaker one into speaking during the task. The other pair, who was both of the same native, did not converse in English as expected and mostly used their native language to speak with one another presumably due to respect from the stronger student towards the weaker one. In situations like this, when pair-work becomes unproductive, rotating pairs is recommended to strengthen information sharing and assigning roles to avoid a student from taking over the activity from his or her pair. In conclusion, pairing international learners with mixed speaking proficiency by teachers must be conducted as effectively as possible by initially identifying their ability and learning culture to profoundly expand the students’ language resources.

  8. Topological Nodal Cooper Pairing in Doped Weyl Metals

    Science.gov (United States)

    Li, Yi; Haldane, F. D. M.

    2018-02-01

    We generalize the concept of Berry connection of the single-electron band structure to that of a two-particle Cooper pairing state between two Fermi surfaces with opposite Chern numbers. Because of underlying Fermi surface topology, the pairing Berry phase acquires nontrivial monopole structure. Consequently, pairing gap functions have topologically protected nodal structure as vortices in the momentum space with the total vorticity solely determined by the pair monopole charge qp. The nodes of gap function behave as the Weyl-Majorana points of the Bogoliubov-de Gennes pairing Hamiltonian. Their relation with the connection patterns of the surface modes from the Weyl band structure and the Majorana surface modes inside the pairing gap is also discussed. Under the approximation of spherical Fermi surfaces, the pairing symmetry are represented by monopole harmonic functions. The lowest possible pairing channel carries angular momentum number j =|qp|, and the corresponding gap functions are holomorphic or antiholomorphic functions on Fermi surfaces. After projected on the Fermi surfaces with nontrivial topology, all the partial-wave channels of pairing interactions acquire the monopole charge qp independent of concrete pairing mechanism.

  9. Pulsar Pair Cascades in Magnetic Fields with Offset Polar Caps

    Science.gov (United States)

    Harding, Alice K.; Muslimov, Alex G.

    2012-01-01

    Neutron star magnetic fields may have polar caps (PC) that are offset from the dipole axis, through field-line sweepback near the light cylinder or non-symmetric currents within the star. The effects of such offsets on electron-positron pair cascades are investigated, using simple models of dipole magnetic fields with small distortions that shift the PCs by different amounts or directions. Using a Monte Carlo pair cascade simulation, we explore the changes in the pair spectrum, multiplicity and energy flux across the PC, as well as the trends in pair flux and pair energy flux with spin-down luminosity, L(sub sd). We also give an estimate of the distribution of heating flux from returning positrons on the PC for different offsets. We find that even modest offsets can produce significant increases in pair multiplicity, especially for pulsars that are near or beyond the pair death lines for centered PCs, primarily because of higher accelerating fields. Pair spectra cover several decades in energy, with the spectral range of millisecond pulsars (MSPs) two orders of magnitude higher than for normal pulsars, and PC offsets allow significant extension of all spectra to lower pair energies. We find that the total PC pair luminosity L(sub pair) is proportional to L(sub sd), with L(sub pair) approximates 10(exp -3) L(sub sd) for normal pulsars and L(sub pair) approximates 10(exp -2) L(sub sd) for MSPs. Remarkably, the total PC heating luminosity for even large offsets increases by less than a factor of two, even though the PC area increases by much larger factors, because most of the heating occurs near the magnetic axis.

  10. PLANNING IN ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND ROBOTICS (PAIR

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Editorial, Foreword

    2016-11-01

    Full Text Available September 18th, 2016Deggendorf, Germanyhttp://robotics.fel.cvut.cz/pair16/Organized by: Artificial Intelligence Center Department of Computer Science Faculty of Electrical Engineering Czech Technical University in PragueTechnicka 2, Prague 6, 166 27, Czech RepublicGuest editors:Jan Faigl (Artificial Intelligence Center, Department of Computer Science, Faculty of Electrical Engineering, Czech Technical University in PragueJiří Vokřínek (Artificial Intelligence Center, Department of Computer Science, Faculty of Electrical Engineering, Czech Technical University in PragueScientific comittee:D. Belter (Poznań University of Technology, PolandW. Dorner (Technische Hochschule Deggendorf, GermanyJ. Faigl (Czech Technical University in PragueT. Krajník (University of Lincoln, United KingdomA. Komenda (Czech Technical University in PragueG. Kupris (Technische Hochschule Deggendorf, GermanyM. Rollo (Czech Technical University in PragueM. Saska (Czech Technical University in PragueJ. Vokřínek (Czech Technical University in PragueV. Vonásek (Czech Technical University in PragueK. Walas (Poznań University of Technology, Poland Foreword:The third year of the student conference on “Planning in Artificial Intelligence and Robotics” (PAIR continues in joining young researchers and students interested in robotics and artificial intelligence. In 2016, we follow the schema of the last year as a joint event with the RoboTour competition in Deggendorf, Germany. Thanks to the great collaboration with Gerald Kupris and Wolfgang Donner from Technische Hochschule Deggendorf and support from Czech Technical University under project No. SVK 26/16/F3 and Bayerisches Staatsministerium der Finanzen, für Landesentwicklung und Heimat, we have been able to provide accommodations and travel support to participants and an invited speaker. Fourteen papers have accepted and listed in the conference program. The papers have been authored by students from Central Europe

  11. Hidden Pair of Supermassive Black Holes

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kohler, Susanna

    2015-08-01

    Could a pair of supermassive black holes (SMBHs) be lurking at the center of the galaxy Mrk 231? A recent study finds that this may be the case and the unique spectrum of this galaxy could be the key to discovering more hidden binary SMBH systems.Where Are the Binary Supermassive Black Holes?Its believed that most, if not all, galaxies have an SMBH at their centers. As two galaxies merge, the two SMBHs should evolve into a closely-bound binary system before they eventually merge. Given the abundance of galaxy mergers, we would expect to see the kinematic and visual signatures of these binary SMBHs among observed active galactic nuclei yet such evidence for sub-parsec binary SMBH systems remains scarce and ambiguous. This has led researchers to wonder: is there another way that we might detect these elusive systems?A collaboration led by Chang-Shuo Yan (National Astronomical Observatories, Chinese Academy of Sciences) thinks that there is. The group suggests that these systems might have distinct signatures in their optical-to-UV spectra, and they identify a system that might be just such a candidate: Mrk 231.A Binary CandidateProposed model of Mrk 231. Two supermassive black holes, each with their own mini-disk, orbit each other in the center of a circumbinary disk. The secondary black hole has cleared gap in the circumbinary disk as a result of its orbit around the primary black hole. [Yan et al. 2015]Mrk 231 is a galaxy with a disturbed morphology and tidal tails strong clues that it might be in the final stages of a galactic merger. In addition to these signs, Mrk 231 also has an unusual spectrum for a quasar: its continuum emission displays an unexpected drop in the near-UV band.Yan and her collaborators propose that the odd behavior of Mrk 231s spectrum can be explained if the center of the galaxy houses a pair of SMBHs each with its own mini accretion disk surrounded by a circumbinary accretion disk. As the secondary SMBH orbits the primary SMBH (with a

  12. Stereo Pair, Salt Lake City, Utah

    Science.gov (United States)

    2002-01-01

    The 2002 Winter Olympics are hosted by Salt Lake City at several venues within the city, in nearby cities, and within the adjacent Wasatch Mountains. This image pair provides a stereoscopic map view of north central Utah that includes all of these Olympic sites. In the south, next to Utah Lake, Provo hosts the ice hockey competition. In the north, northeast of the Great Salt Lake, Ogden hosts curling and the nearby Snowbasin ski area hosts the downhill events. In between, southeast of the Great Salt Lake, Salt Lake City hosts the Olympic Village and the various skating events. Further east, across the Wasatch Mountains, the Park City ski resort hosts the bobsled, ski jumping, and snowboarding events. The Winter Olympics are always hosted in mountainous terrain. This view shows the dramatic landscape that makes the Salt Lake City region a world-class center for winter sports.This stereoscopic image was generated by draping a Landsat satellite image over a Shuttle Radar Topography Mission digital elevation model. Two differing perspectives were then calculated, one for each eye. They can be seen in 3-D by viewing the left image with the right eye and the right image with the left eye (cross-eyed viewing or by downloading and printing the image pair and viewing them with a stereoscope. When stereoscopically merged, the result is a vertically exaggerated view of Earth's surface in its full three dimensions.Landsat has been providing visible and infrared views of the Earth since 1972. SRTM elevation data matches the 30-meter (98-foot) resolution of most Landsat images and will substantially help in analyzing the large and growing Landsat image archive, managed by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS).Elevation data used in this image was acquired by the Shuttle Radar Topography Mission (SRTM) aboard the Space Shuttle Endeavour, launched on Feb. 11, 2000. SRTM used the same radar instrument that comprised the Spaceborne Imaging Radar-C/X-Band Synthetic Aperture Radar (SIR

  13. Paired Straight Hearth Furnace - Transformational Ironmaking Process

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Lu, Wei-Kao [McMaster Univ., Hamilton, ON (Canada); Debski, Paul [Andritz Metals Inc.,Canonsburg, PA (United States)

    2014-11-19

    The U. S. steel industry has reduced its energy intensity per ton of steel shipped by 33% since 1990. However, further significant gains in energy efficiency will require the development of new, transformational iron and steelmaking processes. The Paired Straight Hearth Furnace (PSH) process is an emerging alternative high productivity, direct reduced iron (DRI) technology that may achieve very low fuel rates and has the potential to replace blast furnace ironmaking. The PSH furnace can operate independently or may be coupled with other melting technologies to produce liquid hot metal that is both similar to blast furnace iron and suitable as a feedstock for basic oxygen steelmaking furnaces. The PSH process uses non-metallurgical coal as a reductant to convert iron oxides such as iron ore and steelmaking by-product oxides to DRI pellets. In this process, a multi-layer, nominally 120mm tall bed of composite “green balls” made from oxide, coal and binder is built up and contained within a moving refractory hearth. The pellet bed absorbs radiant heat energy during exposure to the high temperature interior refractory surfaces of the PSH while generating a strongly reducing gas atmosphere in the bed that yields a highly metalized DRI product. The PSH concept has been well tested in static hearth experiments. A moving bed design is being developed. The process developers believe that if successful, the PSH process has the potential to replace blast furnaces and coke ovens at a fraction of the operating and capital cost while using about 30% less energy relative to current blast furnace technology. DRI output could also feed electric arc furnaces (EAFs) by displacing a portion of the scrap charge.

  14. Top-quark pair production near threshold

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Sumino, Y.; Fujii, K.; Hagiwara, K.; Murayama, H.; Ng, C.

    1993-01-01

    We present a novel formalism to calculate the total and the differential cross sections for heavy unstable top-quark pair production near threshold. Within the context of the nonrelativistic quark model, we introduce the running toponium width Γ FTHETA (E,p) in the Schroedinger equation for the three-point Green's function that governs the t bar t contribution to the e + e- annihilation process. The effect of the running of the width is found to be significant in two aspects: (i) it takes account of the phase-space volume for the decay process t bar t→bW + bar bW- and provides a consistent framework for calculating the differential cross sections; and (ii) it reduces the widths of the low-lying resonances to considerably less than 2Γ t (m t 2 ). Furthermore, the running of the width causes the total cross section to decrease significantly at c.m. energies below the first ''resonance'' enhancement, whereas it makes the ''peak'' cross section more distinct than is obtained in the fixed toponium width approximation. We use the two-loop-improved QCD potential in our calculation, and the α s (m Z ) Mbar S dependences of the total and differential cross sections are studied quantitatively, where M bar S denotes the modified minimal subtraction scheme. We find that the correlations in the α s and m t measurements are opposite in the total and differential cross sections, and the simultaneous measurements would lead to an accurate determination of both parameters

  15. Affected sib pair tests in inbred populations.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Liu, W; Weir, B S

    2004-11-01

    The affected-sib-pair (ASP) method for detecting linkage between a disease locus and marker loci was first established 50 years ago, and since then numerous modifications have been made. We modify two identity-by-state (IBS) test statistics of Lange (Lange, 1986a, 1986b) to allow for inbreeding in the population. We evaluate the power and false positive rates of the modified tests under three disease models, using simulated data. Before estimating false positive rates, we demonstrate that IBS tests are tests of both linkage and linkage disequilibrium between marker and disease loci. Therefore, the null hypothesis of IBS tests should be no linkage and no LD. When the population inbreeding coefficient is large, the false positive rates of Lange's tests become much larger than the nominal value, while those of our modified tests remain close to the nominal value. To estimate power with a controlled false positive rate, we choose the cutoff values based on simulated datasets under the null hypothesis, so that both Lange's tests and the modified tests generate same false positive rate. The powers of Lange's z-test and our modified z-test are very close and do not change much with increasing inbreeding. The power of the modified chi-square test also stays stable when the inbreeding coefficient increases. However, the power of Lange's chi-square test increases with increasing inbreeding, and is larger than that of our modified chi-square test for large inbreeding coefficients. The power is high under a recessive disease model for both Lange's tests and the modified tests, though the power is low for additive and dominant disease models. Allowing for inbreeding is therefore appropriate, at least for diseases known to be recessive.

  16. Adiabatic pair creation in heavy-ion and laser fields

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Pickl, P.; Durr, D.

    2008-01-01

    The planned generation of lasers and heavy-ion colliders renews the hope to see electron-positron pair creation in strong classical fields. This old prediction is usually referred to as spontaneous pair creation. We observe that both heavy-ion collisions and pair creation in strong laser fields, are instances of the theory of adiabatic pair creation. We shall present the theory, thereby correcting earlier results. We give the momentum distribution of created pairs in overcritical fields. We discuss carefully the proposed experimental verifications and conclude that pure laser-based experiments are highly questionable. We propose a new experiment, joining laser fields and heavy ions, which may be feasible with present-day technology and which may indeed verify the theoretical prediction of adiabatic pair creation. Our presentation relies on recent rigorous works in mathematical physics. (authors)

  17. Nucleon-pair approximation to the nuclear shell model

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Zhao, Y.M., E-mail: ymzhao@sjtu.edu.cn [Department of Physics and Astronomy, Shanghai Jiao Tong University, Shanghai 200240 (China); Arima, A. [Department of Physics and Astronomy, Shanghai Jiao Tong University, Shanghai 200240 (China); Musashi Gakuen, 1-26-1 Toyotamakami Nerima-ku, Tokyo 176-8533 (Japan)

    2014-12-01

    Atomic nuclei are complex systems of nucleons–protons and neutrons. Nucleons interact with each other via an attractive and short-range force. This feature of the interaction leads to a pattern of dominantly monopole and quadrupole correlations between like particles (i.e., proton–proton and neutron–neutron correlations) in low-lying states of atomic nuclei. As a consequence, among dozens or even hundreds of possible types of nucleon pairs, very few nucleon pairs such as proton and neutron pairs with spin zero, two (in some cases spin four), and occasionally isoscalar spin-aligned proton–neutron pairs, play important roles in low-energy nuclear structure. The nucleon-pair approximation therefore provides us with an efficient truncation scheme of the full shell model configurations which are otherwise too large to handle for medium and heavy nuclei in foreseeable future. Furthermore, the nucleon-pair approximation leads to simple pictures in physics, as the dimension of nucleon-pair subspace is always small. The present paper aims at a sound review of its history, formulation, validity, applications, as well as its link to previous approaches, with the focus on the new developments in the last two decades. The applicability of the nucleon-pair approximation and numerical calculations of low-lying states for realistic atomic nuclei are demonstrated with examples. Applications of pair approximations to other problems are also discussed.

  18. Considerations on Velocities and Accelerations in Higher Pairs Mechanisms

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Florina-Carmen Ciornei

    2015-12-01

    Full Text Available The paper proposes a method for finding the velocities and accelerations in the pairs from a mechanism with higher pairs in the case when the curvature radii of the curves achieving the higher pair are finite. There are obtained the characteristic equations of the motion in the higher pair for the case that one of the curves has zero curvature radius, condition characteristic to the knife edge follower. The relations are required to justify the difference between the particular cases of knife edge follower and flat face follower. The methodology is exemplified through an actual example.

  19. Exotic Paired States with Anisotropic Spin-Dependent Fermi Surfaces

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Feiguin, Adrian E.; Fisher, Matthew P. A.

    2009-01-01

    We propose a model for realizing exotic paired states in cold Fermi gases by using a spin-dependent optical lattice to engineer mismatched Fermi surfaces for each hyperfine species. The BCS phase diagram shows a stable paired superfluid state with coexisting pockets of momentum space with gapless unpaired carriers, similar to the Sarma state in polarized mixtures, but in our case the system is unpolarized. We propose the possible existence of an exotic 'Cooper-pair Bose-metal' phase, which has a gap for single fermion excitations but gapless and uncondensed 'Cooper-pair' excitations residing on a 'Bose surface' in momentum space.

  20. Alexander-equivalent Zariski pairs of irreducible sextics

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Eyral, Christophe; Oka, Mutsuo

    2009-01-01

    The existence of Alexander-equivalent Zariski pairs dealing with irreducible curves of degree 6 was proved by Degtyarev. However, no explicit example of such a pair is available (only the existence is known) in the literature. In this paper, we construct the first concrete example.......The existence of Alexander-equivalent Zariski pairs dealing with irreducible curves of degree 6 was proved by Degtyarev. However, no explicit example of such a pair is available (only the existence is known) in the literature. In this paper, we construct the first concrete example....

  1. Pairing from strong repulsion in triangular lattice Hubbard model

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zhang, Shang-Shun; Zhu, Wei; Batista, Cristian D.

    2018-04-01

    We propose a pairing mechanism between holes in the dilute limit of doped frustrated Mott insulators. Hole pairing arises from a hole-hole-magnon three-body bound state. This pairing mechanism has its roots on single-hole kinetic energy frustration, which favors antiferromagnetic (AFM) correlations around the hole. We demonstrate that the AFM polaron (hole-magnon bound state) produced by a single hole propagating on a field-induced polarized background is strong enough to bind a second hole. The effective interaction between these three-body bound states is repulsive, implying that this pairing mechanism is relevant for superconductivity.

  2. Butterflyfishes as a System for Investigating Pair Bonding

    KAUST Repository

    Nowicki, Jessica

    2017-11-14

    For many animals, affiliative relationships such as pair bonds form the foundation of society, and are highly adaptive. Animal systems amenable for comparatively studying pair bonding are important for identifying underlying biological mechanisms, but mostly exist in mammals. Better establishing fish systems will enable comparison of pair bonding mechanisms across taxonomically distant lineages that may reveal general underlying principles. We examined the utility of wild butterflyfishes (f: Chaetodontidae; g: Chaetodon) for comparatively studying pair bonding. Stochastic character mapping inferred that within the family, pairing is ancestral, with at least seven independent transitions to group formation and seven transition to solitary behavior from the late Miocene to recent. In six sympatric and wide-spread species representing a clade with one ancestrally reconstructed transition from paired to solitary grouping, we then verified social systems at Lizard Island, Australia. In situ observations confirmed that Chaetodon baronessa, C. lunulatus, and C. vagabundus are predominantly pair bonding, whereas C. rainfordi, C. plebeius, and C. trifascialis are predominantly solitary. Even in the predominantly pair bonding species, C. lunulatus, a proportion of adults (15 %) are solitary. Importantly, inter- and intra-specific differences in social systems do not co-vary with other previously established attributes (geographic occurrence, parental care, diet, or territoriality). Hence, the proposed butterflyfish populations are promising for comparative analyses of pair bonding and its mechanistic underpinnings. Avenues for further developing the system are proposed, including determining whether the utility of these species applies across their geographic disruptions.

  3. Structural, magneto-optical properties and cation distribution of SrBi{sub x}La{sub x}Y{sub x}Fe{sub 12−3x}O{sub 19} (0.0 ≤ x ≤ 0.33) hexaferrites

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Auwal, I.A. [Department of Chemistry, Fatih University, 34500 B. Çekmece, İstanbul (Turkey); Güngüneş, H. [Department of Physics, Hitit University, 19030 Çevre Yolu Bulvarı, Çorum (Turkey); Güner, S. [Department of Physics, Fatih University, 34500 B. Çekmece, İstanbul (Turkey); Shirsath, Sagar E. [Spin Device Technology Center, Faculty of Engineering, Shinshu University, 380-8553 Nagano (Japan); Sertkol, M. [Department of Physics Engineering, Istanbul Technical University, 34469 Maslak (Turkey); Baykal, A., E-mail: hbaykal@fatih.edu.tr [Department of Chemistry, Fatih University, 34500 B. Çekmece, İstanbul (Turkey)

    2016-08-15

    Highlights: • SrBi{sub x}La{sub x}Y{sub x}Fe{sub 12−3x}O{sub 19} (0.0 ≤ x ≤ 0.33) hexaferrites have been prepared by sol-gel autocombustion. • XRD patterns show that SrBi{sub x}La{sub x}Y{sub x}Fe{sub 12−3x}O{sub 19} (0.0 ≤ x ≤ 0.33) hexaferrites exhibit hexagonal structure. • The intrinsic coercivity (H{sub ci}) above 15000 Oe reveals that all samples are magnetically hard materials. - Abstract: SrBi{sub x}La{sub x}Y{sub x}Fe{sub 12−3x}O{sub 19} (0.0 ≤ x ≤ 0.33) hexaferrites were produced via sol-gel auto combustion. XRD patterns show that all the samples are single-phase M-type strontium hexaferrite (SrM). The magnetic hysteresis (σ-H) loops revealed the ferromagnetic nature of nanoparticles (NPs). The coercive field decreases from 4740 Oe to 2720 Oe with increasing ion content. In particular, SrBi{sub x}La{sub x}Y{sub x}Fe{sub 12−3x}O{sub 19} NPs with x = 0.0, 0.1, 0.2 have suitable magnetic characteristics (σ{sub s} = 62.03–64.72 emu/g and H{sub c} = 3105–4740 Oe) for magnetic recording. The intrinsic coercivity (H{sub ci}) above 15000 Oe reveals that all samples are magnetically hard materials. Tauc plots were used to specify the direct optical energy band gap (E{sub g}) of NPs. The E{sub g} values are between 1.76 eV and 1.85 eV. {sup 57}Fe Mössbauer spectroscopy data, the variation in line width, isomer shift, quadrupole splitting, relative area and hyperfine magnetic field values on Bi{sup 3+} La{sup 3+} and Y{sup 3+} substitutions have been determined.

  4. 73Ge, 119Sn and 207Pb: general cooperative effects of single atom ligands on the NMR signals observed in tetrahedral [MXnY4-n] (M = Ge, Sn, Pb; 1 ≤ n ≤ 4; X, Y = Cl, Br, I) coordination compounds of heavier XIV group elements.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Benedetti, M; De Castro, F; Fanizzi, F P

    2017-02-28

    An inverse linear relationship between 73 Ge, 119 Sn and 207 Pb NMR chemical shifts and the overall sum of ionic radii of coordinated halido ligands has been discovered in tetrahedral [MX n Y 4-n ] (M = Ge, Sn, Pb; 1 ≤ n ≤ 4; X, Y = Cl, Br, I) coordination compounds. This finding is consistent with a previously reported correlation found in octahedral, pentacoordinate and square planar platinum complexes. The effect of the coordinated halido ligands acting on the metal as shielding conducting rings is therefore confirmed also by 73 Ge, 119 Sn and 207 Pb NMR spectroscopy.

  5. AGT, Burge pairs and minimal models

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Bershtein, M.; Foda, O.

    2014-01-01

    We consider the AGT correspondence in the context of the conformal field theory M p,p ′ ⊗M H , where M p,p ′ is the minimal model based on the Virasoro algebra V p,p ′ labeled by two co-prime integers {p,p ′ }, 1pairs {Y 1 ι ,Y 2 ι } that satisfy Y 2,σ ι,⊺ −Y 1,σ+r ι −1 ι,⊺ ≥1−s ι , and Y 1,σ ι,⊺ −Y 2,σ+p−r ι −1 ι,⊺ ≥1−p ′ +s ι , where Y i,σ ι,⊺ is the σ-column of Y i ι , i∈{1,2}, we obtain a well-defined expression that we identify with B n p,p ′ ,H . We check the correctness of this expression for 1. Any 1-point B 1 p,p ′ ,H on the torus, when the operator insertion is the identity, and 2. The 6-point B 3 3,4,H on the sphere that involves six Ising magnetic operators.

  6. AT Base Pair Anions vs. (9-methyl-A)(1-methyl-T) Base Pair Anions

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Radisic, Dunja; Bowen, Kit H.; Dabkowska, Iwona; Storoniak, Piotr; Rak, Janusz; Gutowski, Maciej S.

    2005-01-01

    The anionic base pairs of adenine and thymine, (AT)-, and 9-methyladenine and 1-methylthymine, (MAMT)-, have been investigated both theoretically and experimentally in a complementary, synergistic study. Calculations on (AT)- found that it had undergone a barrier-free proton transfer (BFPT) similar to that seen in other dimer anion systems and that its structural configuration that was neither Watson-Crick (WC) nor Hoogsteen (HS). The vertical detachment energy (VDE) of (AT)- was determined by anion photoelectron spectroscopy and found to be in agreement with the VDE value predicted by theory for the BFPT mechanism. An AT pair in DNA is structurally immobilized into the WC configuration, in part, by being bonded to the sugars of the double helix. This circumstance was mimicked by methylating the sites on both A and T where these sugars would have been tied, viz., 9-methyladenine and 1-methylthymine. Calculations found no BFPT in (MAMT)- and a resulting (MAMT)- configuration that wa s either HS or WC, with the configurations differing in stability by ca. 2 kcal/mol. The photoelectron spectrum of (MAMT)- occurred at a completely different electron binding energy than had (AT)-. Moreover, the VDE value of (MAMT)- was in agreement with that predicted by theory. The configuration of (MAMT)- and its lack of electron-induced proton transfer are inter-related. While there may be other pathways for electron-induced damage, BFPT in the WC/HS configurations of (AT)- is not feasible

  7. AT base pair anions versus (9-methyl-A)(1-methyl-T) base pair anions.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Radisic, Dunja; Bowen, Kit H; Dabkowska, Iwona; Storoniak, Piotr; Rak, Janusz; Gutowski, Maciej

    2005-05-04

    The anionic base pairs of adenine and thymine, (AT)(-), and 9-methyladenine and 1-methylthymine, (MAMT)(-), have been investigated both theoretically and experimentally in a complementary, synergistic study. Calculations on (AT)(-) found that it had undergone a barrier-free proton transfer (BFPT) similar to that seen in other dimer anion systems and that its structural configuration was neither Watson-Crick (WC) nor Hoogsteen (HS). The vertical detachment energy (VDE) of (AT)(-) was determined by anion photoelectron spectroscopy and found to be in agreement with the VDE value predicted by theory for the BFPT mechanism. An AT pair in DNA is structurally immobilized into the WC configuration, in part, by being bonded to the sugars of the double helix. This circumstance was mimicked by methylating the sites on both A and T where these sugars would have been tied, viz., 9-methyladenine and 1-methylthymine. Calculations found no BFPT in (MAMT)(-) and a resulting (MAMT)(-) configuration that was either HS or WC, with the configurations differing in stability by ca. 2 kcal/mol. The photoelectron spectrum of (MAMT)(-) occurred at a completely different electron binding energy than had (AT)(-). Moreover, the VDE value of (MAMT)(-) was in agreement with that predicted by theory. The configuration of (MAMT)(-) and its lack of electron-induced proton transfer are inter-related. While there may be other pathways for electron-induced DNA alterations, BFPT in the WC/HS configurations of (AT)(-) is not feasible.

  8. A general way of analyzing EPR spectroscopy for a pair of magnetically equivalent lanthanide ions in crystal: A case study of BaY2F8:Yb3+ crystal

    Science.gov (United States)

    Liu, Honggang; Zheng, Wenchen

    2018-01-01

    Electron paramagnetic resonance (EPR) is an important tool to study the complex interactions (e.g., exchange and magnetic dipole-dipole interactions) for a pair of lanthanide (Ln) ions in crystals. How to analyze these EPR spectra and obtain the strength of each interaction is a challenge for experimentalists. In this work, a general way of calculating the EPR lines for two magnetically equivalent Ln ions is given by us to solve this problem. In order to explain their EPR spectra and obtain exchange interaction parameters Ji (i = x, y, z) between them, we deduce the analytic formulas for computing the angular dependent EPR lines for such Ln pairs under the condition of weak coupling (|Ji| ≪ hv, where v is the microwave frequency in the EPR experiment) and set up the spin-Hamiltonian energy matrix that should be diagonalized to obtain these lines if intermediate (|Ji| ˜ hv) and strong (|Ji| > hv) couplings are encountered. To verify our method, the experimental EPR spectra for the Yb3+ doped BaY2F8 crystal are considered by us and the EPR lines from the isolated Yb3+ ion and Yb3+-Yb3+ pair with distance R equal to 0.371 nm are identified clearly. Moreover, exchange interaction parameters (Jx ≈ -0.04 cm-1, Jy ≈ -0.24 cm-1, and Jz ≈ -0.1 cm-1) for such a pair are also determined by our calculations. This case study demonstrates that the theoretical method given in this work would be useful and could be applied to understand interactions between Ln ions in crystals.

  9. AGT, Burge pairs and minimal models

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Bershtein, M. [Landau Institute for Theoretical Physics,Chernogolovka (Russian Federation); Institute for Information Transmission Problems,Moscow (Russian Federation); National Research University Higher School of Economics, International Laboratory of Representation Theory and Mathematical Physics, Independent University of Moscow, Moscow (Russian Federation); Foda, O. [Mathematics and Statistics, University of Melbourne,Parkville, VIC 3010 (Australia)

    2014-06-30

    We consider the AGT correspondence in the context of the conformal field theory M{sup p,p{sup ′}}⊗M{sup H}, where M{sup p,p{sup ′}} is the minimal model based on the Virasoro algebra V{sup p,p{sup ′}} labeled by two co-prime integers {p,p"′}, 1pairs {Y_1"ι,Y_2"ι} that satisfy Y{sub 2,σ}{sup ι,⊺}−Y{sub 1,σ+r{sub ι−1}{sup ι,⊺}}≥1−s{sub ι}, and Y{sub 1,σ}{sup ι,⊺}−Y{sub 2,σ+p−r{sub ι−1}{sup ι,⊺}}≥1−p{sup ′}+s{sub ι}, where Y{sub i,σ}{sup ι,⊺} is the σ-column of Y{sub i}{sup ι}, i∈{1,2}, we obtain a well-defined expression that we identify with B{sub n}{sup p,p{sup ′,H}}. We check the correctness of this expression for 1. Any 1-point B{sub 1}{sup p,p{sup ′,H}} on the torus, when the operator insertion is the identity, and 2. The 6-point B{sub 3}{sup 3,4,H} on the sphere that involves six Ising magnetic operators.

  10. Galaxy pairs as a probe for mergers at z ~ 2

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Man, A.W.S.; Zirm, Andrew Wasmuth; Toft, Sune

    2011-01-01

    In this work I investigate the redshift evolution of pair fraction of a sample of 196 massive galaxies from z = 0 to 3, selected from the COSMOS field. We find that on average a massive galaxy undergoes ~ 1.1 \\pm 0.5 major merger since z = 3. I will review the current limitations of using the pair...

  11. Inflation of the screening length induced by Bjerrum pairs

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Zwanikken, J.W.; van Roij, R.H.H.G.

    2009-01-01

    Within a modified Poisson–Boltzmann theory we study the effect of Bjerrum pairs on the typical length scale 1/¯κ over which electric fields are screened in electrolyte solutions, taking into account a simple association–dissociation equilibrium between free ions and Bjerrum pairs. At low densities

  12. Theory of pairing symmetry in the vortex states

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Yokoyama, Takehito; Ichioka, Yukio; Yanaka, Yukio; Golubov, Alexandre Avraamovitch

    2010-01-01

    We investigate pairing symmetry in an Abrikosov vortex and vortex lattice. It is shown that the Cooper pair wave function at the center of an Abrikosov vortex with vorticity m has a different parity with respect to frequency from that in the bulk if m is an odd number, while it has the same parity

  13. Proton-neutron correlations in a broken-pair model

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Akkermans, J.N.L.

    1981-01-01

    In this thesis nuclear-structure calculations are reported which were performed with the broken-pair model. The model which is developed, is an extension of existing broken-pair models in so far that it includes both proton and neutron valence pairs. The relevant formalisms are presented. In contrast to the number-non-conserving model, a proton-neutron broken-pair model is well suited to study the correlations which are produced by the proton-neutron interaction. It is shown that the proton-neutron force has large matrix elements which mix the proton- with neutron broken-pair configurations. This occurs especially for Jsup(PI)=2 + and 3 - pairs. This property of the proton-neutron force is used to improve the spectra of single-closed shell nuclei, where particle-hole excitations of the closed shell are a special case of broken-pair configurations. Using Kr and Te isotopes it is demonstrated that the proton-neutron force gives rise to correlated pair structures, which remain remarkably constant with varying nucleon numbers. (Auth.)

  14. Finding Question-Answer Pairs from Online Forums

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Cong, Gao; Wang, Long; Lin, Chin-Yew

    2008-01-01

    Online forums contain a huge amount of valuable user generated content. In this paper we address the problem of extracting question-answer pairs from forums. Question-answer pairs extracted from forums can be used to help Question Answering services (e.g. Yahoo! Answers) among other applications...

  15. Observing Pair-Work Task in an English Speaking Class

    Science.gov (United States)

    Achmad, Diana; Yusuf, Yunisrina Qismullah

    2014-01-01

    This paper reports on students' pair-work interactions to develop their speaking skills in an ELT classroom which consisted of international learners. A number of 16 learners of intermediate proficiency with IELTS score band 5.5 were observed. The teacher had paired those he considered among them to be the more competent ones (hereafter, stronger)…

  16. On e(+)e(-) pair production by colliding electromagnetic pulses

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Narozhny, NB; Bulanov, SS; Mur, VD; Popov, VS

    2004-01-01

    Electron-positron pair production from vacuum in an electromagnetic field created by two counterpropagating focused laser pulses interacting with each other is analyzed. The dependence of the number of produced pairs on the intensity of a laser pulse and the focusing parameter is studied with a

  17. Observation of charmonium pairs produced exclusively in pp collisions

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Aaij, R.; Adeva, B.; Adinolfi, M.; Affolder, A.; Ajaltouni, Z.; Akar, S.; Albrecht, J.; Alessio, F.; Alexander, M.; Ali, S.; Alkhazov, G.; Cartelle, P. Alvarez; Alves, A. A.; Amato, S.; Amerio, S.; Amhis, Y.; An, L.; Anderlini, L.; Anderson, J.; Andreassen, R.; Andreotti, M.; Andrews, J. E.; Appleby, R. B.; Gutierrez, O. Aquines; Archilli, F.; Artamonov, A.; Artuso, M.; Aslanides, E.; Auriemma, G.; Baalouch, M.; Bachmann, S.; Back, J. J.; Badalov, A.; Baldini, W.; Barlow, R. J.; Barschel, C.; Barsuk, S.; Barter, W.; Batozskaya, V.; Battista, V.; Bay, A.; Beaucourt, L.; Beddow, J.; Bedeschi, F.; Bediaga, I.; Belogurov, S.; Belous, K.; Belyaev, I.; Onderwater, G.; Pellegrino, A.

    A search is performed for the central exclusive production of pairs of charmonia produced in proton-proton collisions. Using data corresponding to an integrated luminosity of 3 fb(-1) collected at centre-of-mass energies of 7 and 8 TeV, J/psi J/psi and J/psi psi (2S) pairs are observed, which have

  18. Teleportation of Quantum States through Mixed Entangled Pairs

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    ZHENG Shi-Biao

    2006-01-01

    @@ We describe a protocol for quantum state teleportation via mixed entangled pairs. With the help of an ancilla,near-perfect teleportation might be achieved. For pure entangled pairs, perfect teleportation might be achieved with a certain probability without using an ancilla. The protocol is generalized to teleportation of multiparticle states and quantum secret sharing.

  19. minimal pairs of polytopes and their number of vertices

    African Journals Online (AJOL)

    Preferred Customer

    Using this operation we give a new algorithm to reduce and find a minimal pair of polytopes from the given ... Key words/phrases: Pairs of compact convex sets, Blaschke addition, Minkowski sum, mnimality ... product K(X)×K(X) by K2. (X).

  20. Pairing renormalization and regularization within the local density approximation

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Borycki, P.J.; Dobaczewski, J.; Nazarewicz, W.; Stoitsov, M.V.

    2006-01-01

    We discuss methods used in mean-field theories to treat pairing correlations within the local density approximation. Pairing renormalization and regularization procedures are compared in spherical and deformed nuclei. Both prescriptions give fairly similar results, although the theoretical motivation, simplicity, and stability of the regularization procedure make it a method of choice for future applications

  1. Solving the Airline Crew Pairing Problem using Subsequence Generation

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Rasmussen, Matias Sevel; Lusby, Richard Martin; Ryan, David M.

    2010-01-01

    Good and fast solutions to the airline crew pairing problem are highly interesting for the airline industry, as crew costs are the biggest expenditure after fuel for an airline. The crew pairing problem is typically modelled as a set partitioning problem and solved by column generation. However, ...

  2. Solving the Airline Crew Pairing Problem using Subsequence Generation

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Rasmussen, Matias Sevel; Ryan, David; Lusby, Richard Martin

    2009-01-01

    Good and fast solutions to the airline crew pairing problem are highly interesting for the airline industry, as crew costs are the biggest expenditure after fuel for an airline. The crew pairing problem is typically modelled as a set partitioning problem and solved by column generation. However, ...

  3. Intruder level and deformation in SD-pair shell model

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Luo Yan'an; Ning Pingzhi; Pan Feng

    2004-01-01

    The influence of intruder level on nuclear deformation is studied within the framework of the nucleon-pair shell model truncated to an SD-pair subspace. The results suggest that the intruder level has a tendency to reduce the deformation and plays an important role in determining the onset of rotational behavior. (authors)

  4. Extending the Extensional Lambda Calculus with Surjective Pairing is Conservative

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Støvring, Kristian

    2006-01-01

    We answer Klop and de Vrijer's question whether adding surjective-pairing axioms to the extensional lambda calculus yields a conservative extension. The answer is positive. As a byproduct we obtain a "syntactic" proof that the extensional lambda calculus with surjective pairing is consistent....

  5. Relativistic quasiparticle random phase approximation with a separable pairing force

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Tian Yuan; Ma Zhongyu; Ring Peter

    2009-01-01

    In our previous work, we introduced a separable pairing force for relativistic Hartree-Bogoliubov calculations. This force was adjusted to reproduce the pairing properties of the Gogny force in nuclear matter. By using the well known techniques of Talmi and Moshinsky it can be expanded in a series of separable terms and converges quickly after a few terms. It was found that the pairing properties can be depicted on almost the same footing as the original pairing interaction, not only in nuclear matter, but also in finite nuclei. In this study, we construct a relativistic quasiparticle random phase approximation (RQRPA) with this separable pairing interaction and calculate the excitation energies of the first excited 2 + states and reduced B(E2; 0 + →2 + ) transition rates for a chain of Sn isotopes in RQRPA. Compared with the results of the full Gogny force, we find that this simple separable pairing interaction can describe the pairing properties of the excited vibrational states as well as the original pairing interaction. (authors)

  6. Pair production of arbitrary spin particles by electromagnetic fields

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Kruglov, S.I.

    2006-01-01

    The exact solutions of the wave equation for arbitrary spin particles in the field of the soliton-like electric impulse were obtained. The differential probability of pair production of particles by electromagnetic fields has been evaluated on the basis of the exact solutions. As a particular case, the particle pair production in the constant and uniform electric field were studied

  7. Quantitative measures of entanglement in pair-coherent states

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Agarwal, G S; Biswas, Asoka

    2005-01-01

    The pair-coherent states for a two-mode radiation field are known to belong to a family of states with non-Gaussian wavefunction. The nature of quantum entanglement between the two modes and some features of non-classicality are studied for such states. The existing criterion for inseparability are examined in the context of pair-coherent states

  8. Pair Formation of Hard Core Bosons in Flat Band Systems

    Science.gov (United States)

    Mielke, Andreas

    2018-05-01

    Hard core bosons in a large class of one or two dimensional flat band systems have an upper critical density, below which the ground states can be described completely. At the critical density, the ground states are Wigner crystals. If one adds a particle to the system at the critical density, the ground state and the low lying multi particle states of the system can be described as a Wigner crystal with an additional pair of particles. The energy band for the pair is separated from the rest of the multi-particle spectrum. The proofs use a Gerschgorin type of argument for block diagonally dominant matrices. In certain one-dimensional or tree-like structures one can show that the pair is localised, for example in the chequerboard chain. For this one-dimensional system with periodic boundary condition the energy band for the pair is flat, the pair is localised.

  9. Inflation of the screening length induced by Bjerrum pairs.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zwanikken, Jos; van Roij, René

    2009-10-21

    Within a modified Poisson-Boltzmann theory we study the effect of Bjerrum pairs on the typical length scale [Formula: see text] over which electric fields are screened in electrolyte solutions, taking into account a simple association-dissociation equilibrium between free ions and Bjerrum pairs. At low densities of Bjerrum pairs, this length scale is well approximated by the Debye length [Formula: see text], with ρ(s) the free-ion density. At high densities of Bjerrum pairs, however, we find [Formula: see text], which is significantly larger than 1/κ due to the enhanced effective permittivity of the electrolyte, caused by the polarization of Bjerrum pairs. We argue that this mechanism may explain the recently observed anomalously large colloid-free zones between an oil-dispersed colloidal crystal and a colloidal monolayer at the oil-water interface.

  10. An Intelligent Model for Pairs Trading Using Genetic Algorithms.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Huang, Chien-Feng; Hsu, Chi-Jen; Chen, Chi-Chung; Chang, Bao Rong; Li, Chen-An

    2015-01-01

    Pairs trading is an important and challenging research area in computational finance, in which pairs of stocks are bought and sold in pair combinations for arbitrage opportunities. Traditional methods that solve this set of problems mostly rely on statistical methods such as regression. In contrast to the statistical approaches, recent advances in computational intelligence (CI) are leading to promising opportunities for solving problems in the financial applications more effectively. In this paper, we present a novel methodology for pairs trading using genetic algorithms (GA). Our results showed that the GA-based models are able to significantly outperform the benchmark and our proposed method is capable of generating robust models to tackle the dynamic characteristics in the financial application studied. Based upon the promising results obtained, we expect this GA-based method to advance the research in computational intelligence for finance and provide an effective solution to pairs trading for investment in practice.

  11. Pair truncation for rotational nuclei: j=17/2 model

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Halse, P.; Jaqua, L.; Barrett, B.R.

    1989-01-01

    The suitability of the pair condensate approach for rotational states is studied in a single j=17/2 shell of identical nucleons interacting through a quadrupole-quadrupole Hamiltonian. The ground band and a K=2 excited band are both studied in detail. A direct comparison of the exact states with those constituting the SD and SDG subspaces is used to identify the important degrees of freedom for these levels. The range of pairs necessary for a good description is found to be highly state dependent; S and D pairs are the major constituents of the low-spin ground-band levels, while G pairs are needed for those in the γ band. Energy spectra are obtained for each truncated subspace. SDG pairs allow accurate reproduction of the binding energy and K=2 excitation energy, but still give a moment of inertia which is about 30% too small even for the lowest levels

  12. Overdensity of galaxies in the environment of quasar pairs

    Science.gov (United States)

    Sandrinelli, A.; Falomo, R.; Treves, A.; Scarpa, R.; Uslenghi, M.

    2018-03-01

    We report on a study of the galaxy environments of low redshift physical quasars pairs. We selected 20 pairs having projected separation Survey images, we evaluated the galaxy overdensity around these quasars in pairs and then compare it with that of a sample of isolated quasars with same redshift and luminosity. It is found that on average there is a systematic larger overdensity of galaxies around quasars in pairs with respect to that of isolated quasars. This may represent a significant link between nuclear activity and galaxy environment. However, at odds with that, the closest quasar pairs seem to inhabit poorer environments. Implications of present results and perspectives for future work are briefly discussed.

  13. A {mu}SR study of the magnetoresistive ruthenocuprates RuSr{sub 2}Nd{sub 1.8-x}Y {sub 0.2}Ce{sub x}Cu{sub 2}O{sub 10-{delta}} (x = 0.95 and 0.80)

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Mclaughlin, A C [Department of Chemistry, University of Aberdeen, Meston Walk, Aberdeen AB24 3UE (United Kingdom); Attfield, J P [Centre for Science at Extreme Conditions and School of Chemistry, University of Edinburgh, King' s Buildings, Mayfield Road, Edinburgh EH9 3JZ (United Kingdom); Van Duijn, J [Instituto de Investigacion en EnergIas Renovables, Universidad de Castilla la Mancha, Albacete, E02006 (Spain); Hillier, A D, E-mail: a.c.mclaughlin@abdn.ac.uk [ISIS facility, Rutherford Appleton Laboratory, Chilton, Didcot, Oxfordshire OX11 0QX (United Kingdom)

    2011-09-14

    Zero field muon spin relaxation (ZF-{mu}SR) has been used to study the magnetic properties of the underdoped giant magnetoresistive ruthenocuprates RuSr{sub 2}Nd{sub 1.8-x}Y {sub 0.2}Ce{sub x}Cu{sub 2}O{sub 10-{delta}} (x = 0.95, 0.80). The magnetoresistance (MR) is defined so that MR = (({rho}{sub H}-{rho}{sub 0})/{rho}{sub 0}) and the giant magnetoresistive ruthenocuprates RuSr{sub 2}Nd{sub 1.8-x}Y {sub 0.2}Ce{sub x}Cu{sub 2}O{sub 10-{delta}} exhibit a large reduction in electronic resistivity upon application of a magnetic field. The ZF-{mu}SR results show a gradual loss of initial asymmetry A{sub 0} at the ruthenium spin transition temperature, T{sub Ru}. At the same time the electronic relaxation rate, {lambda}, shows a gradual increase with decreasing temperature below T{sub Ru}. These results have been interpreted as evidence for Cu spin cluster formation below T{sub Ru}. These magnetically ordered clusters grow as the temperature is decreased thus causing the initial asymmetry to decrease slowly. Giant magnetoresistance is observed over a wide temperature range in the materials studied and the magnitude increases as the temperature is reduced from T{sub Ru} to 4 K which suggests a relation between Cu spin cluster size and |-MR|. (paper)

  14. Effects of Worked Examples, Example-Problem Pairs, and Problem-Example Pairs Compared to Problem Solving

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Van Gog, Tamara; Kester, Liesbeth; Paas, Fred

    2010-01-01

    Van Gog, T., Kester, L., & Paas, F. (2010, August). Effects of worked examples, example-problem pairs, and problem-example pairs compared to problem solving. Paper presented at the Biannual EARLI SIG meeting of Instructional design and Learning and instruction with computers, Ulm, Germany.

  15. On the combination of the Cooper pair and the Ogg pair in the high-Tc oxide superconductor

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Zhang Liyuan.

    1991-08-01

    In this paper it is argued that the superconductivity of the high-T c oxide superconductor (HTOS) can be explained by the combinating mechanism of the Cooper pair and the Ogg pair. The properties of the superconducting state of the HTOS have been calculated under this mechanism, and the theoretical results are overall consistent with the experiment. (author). 37 refs

  16. Merging a Pair of Supermassive Black Holes

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kohler, Susanna

    2016-10-01

    hydrodynamically, simulating the final stages of the galaxy merger.When the separation of the two SMBHs is small enough, the authors extract a spherical region of 5 kpc from around the pair and evolve this as an N-body simulation.Finally, the separation of the SMBHs becomes so small (0.01 pc) that gravitational-wave emission is the dominant loss of energy driving the inspiral. The authors add post-Newtonian terms into the N-body simulation to account for this.Time evolution of the separation between the SMBHs, beginning with the hydrodynamical simulation (blue), then transitioning to the direct N-body calculation (red), and ending with the introduction of post-Newtonian terms (green) to account for gravitational-wave emission. [Adapted from Khan et al. 2016]Successful CoalescenceKhan and collaborators complex approach allows them to simulate the entire process of the merger and SMBH coalescence, resulting in several key determinations.First, they demonstrate that the SMBHs can coalesce on timescales of only tens of Myr, which is roughly two orders of magnitude smaller than what was typically estimated before. They find that gas dissipation before the merger is instrumental in creating the conditions that allow for this rapid orbital decay.The authors also demonstrate that the gravitational potential of the galaxy merger remnant is triaxial throughout the merger. Khan and collaborators simulations confirm that this non-spherical potential solves the final parsec problem by sending stars on plunging orbits around the SMBHs. These more distant stars cause the SMBHs to lose angular momentum through dynamical friction and continue their inspiral, even when the stars immediately surrounding the SMBHs have been depleted.This simulation isan important step toward a better understanding of SMBH mergers. Its outcomes are especially promising for future gravitational-wave campaigns, as the short SMBH coalescence timescales indicate that these mergers could indeed be observable

  17. Electronic pairing mechanism due to band modification with increasing pair number

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Mizia, J.

    1995-01-01

    It is shown that a shift of an electron band with electron occupation number n, which is changing during the transition to the superconducting state, can lower the total energy of the system. In fact it will bring a negative contribution to the pairing potential, which is proportional to the product of the electron band shift with occupation number and the charge transfer during the transition to the superconducting state. The shift of the electron band comes from the change of stresses and the change of correlation effects in the CuO 2 plane with n, that in turn is caused by the changing oxygen concentration. This model explains the phenomenological success of Hirsch's model, which gives no explanation how the band shift in energy can give rise to superconductivity. (orig.)

  18. Twin photon pairs in a high-Q silicon microresonator

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Rogers, Steven; Lu, Xiyuan [Department of Physics and Astronomy, University of Rochester, Rochester, New York 14627 (United States); Jiang, Wei C. [Institute of Optics, University of Rochester, Rochester, New York 14627 (United States); Lin, Qiang, E-mail: qiang.lin@rochester.edu [Institute of Optics, University of Rochester, Rochester, New York 14627 (United States); Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering, University of Rochester, Rochester, New York 14627 (United States)

    2015-07-27

    We report the generation of high-purity twin photon pairs through cavity-enhanced non-degenerate four-wave mixing (FWM) in a high-Q silicon microdisk resonator. Twin photon pairs are created within the same cavity mode and are consequently expected to be identical in all degrees of freedom. The device is able to produce twin photons at telecommunication wavelengths with a pair generation rate as large as (3.96 ± 0.03) × 10{sup 5} pairs/s, within a narrow bandwidth of 0.72 GHz. A coincidence-to-accidental ratio of 660 ± 62 was measured, the highest value reported to date for twin photon pairs, at a pair generation rate of (2.47 ± 0.04) × 10{sup 4} pairs/s. Through careful engineering of the dispersion matching window, we have reduced the ratio of photons resulting from degenerate FWM to non-degenerate FWM to less than 0.15.

  19. Parietal lesion effects on cued recall following pair associate learning.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ben-Zvi, Shir; Soroker, Nachum; Levy, Daniel A

    2015-07-01

    We investigated the involvement of the posterior parietal cortex in episodic memory in a lesion-effects study of cued recall following pair-associate learning. Groups of patients who had experienced first-incident stroke, generally in middle cerebral artery territory, and exhibited damage that included lateral posterior parietal regions, were tested within an early post-stroke time window. In three experiments, patients and matched healthy comparison groups executed repeated study and cued recall test blocks of pairs of words (Experiment 1), pairs of object pictures (Experiment 2), or pairs of object pictures and environmental sounds (Experiment 3). Patients' brain CT scans were subjected to quantitative analysis of lesion volumes. Behavioral and lesion data were used to compute correlations between area lesion extent and memory deficits, and to conduct voxel-based lesion-symptom mapping. These analyses implicated lateral ventral parietal cortex, especially the angular gyrus, in cued recall deficits, most pronouncedly in the cross-modal picture-sound pairs task, though significant parietal lesion effects were also found in the unimodal word pairs and picture pairs tasks. In contrast to an earlier study in which comparable parietal lesions did not cause deficits in item recognition, these results indicate that lateral posterior parietal areas make a substantive contribution to demanding forms of recollective retrieval as represented by cued recall, especially for complex associative representations. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  20. ON THE POLAR CAP CASCADE PAIR MULTIPLICITY OF YOUNG PULSARS

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Timokhin, A. N.; Harding, A. K., E-mail: andrey.timokhin@nasa.gov [Astrophysics Science Division, NASA/Goddard Space Flight Center, Greenbelt, MD 20771 (United States)

    2015-09-10

    We study the efficiency of pair production in polar caps of young pulsars under a variety of conditions to estimate the maximum possible multiplicity of pair plasma in pulsar magnetospheres. We develop a semi-analytic model for calculation of cascade multiplicity which allows efficient exploration of the parameter space and corroborate it with direct numerical simulations. Pair creation processes are considered separately from particle acceleration in order to assess different factors affecting cascade efficiency, with acceleration of primary particles described by recent self-consistent non-stationary model of pair cascades. We argue that the most efficient cascades operate in the curvature radiation/synchrotron regime, the maximum multiplicity of pair plasma in pulsar magnetospheres is ∼few × 10{sup 5}. The multiplicity of pair plasma in magnetospheres of young energetic pulsars weakly depends on the strength of the magnetic field and the radius of curvature of magnetic field lines and has a stronger dependence on pulsar inclination angle. This result questions assumptions about very high pair plasma multiplicity in theories of pulsar wind nebulae.

  1. Pairing gaps from nuclear mean-field models

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Bender, M.; Rutz, K.; Maruhn, J.A.

    2000-01-01

    We discuss the pairing gap, a measure for nuclear pairing correlations, in chains of spherical, semi-magic nuclei in the framework of self-consistent nuclear mean-field models. The equations for the conventional BCS model and the approximate projection-before-variation Lipkin-Nogami method are formulated in terms of local density functionals for the effective interaction. We calculate the Lipkin-Nogami corrections of both the mean-field energy and the pairing energy. Various definitions of the pairing gap are discussed as three-point, four-point and five-point mass-difference formulae, averaged matrix elements of the pairing potential, and single-quasiparticle energies. Experimental values for the pairing gap are compared with calculations employing both a delta pairing force and a density-dependent delta interaction in the BCS and Lipkin-Nogami model. Odd-mass nuclei are calculated in the spherical blocking approximation which neglects part of the the core polarization in the odd nucleus. We find that the five-point mass difference formula gives a very robust description of the odd-even staggering, other approximations for the gap may differ from that up to 30% for certain nuclei. (orig.)

  2. The coevolution of long-term pair bonds and cooperation.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Song, Z; Feldman, M W

    2013-05-01

    The evolution of social traits may not only depend on but also change the social structure of the population. In particular, the evolution of pairwise cooperation, such as biparental care, depends on the pair-matching distribution of the population, and the latter often emerges as a collective outcome of individual pair-bonding traits, which are also under selection. Here, we develop an analytical model and individual-based simulations to study the coevolution of long-term pair bonds and cooperation in parental care, where partners play a Snowdrift game in each breeding season. We illustrate that long-term pair bonds may coevolve with cooperation when bonding cost is below a threshold. As long-term pair bonds lead to assortative interactions through pair-matching dynamics, they may promote the prevalence of cooperation. In addition to the pay-off matrix of a single game, the evolutionarily stable equilibrium also depends on bonding cost and accidental divorce rate, and it is determined by a form of balancing selection because the benefit from pair-bond maintenance diminishes as the frequency of cooperators increases. Our findings highlight the importance of ecological factors affecting social bonding cost and stability in understanding the coevolution of social behaviour and social structures, which may lead to the diversity of biological social systems. © 2013 The Authors. Journal of Evolutionary Biology © 2013 European Society For Evolutionary Biology.

  3. Separable pairing force for relativistic quasiparticle random-phase approximation

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Tian Yuan; Ma Zhongyu; Ring, Peter

    2009-01-01

    We have introduced a separable pairing force, which was adjusted to reproduce the pairing properties of the Gogny force in nuclear matter. This separable pairing force is able to describe in relativistic Hartree-Bogoliubov (RHB) calculations the pairing properties in the ground state of finite nuclei on almost the same footing as the original Gogny interaction. In this work we investigate excited states using the Relativistic Quasiparticle Random-Phase Approximation (RQRPA) with the same separable pairing force. For consistency the Goldstone modes and the convergence with various cutoff parameters in this version of RQRPA are studied. The first excited 2 + states for the chain of Sn isotopes with Z=50 and the chain of isotones with N=82 isotones are calculated in RQRPA together with the 3 - states of Sn isotopes. By comparing our results with experimental data and with the results of the original Gogny force we find that this simple separable pairing interaction is very successful in depicting the pairing properties of vibrational excitations.

  4. High Level Rule Modeling Language for Airline Crew Pairing

    Science.gov (United States)

    Mutlu, Erdal; Birbil, Ş. Ilker; Bülbül, Kerem; Yenigün, Hüsnü

    2011-09-01

    The crew pairing problem is an airline optimization problem where a set of least costly pairings (consecutive flights to be flown by a single crew) that covers every flight in a given flight network is sought. A pairing is defined by using a very complex set of feasibility rules imposed by international and national regulatory agencies, and also by the airline itself. The cost of a pairing is also defined by using complicated rules. When an optimization engine generates a sequence of flights from a given flight network, it has to check all these feasibility rules to ensure whether the sequence forms a valid pairing. Likewise, the engine needs to calculate the cost of the pairing by using certain rules. However, the rules used for checking the feasibility and calculating the costs are usually not static. Furthermore, the airline companies carry out what-if-type analyses through testing several alternate scenarios in each planning period. Therefore, embedding the implementation of feasibility checking and cost calculation rules into the source code of the optimization engine is not a practical approach. In this work, a high level language called ARUS is introduced for describing the feasibility and cost calculation rules. A compiler for ARUS is also implemented in this work to generate a dynamic link library to be used by crew pairing optimization engines.

  5. Analysis of Food Pairing in Regional Cuisines of India.

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Anupam Jain

    Full Text Available Any national cuisine is a sum total of its variety of regional cuisines, which are the cultural and historical identifiers of their respective regions. India is home to a number of regional cuisines that showcase its culinary diversity. Here, we study recipes from eight different regional cuisines of India spanning various geographies and climates. We investigate the phenomenon of food pairing which examines compatibility of two ingredients in a recipe in terms of their shared flavor compounds. Food pairing was enumerated at the level of cuisine, recipes as well as ingredient pairs by quantifying flavor sharing between pairs of ingredients. Our results indicate that each regional cuisine follows negative food pairing pattern; more the extent of flavor sharing between two ingredients, lesser their co-occurrence in that cuisine. We find that frequency of ingredient usage is central in rendering the characteristic food pairing in each of these cuisines. Spice and dairy emerged as the most significant ingredient classes responsible for the biased pattern of food pairing. Interestingly while individual spices contribute to negative food pairing, dairy products on the other hand tend to deviate food pairing towards positive side. Our data analytical study highlighting statistical properties of the regional cuisines, brings out their culinary fingerprints that could be used to design algorithms for generating novel recipes and recipe recommender systems. It forms a basis for exploring possible causal connection between diet and health as well as prospection of therapeutic molecules from food ingredients. Our study also provides insights as to how big data can change the way we look at food.

  6. Analysis of Food Pairing in Regional Cuisines of India.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Jain, Anupam; N K, Rakhi; Bagler, Ganesh

    2015-01-01

    Any national cuisine is a sum total of its variety of regional cuisines, which are the cultural and historical identifiers of their respective regions. India is home to a number of regional cuisines that showcase its culinary diversity. Here, we study recipes from eight different regional cuisines of India spanning various geographies and climates. We investigate the phenomenon of food pairing which examines compatibility of two ingredients in a recipe in terms of their shared flavor compounds. Food pairing was enumerated at the level of cuisine, recipes as well as ingredient pairs by quantifying flavor sharing between pairs of ingredients. Our results indicate that each regional cuisine follows negative food pairing pattern; more the extent of flavor sharing between two ingredients, lesser their co-occurrence in that cuisine. We find that frequency of ingredient usage is central in rendering the characteristic food pairing in each of these cuisines. Spice and dairy emerged as the most significant ingredient classes responsible for the biased pattern of food pairing. Interestingly while individual spices contribute to negative food pairing, dairy products on the other hand tend to deviate food pairing towards positive side. Our data analytical study highlighting statistical properties of the regional cuisines, brings out their culinary fingerprints that could be used to design algorithms for generating novel recipes and recipe recommender systems. It forms a basis for exploring possible causal connection between diet and health as well as prospection of therapeutic molecules from food ingredients. Our study also provides insights as to how big data can change the way we look at food.

  7. Analysis of Food Pairing in Regional Cuisines of India

    Science.gov (United States)

    Bagler, Ganesh

    2015-01-01

    Any national cuisine is a sum total of its variety of regional cuisines, which are the cultural and historical identifiers of their respective regions. India is home to a number of regional cuisines that showcase its culinary diversity. Here, we study recipes from eight different regional cuisines of India spanning various geographies and climates. We investigate the phenomenon of food pairing which examines compatibility of two ingredients in a recipe in terms of their shared flavor compounds. Food pairing was enumerated at the level of cuisine, recipes as well as ingredient pairs by quantifying flavor sharing between pairs of ingredients. Our results indicate that each regional cuisine follows negative food pairing pattern; more the extent of flavor sharing between two ingredients, lesser their co-occurrence in that cuisine. We find that frequency of ingredient usage is central in rendering the characteristic food pairing in each of these cuisines. Spice and dairy emerged as the most significant ingredient classes responsible for the biased pattern of food pairing. Interestingly while individual spices contribute to negative food pairing, dairy products on the other hand tend to deviate food pairing towards positive side. Our data analytical study highlighting statistical properties of the regional cuisines, brings out their culinary fingerprints that could be used to design algorithms for generating novel recipes and recipe recommender systems. It forms a basis for exploring possible causal connection between diet and health as well as prospection of therapeutic molecules from food ingredients. Our study also provides insights as to how big data can change the way we look at food. PMID:26430895

  8. Preferred and avoided codon pairs in three domains of life

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Tenson Tanel

    2008-10-01

    Full Text Available Abstract Background Alternative synonymous codons are not used with equal frequencies. In addition, the contexts of codons – neighboring nucleotides and neighboring codons – can have certain patterns. The codon context can influence both translational accuracy and elongation rates. However, it is not known how strong or conserved the codon context preferences in different organisms are. We analyzed 138 organisms (bacteria, archaea and eukaryotes to find conserved patterns of codon pairs. Results After removing the effects of single codon usage and dipeptide biases we discovered a set of neighboring codons for which avoidances or preferences were conserved in all three domains of life. Such biased codon pairs could be divided into subtypes on the basis of the nucleotide patterns that influence the bias. The most frequently avoided type of codon pair was nnUAnn. We discovered that 95.7% of avoided nnUAnn type patterns contain out-frame UAA or UAG triplets on the sense and/or antisense strand. On average, nnUAnn codon pairs are more frequently avoided in ORFeomes than in genomes. Thus we assume that translational selection plays a major role in the avoidance of these codon pairs. Among the preferred codon pairs, nnGCnn was the major type. Conclusion Translational selection shapes codon pair usage in protein coding sequences by rules that are common to all three domains of life. The most frequently avoided codon pairs contain the patterns nnUAnn, nnGGnn, nnGnnC, nnCGCn, GUCCnn, CUCCnn, nnCnnA or UUCGnn. The most frequently preferred codon pairs contain the patterns nnGCnn, nnCAnn or nnUnCn.

  9. Amperean Pairing and the Pseudogap Phase of Cuprate Superconductors

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lee, Patrick A.

    2014-07-01

    The enigmatic pseudogap phase in underdoped cuprate high-Tc superconductors has long been recognized as a central puzzle of the Tc problem. Recent data show that the pseudogap is likely a distinct phase, characterized by a medium range and quasistatic charge ordering. However, the origin of the ordering wave vector and the mechanism of the charge order is unknown. At the same time, earlier data show that precursive superconducting fluctuations are also associated with this phase. We propose that the pseudogap phase is a novel pairing state where electrons on the same side of the Fermi surface are paired, in strong contrast with conventional Bardeen-Cooper-Schrieffer theory which pairs electrons on opposite sides of the Fermi surface. In this state the Cooper pair carries a net momentum and belongs to a general class called pair density wave. The microscopic pairing mechanism comes from a gauge theory formulation of the resonating valence bond (RVB) picture, where spinons traveling in the same direction feel an attractive force in analogy with Ampere's effects in electromagnetism. We call this Amperean pairing. Charge order automatically appears as a subsidiary order parameter even when long-range pair order is destroyed by phase fluctuations. Our theory gives a prediction of the ordering wave vector which is in good agreement with experiment. Furthermore, the quasiparticle spectrum from our model explains many of the unusual features reported in photoemission experiments. The Fermi arc, the unusual way the tip of the arc terminates, and the relation of the spanning vector of the arc tips to the charge ordering wave vector also come out naturally. Finally, we propose an experiment that can directly test the notion of Amperean pairing.

  10. A nucleon-pair and boson coexistent description of nuclei

    Science.gov (United States)

    Dai, Lianrong; Pan, Feng; Draayer, J. P.

    2017-07-01

    We study a mixture of s-bosons and like-nucleon pairs with the standard pairing interaction outside an inert core. Competition between the nucleon-pairs and s-bosons is investigated in this scenario. The robustness of the BCS-BEC coexistence and crossover phenomena are examined through an analysis of pf-shell nuclei with realistic single-particle energies, in which two configurations with Pauli blocking of nucleon-pair orbits due to the formation of the s-bosons is taken into account. When the nucleon-pair orbits are considered to be independent of the s-bosons, the BCS-BEC crossover becomes smooth, with the number of the s-bosons noticeably more than that of the nucleon-pairs near the half-shell point, a feature that is demonstrated in the pf-shell for several values of the standard pairing interaction strength. As a further test of the robustness of the BCS-BEC coexistence and crossover phenomena in nuclei, results are given for values of even-even 102-130Sn with 100Sn taken as a core and valence neutron pairs confined within the 1d 5/2, 0g 7/2, 1d 3/2, 2s 1/2, 1h 11/2 orbits in the nucleon-pair orbit and the s-boson independent approximation. The results indicate that the B(E2) values are reproduced well. Supported by National Natural Science Foundation of China (11375080, 11675071), the U.S. National Science Foundation (OCI-0904874 and ACI-1516338), U. S. Department of Energy (DE-SC0005248), the Southeastern Universities Research Association, the China-U. S. Theory Institute for Physics with Exotic Nuclei (CUSTIPEN) (DE-SC0009971), and the LSU-LNNU joint research program (9961) is acknowledged

  11. Hybrid TLC-pair meter for the Sphinx Project

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wada, T.; Yamamoto, I.; Takahashi, N.; Misaki, A.

    1985-01-01

    The chief aims in THE SPHINX PROJECT are research of super lepton physics and new detector experiments. At the second phase of THE SPHINX PROJECT, a hybrid TLC-PAIR METER was designed for measuring high energy neutrino sources (E upsilon * TeV), searching high energy muon sources (E mu TeV) and measuring muon group (E mu 1 TeV). The principle of PAIR METER has been already proposed. In this TLC-PAIR METER, electromagnetic shower induced by cosmic ray muons are detected using TL (Thermoluminescence) sheets with position counters.

  12. Hybrid TLC-pair meter for the Sphinx Project

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Wada, T.; Yamamoto, I.; Takahashi, N.; Misaki, A.

    1985-01-01

    The chief aims in the Sphinx Project are research on super lepton physics and new detector experiments. In the second phase of the Sphinx Project, a hybrid TLC-pair meter was designed for measuring for high energy neutrino sources (E upsilon * TeV), searching high energy muon sources (E mu TeV), and measuring muon groups (E mu 1 TeV). The principle of the pair meter has been already proposed. In this TLC pair meter, electromagnetic showers induced by cosmic ray muons are detected using thermoluminescene sheets with position counters

  13. Structure of 2,4-Diaminopyrimidine - Theobromine Alternate Base Pairs

    Science.gov (United States)

    Gengeliczki, Zsolt; Callahan, Michael P.; Kabelac, Martin; Rijs, Anouk M.; deVries, Mattanjah S.

    2011-01-01

    We report the structure of clusters of 2,4-diaminopyrimidine with 3,7-dimethylxanthine (theobromine) in the gas phase determined by IR-UV double resonance spectroscopy in both the near-IR and mid-IR regions in combination with ab initio computations. These clusters represent potential alternate nucleobase pairs, geometrically equivalent to guanine-cytosine. We have found the four lowest energy structures, which include the Watson-Crick base pairing motif. This Watson-Crick structure has not been observed by resonant two-photon ionization (R2PI) in the gas phase for the canonical DNA base pairs.

  14. ΛΛ pairing in NΛ composite matter

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Tanigawa, Tomonori; Matsuzaki, Masayuki; Chiba, Satoshi

    2002-01-01

    ΛΛ pairing correlation in binary mixed matter of nucleons and lambdas is studied within the relativistic Hartree-Bogoliubov model. Λ hyperons to be paired up are immersed in background nucleons in normal state. A phenomenological ΛΛ interaction, which is derived relativistically from the Lagrangian of the system, is adopted to the gap equation. It is found that increasing the nucleon density makes the ΛΛ pairing gap suppressed. This result suggests a mechanism, specific to relativistic models, of its dependence on the nucleon density. (author)

  15. ΛΛ pairing in NΛ composite matter

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Tanigawa, Tomonori; Matsuzaki, Masayuki; Chiba, Satoshi

    2003-01-01

    ΛΛ pairing correlation in binary mixed matter of nucleons and lambdas is studied within the relativistic Hartree-Bogoliubov model. Λ hyperons to be paired up are immersed in background nucleons in normal state. A phenomenological ΛΛ interaction, which is derived relativistically from the Lagrangian of the system, is adopted to the gap equation. It is found that increasing the nucleon density makes the ΛΛ pairing gap suppressed. This result suggests a mechanism, specific to relativistic models, of its dependence on the nucleon density. (author)

  16. Wigner function and tomogram of the pair coherent state

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Meng, Xiang-Guo; Wang, Ji-Suo; Fan, Hong-Yi

    2007-01-01

    Using the entangled state representation of Wigner operator and the technique of integration within an ordered product (IWOP) of operators, the Wigner function of the pair coherent state is derived. The variations of the Wigner function with the parameters α and q in the ρ-γ phase space are discussed. The physical meaning of the Wigner function for the pair coherent state is given by virtue of its marginal distributions. The tomogram of the pair coherent state is calculated with the help of the Radon transform between the Wigner operator and the projection operator of the entangled state |η 1 ,η 2 ,τ 1 ,τ 2 >

  17. Pair production by a constant external field in noncommutative QED

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Chair, N.; Sheikh-Jabbari, M.M.

    2000-09-01

    In this paper we study QED on the noncommutative space in the constant electro-magnetic field background. Using the explicit solutions of the noncommutative version of Dirac equation in such background, we show that there are well-defined in and out-going asymptotic states and also there is a causal Green's function. We calculate the pair production rate in this case. We show that at tree level noncommutativity will not change the pair production and the threshold electric field. We also calculate the pair production rate considering the first loop corrections. In this case we show that the threshold electric field is decreased by the noncommutativity effects. (author)

  18. {lambda}{lambda} pairing in N{lambda} composite matter

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Tanigawa, Tomonori [Japan Society for the Promotion of Science, Tokyo (Japan); Matsuzaki, Masayuki [Japan Atomic Energy Research Inst., Tokyo (Japan); Chiba, Satoshi [Fukuoka Univ. of Education, Dept. of Physics, Munakata, Fukuoka (Japan)

    2002-09-01

    {lambda}{lambda} pairing correlation in binary mixed matter of nucleons and lambdas is studied within the relativistic Hartree-Bogoliubov model. {lambda} hyperons to be paired up are immersed in background nucleons in normal state. A phenomenological {lambda}{lambda} interaction, which is derived relativistically from the Lagrangian of the system, is adopted to the gap equation. It is found that increasing the nucleon density makes the {lambda}{lambda} pairing gap suppressed. This result suggests a mechanism, specific to relativistic models, of its dependence on the nucleon density. (author)

  19. Learning preferences from paired opposite-based semantics

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Franco de los Ríos, Camilo; Rodríguez, J. Tinguaro; Montero, Javier

    2017-01-01

    Preference semantics examine the meaning of the preference predicate, according to the way that alternatives can be understood and organized for decision making purposes. Through opposite-based semantics, preference structures can be characterized by their paired decomposition of preference...... on the character of opposition, the compound meaning of preference emerges from the fuzzy reinforcement of paired opposite concepts, searching for significant evidence for affirming dominance among the decision objects. Here we propose a general model for the paired decomposition of preference, examining its...

  20. Alpha-transfer reactions and the pairing-vibration model

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Betts, R.R.

    1977-01-01

    The pairing-vibration model with isospin is extended to include α-transfer reactions. Selection rules and expressions for transition strengths are derived and compared with experimental results for A = 40--66 nuclei. The selection rules are found to be followed quite well in the examples studied. The systematics of ground-state transition strengths are qualitatively quite well reproduced although the quantitative agreement is poor. When the changing nature of the pairing quanta is incorporated using two-particle transfer data the agreement becomes quantitatively good. Evidence is presented for clustering other than that due to pairing in 40 Ca and 44 Ti

  1. QED peripheral mechanism of pair production at colliders

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Ahmadov, A. I.; Galynskii, M. V.; Bystritskiy, Yu. M.; Kuraev, E. A.; Shatnev, M. G.

    2008-01-01

    Cross sections of the processes of production of neutral pions and pairs of charged fermions and bosons in peripheral interaction of leptons and photons are calculated in the main logarithmic approximation. We investigate the phase volumes and differential cross sections. The differential cross sections of production of a few neutral pions and a few pairs are written down explicitly. Considering the academic problem of summation over a number of pairs for massless particles we reproduce the known results obtained in the 1970s. The possibility of constructing the generator for Monte Carlo modeling of these processes based on these results is discussed.

  2. General form of Darboux transformations for Lax pairs

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Zhou Zixiang.

    1988-03-01

    In this paper, the author finds all the Darboux transformations for general Lax pair with coefficients analytic to spectral parameter. The auto-Baecklund property of these Darboux transformations for n x n system is also verified. (author). 7 refs

  3. Using Single Colors and Color Pairs to Communicate Basic Tastes

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Andy T. Woods

    2016-07-01

    Full Text Available Recently, it has been demonstrated that people associate each of the basic tastes (e.g., sweet, sour, bitter, and salty with specific colors (e.g., red, green, black, and white. In the present study, we investigated whether pairs of colors (both associated with a particular taste or taste word would give rise to stronger associations relative to pairs of colors that were associated with different tastes. We replicate the findings of previous studies highlighting the existence of a robust crossmodal correspondence between individual colors and basic tastes. However, while there was evidence that pairs of colors could indeed communicate taste information more consistently than single colors, our participants took more than twice as long to match the color pairs with tastes than the single colors. Possible reasons for these results are discussed.

  4. Using Single Colors and Color Pairs to Communicate Basic Tastes.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Woods, Andy T; Spence, Charles

    2016-01-01

    Recently, it has been demonstrated that people associate each of the basic tastes (e.g., sweet, sour, bitter, and salty) with specific colors (e.g., red, green, black, and white). In the present study, we investigated whether pairs of colors (both associated with a particular taste or taste word) would give rise to stronger associations relative to pairs of colors that were associated with different tastes. We replicate the findings of previous studies highlighting the existence of a robust crossmodal correspondence between individual colors and basic tastes. However, while there was evidence that pairs of colors could indeed communicate taste information more consistently than single colors, our participants took more than twice as long to match the color pairs with tastes than the single colors. Possible reasons for these results are discussed.

  5. Observation of muon-electron pairs in neutrino reactions

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Hoffmann, D.

    1980-05-01

    The present thesis describes the observation of muon-electron pairs in neutrino reactions. This experiment was performed using an optical multiplate spark chamber in the broad band neutrino beam of the CERN proton synchrotron. (orig.) [de

  6. Complexation of Nitrous Oxide by Frustrated Lewis Pairs

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Otten, Edwin; Neu, Rebecca C.; Stephan, Douglas W.

    2009-01-01

    Frustrated Lewis pairs comprised of a basic yet sterically encumbered phosphine with boron Lewis acids bind nitrous oxide to give intact PNNOB linkages. The synthesis, structure, and bonding of these species are described.

  7. Crystal structure and pair potentials: A molecular-dynamics study

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Parrinello, M.; Rahman, A.

    1980-10-06

    With use of a Lagrangian which allows for the variation of the shape and size of the periodically repeating molecular-dynamics cell, it is shown that different pair potentials lead to different crystal structures.

  8. On the pair creation effect in radiative charmonium transitions

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Lewin, K.

    1985-01-01

    Contribution to radiative charmonium decay amplitudes which come from Feynman diagrams containing creation of internal c anti c quark pair is investigated. The a im of the paper is calulation of this pair creation correction to the wave function overlap integral of the transition amplitude in a quasilocal semirelativistic approximation which works for charmed and heavier quark pairs. The application to the decay width of the spin flip transition psi(3685) → γchi(3415) givesa 12% correction to the nopair term using a meson radius near 0.5 Fm and a scale parameter Λ=400 MeV taken from fits inchar=monium spectroscopy. The error of the approximation is estimated to be smaller than 50%. The investigation indicates that also in the case of electroweak meson decays quatitative results cannot be expected from the no-pair contribution alone

  9. Model of pair aggregation on the Bethe lattice

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Baillet, M.V.-P.; Pacheco, A.F.; Gómez, J.B.

    1997-01-01

    We extend a recent model of aggregation of pairs of particles, analyzing the case in which the supporting framework is a Bethe lattice. The model exhibits a critical behavior of the percolation theory type....

  10. The pairing theory - its physical basis and its consequences

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Schrieffer, J.R.

    1992-01-01

    The key developments which set the scene for the microscopic theory of superconductivity are discussed and the physical reasoning which lead to the pairing theory is presented. Consequences of the BCS theory are reviewed. (orig.)

  11. Sensitivity of Electron Transfer Mediated Decay to Ion Pairing.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Pohl, Marvin N; Richter, Clemens; Lugovoy, Evgeny; Seidel, Robert; Slavíček, Petr; Aziz, Emad F; Abel, Bernd; Winter, Bernd; Hergenhahn, Uwe

    2017-08-17

    Ion pairing in electrolyte solutions remains a topic of discussion despite a long history of research. Very recently, nearest-neighbor mediated electronic de-excitation processes of core hole vacancies (electron transfer mediated decay, ETMD) were proposed to carry a spectral fingerprint of local solvation structure and in particular of contact ion pairs. Here, for the first time, we apply electron-electron coincidence detection to a liquid microjet, and record ETMD spectra of Li 1s vacancies in aqueous solutions of lithium chloride (LiCl) in direct comparison to lithium acetate (LiOAc). A change in the ETMD spectrum dependent on the electrolyte anion identity is observed for 4.5 M salt concentration. We discuss these findings within the framework of the formation and presence of contact ion pairs and the unique sensitivity of ETMD spectroscopy to ion pairing.

  12. Programmable trigger for electron pairs in ring image Cherenkov counters

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Glab, J.; Baur, R.; Manner, R.

    1990-01-01

    This paper describes a programmable trigger processor for the recognition of Cherenkov rings in a RICH counter. It identifies open electron pairs and suppresses close conversion and Dalitz pairs within 20 μs. More generally, the system can be used for correlating pixel images with pattern masks in order to locate all relatively well defined patterns of a certain type. The trigger processor consists of a systolic processor array of 160 x 176, i.e., 28,160 identical processing elements (PEs) that filter out open electron pairs, and a pseudo adder array that determines whether there was at least one such pair. The processor array is assembled of 20 x 22 VLSI chips containing 8 x 8 PEs each. The semi-custom chip has been developed in 2 μ CMOS standard cell technology

  13. Butterflyfishes as a System for Investigating Pair Bonding

    KAUST Repository

    Nowicki, Jessica; O'Connell, Lauren; Cowman, Peter F; Walker, Stefan; Coker, Darren James; Pratchett, Morgan

    2017-01-01

    from the late Miocene to recent. In six sympatric and wide-spread species representing a clade with one ancestrally reconstructed transition from paired to solitary grouping, we then verified social systems at Lizard Island, Australia. In situ

  14. Nuclear pairing reduction due to rotation and blocking

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Wu, X.; Zhang, Z. H.; Zeng, J. Y.; Lei, Y. A.

    2011-01-01

    Nuclear pairing gaps of normally deformed and superdeformed nuclei are investigated using the particle-number-conserving (PNC) formalism for the cranked shell model, in which the blocking effects are treated exactly. Both rotational frequency ω dependence and seniority (number of unpaired particles) ν dependence of the pairing gap Δ-tilde are investigated. For the ground-state bands of even-even nuclei, PNC calculations show that, in general, Δ-tilde decreases with increasing ω, but the ω dependence is much weaker than that calculated by the number-projected Hartree-Fock-Bogolyubov approach. For the multiquasiparticle bands (seniority ν>2), the pairing gaps stay almost ω independent. As a function of the seniority ν, the bandhead pairing gaps Δ-tilde(ν,ω=0) decrease slowly with increasing ν. Even for the highest seniority ν bands identified so far, Δ-tilde(ν,ω=0) remains greater than 70% of Δ-tilde(ν=0,ω=0).

  15. Pair distribution function and structure factor of spherical particles

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Howell, Rafael C.; Proffen, Thomas; Conradson, Steven D.

    2006-01-01

    The availability of neutron spallation-source instruments that provide total scattering powder diffraction has led to an increased application of real-space structure analysis using the pair distribution function. Currently, the analytical treatment of finite size effects within pair distribution refinement procedures is limited. To that end, an envelope function is derived which transforms the pair distribution function of an infinite solid into that of a spherical particle with the same crystal structure. Distributions of particle sizes are then considered, and the associated envelope function is used to predict the particle size distribution of an experimental sample of gold nanoparticles from its pair distribution function alone. Finally, complementing the wealth of existing diffraction analysis, the peak broadening for the structure factor of spherical particles, expressed as a convolution derived from the envelope functions, is calculated exactly for all particle size distributions considered, and peak maxima, offsets, and asymmetries are discussed

  16. Hot accretion disks with electron-positron pairs

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    White, T.R.; Lightman, A.P.

    1989-01-01

    The hot thermal accretion disks of the 1970s are studied and consideration is given to the effects of electron-positron pairs, which were originally neglected. It is found that disks cooled by internally produced photons have a critical accretion rate above which equilibrium is not possible in a radial annulus centered around r = 10 GM/c-squared, where M is the mass of the central object. This confirms and extends previous work by Kusunose and Takahara. Above the critical rate, pairs are created more rapidly than they can be destroyed. Below the critical rate, there are two solutions to the disk structure, one with a high pair density and one with a low pair density. Depending on the strength of the viscosity, the critical accretion rate corresponds to a critical luminosity of about 3-10 percent of the Eddington limit. 32 refs

  17. Electron Waiting Times of a Cooper Pair Splitter

    Science.gov (United States)

    Walldorf, Nicklas; Padurariu, Ciprian; Jauho, Antti-Pekka; Flindt, Christian

    2018-02-01

    Electron waiting times are an important concept in the analysis of quantum transport in nanoscale conductors. Here we show that the statistics of electron waiting times can be used to characterize Cooper pair splitters that create spatially separated spin-entangled electrons. A short waiting time between electrons tunneling into different leads is associated with the fast emission of a split Cooper pair, while long waiting times are governed by the slow injection of Cooper pairs from a superconductor. Experimentally, the waiting time distributions can be measured using real-time single-electron detectors in the regime of slow tunneling, where conventional current measurements are demanding. Our work is important for understanding the fundamental transport processes in Cooper pair splitters and the predictions may be verified using current technology.

  18. Electron Waiting Times of a Cooper Pair Splitter

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Walldorf, Nicklas; Padurariu, Ciprian; Jauho, Antti-Pekka

    2018-01-01

    Electron waiting times are an important concept in the analysis of quantum transport in nanoscale conductors. Here we show that the statistics of electron waiting times can be used to characterize Cooper pair splitters that create spatially separated spin-entangled electrons. A short waiting time...... between electrons tunneling into different leads is associated with the fast emission of a split Cooper pair, while long waiting times are governed by the slow injection of Cooper pairs from a superconductor. Experimentally, the waiting time distributions can be measured using real-time single......-electron detectors in the regime of slow tunneling, where conventional current measurements are demanding. Our work is important for understanding the fundamental transport processes in Cooper pair splitters and the predictions may be verified using current technology....

  19. Pairs Trading to the Commodities Futures Market Using Cointegration Method

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Cüneyt Ungever

    2015-10-01

    Full Text Available This paper investigates pairs trading strategy by using the cointegration method among the 10 most popular agricultural future markets. It is found that only in 2 pairs shows trading signal. The pairs trading strategy is performed in two stages that are the formation period and the trading period with daily futures data from 2004 to 2015. After the formation period was constructed, it is assumed that the cointegration error continues to hold the trading period same as it does for the formation period. The pairs trading strategy is created by the long position cotton and the short position coffee and also long position cotton and short position the livecattle. It is found that the profitability of this strategy worked well in both formation period and trading period.

  20. An exact fermion-pair to boson mapping

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Johnson, C.W.

    1993-01-01

    I derive in a novel fashion exact formulas for the calculation of general matrix elements, including the overlap (norm) matrix, between states constructed from fermion pairs. Mapping the fermion pairs to bosons, I show how to construct finite and exact (in the sense of preserving matrix elements) boson representations of the norm operator and one- and two-fermion operators. This may lead to a microscopic basis for the Interacting Boson Model, as well as new truncation schemes for the nuclear shell model